Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                to                               

Commission File Number: 000-53072

Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  41-2254389
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800, Torrance, California 90503
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(310) 214-0065
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

         SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
None.

         SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
Common Stock, $0.001 par value

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o     No  ý

         There was no aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, because the registrant's common stock was not trading on any exchange on that date.

         There were 28,093,848 shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, as of March 20, 2015. The registrant's common stock is not traded or listed on any exchange.

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

ITEM
   
  PAGE  

PART I

 

 

     

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

  3  

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

  28  

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

  66  

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

  66  

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  67  

ITEM 4.

 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

  68  

PART II

 

 

 
 
 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

  69  

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  70  

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  70  

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

  84  

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

  84  

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  84  

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  85  

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

  86  

PART III

 

 

 
 
 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

  87  

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  93  

ITEM 12.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

  103  

ITEM 13.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

  105  

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

  109  

PART IV

 

 

 
 
 

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  110  

SIGNATURES

  118  

2


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        The information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains some statements that are not purely historical and that are considered "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A if the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our plans for our business and products; clinical studies and regulatory reviews of our products under development; our strategies and business outlook; our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects; the positioning of our products in relation to demographic and pricing trends in the relevant markets; and various other matters (including contingent liabilities and obligations and changes in accounting policies, standards and interpretations). These forward-looking statements express our management's expectations, hopes, beliefs, and intentions regarding the future. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipates," "believes," "continue," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "might," "plans," "possible," "potential," "predicts," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," "would" and similar expressions and variations, or comparable terminology, or the negatives of any of the foregoing, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

        The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments that are difficult to predict. We cannot guarantee future performance, or that future developments affecting our company will be those currently anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including the following:

3


Table of Contents

        All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties, along with others, are also described below under the heading "Risk Factors." Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the parties' assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements and should not make an investment decision based solely on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

4


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

        With respect to this discussion, the terms, "we," "us," "our" or the "Company" refer to Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary Emmaus Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation which we refer to as Emmaus Medical, and Emmaus Medical's wholly-owned subsidiaries, Newfield Nutrition Corporation, a Delaware corporation which we refer to as Newfield Nutrition; Emmaus Medical Japan, Inc., a Japanese corporation which we refer to as EM Japan, and Emmaus Medical Europe Ltd., a U.K. corporation which we refer to as EM Europe.

Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery, development and commercialization of innovative treatments and therapies primarily for rare and orphan diseases. We are initially focusing our product development efforts on sickle cell disease, or SCD, a genetic disorder and a significant unmet medical need. Our lead product candidate is an oral pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment that demonstrated positive clinical results in our completed Phase 3 clinical trial for sickle cell anemia and sickle ß 0 -thalassemia, two of the most common forms of SCD.

        We are in the process of preparing a new drug application, or NDA, for submission to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, with respect to this product candidate. If the FDA accepts our submission and approves this NDA, we may be authorized to market in the United States our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD patients who are at least five years old. L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD has received Fast Track designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, as well as Orphan Drug designation from both the FDA and the European Commission, or EC.

        We plan to market our L-glutamine treatment in the United States, if approved, by either strategic partnership or by building our own targeted sales force of approximately 30 sales representatives. We intend to utilize strategic partnerships to market our treatment in the rest of the world.

        SCD is an inherited blood disorder characterized by the production of an altered form of hemoglobin which polymerizes and becomes fıbrous, causing red blood cells to become rigid and change form so that they appear sickle-shaped instead of soft and rounded. Patients with SCD suffer from debilitating episodes of sickle cell crisis, which occur when the rigid, adhesive and inflexible red blood cells occlude blood vessels. Sickle cell crisis causes excruciating pain as a result of insufficient oxygen being delivered to tissue, referred to as tissue ischemia, and inflammation. These events may lead to organ damage, stroke, pulmonary complications, skin ulceration, infection and a variety of other adverse outcomes.

        We have completed a 230 patient randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, multi-center Phase 3 clinical trial which enrolled adult and pediatric patients as young as five years of age, involving 31 sites in the United States. Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment and the placebo were randomized by site and by patients using hydroxyurea, a chemotherapeutic agent first approved for SCD by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 1998. All participants other than those who received a placebo, including children, received up to 30 grams of pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment daily, dissolved in liquid, split between morning and evening—the same dosage as our Phase 2 clinical trial completed in 2009.

        We interpret the results of our Phase 3 clinical trial to indicate that our oral pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, when taken on a daily basis by a patient with SCD, can potentially decrease the incidence of sickle cell crisis by restoring the flexibility and function of red blood cells in patients with SCD. Further, we interpret these results to indicate that our prescription grade L-glutamine product candidate can reduce the number of costly hospitalizations as well as unexpected

5


Table of Contents

emergency room and urgent care visits from patients with SCD. L-glutamine enhances nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide, or NAD, synthesis to reduce excessive oxidative stress in sickle red blood cells that induces much of the damage leading to characteristic symptoms of SCD.

        Although non-prescription L-glutamine supplements are available, we are not aware of any reports in peer reviewed literature of any demonstrations of their clinical safety and effectiveness for the treatment of SCD in controlled clinical trials and they have not been approved by the FDA as a prescription drug for SCD. Our pharmaceutical grade, consistent formulation of L-glutamine may be able to meet the rigorous safety and effectiveness requirements of regulatory agencies for approval, as a prescription drug, and if so, may be preferred by treating physicians and payors as compared to non-prescription L-glutamine supplements.

        We have extensive experience in the field of SCD, including the development, outsourced manufacturing and conduct of clinical trials of our L-glutamine product candidate for the treatment of SCD. Our chief executive officer, Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH, is a leading hematologist in the field of SCD. Dr. Niihara is licensed to practice medicine in both the United States and Japan and has been actively engaged in SCD research and the care of patients with SCD for over 20 years, primarily at the University of California Los Angeles and the Los Angeles Biomedical Research Institute at Harbor-UCLA Medical Center, or LA BioMed, a nonprofit biomedical research institute.

        To a lesser extent, we are also engaged in the marketing and sale of NutreStore L-glutamine powder for oral solution, which has received FDA approval, as a treatment for short bowel syndrome ("SBS"), in patients receiving specialized nutritional support when used in conjunction with a recombinant human growth hormone that is approved for this indication. Our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Newfield Nutrition, sells L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement under the brand name AminoPure through retail stores in multiple states and via importers and distributors in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea. Since inception, we have generated minimal revenues from the sale and promotion of NutreStore and AminoPure.

Sickle Cell Disease—Market Overview

        Sickle cell disease is a genetic blood disorder that affects 20-25 million people worldwide, and occurs with increasing frequency among those whose ancestors are from regions including sub-Saharan Africa, South America, the Caribbean, Central America, the Middle East, India and Mediterranean regions such as Turkey, Greece and Italy. The CDC estimates that there are as many as 100,000 patients with SCD in the United States, and we estimate there are approximately 80,000 patients in the European Union. In regions such as Central Africa, 90% of patients with SCD die by age five and 99% of patients die by age 20. In all regions, SCD requires ongoing physician care and considerable medical intervention. The overall survival of patients in the United States with sickle cell anemia correlates with the severity of their disease state, especially the number of crises per year.

        SCD is characterized by the production of an altered form of hemoglobin which polymerizes and becomes fıbrous, causing the red blood cells of patients with SCD to become sickle-shaped, inflexible and adhesive rather than round, smooth and flexible. The complications associated with SCD occur when these inflexible and sticky cells block, or occlude, small blood vessels, which can then cause severe and chronic pain throughout the body due to insufficient oxygen being delivered to tissue, or ischemia, and inflammation. According to an article in Annals of Internal Medicine, " In the Clinic: Sickle Cell Disease " by M.H. Steinberg (September 2011), which we refer to as the Steinberg Article, this leads to long-term organ damage, diminished exercise tolerance, increased risk of stroke and infection and decreased lifespan.

6


Table of Contents

        Sickle cell crisis, a broad term covering a range of disorders, is one of the most devastating complications of SCD. Types of sickle cell crisis include:

    Vaso-occlusive crisis , characterized by obstructed blood flow to organs such as the bones, liver, kidney, eye, or central nervous system;

    Aplastic crisis , characterized by acute anemia typically due to viral infection;

    Hemolytic crisis , characterized by accelerated red blood cell death and hemoglobin loss;

    Splenic sequestration crisis , characterized by painful enlargement of the spleen due to trapped red blood cells; and

    Acute chest syndrome , a potentially life-threatening obstruction of blood supply to the lungs characterized by fever, chest pain, cough and lung infiltrates.

        According to the Steinberg Article, acute chest syndrome affects more than half of all patients with SCD and is a common reason for hospitalization. Other symptoms and complications of SCD include swelling of the hands and feet, infections, pneumonia, vision loss, leg ulcers, gallstones and stroke.

        A crisis is characterized by excruciating musculoskeletal pain, visceral pain and pain in other locations. These crises occur periodically throughout the life of a person with SCD. In adults, the acute pain typically persists for five to ten days or longer, followed by a dull, aching pain generally ending only after several weeks and sometimes persisting between crises. According to the Steinberg Article, frequency of sickle cell crises varies within patients with SCD from rare occurrences to occurrences several times a month. Approximately 30% of patients have rare crises, 50% have occasional crises, and 20% have weekly or monthly crises. Crisis frequency tends to increase late in the second decade of life and to decrease after the fourth decade. The overall survival of patients in the United States with sickle cell anemia correlates with the severity of their disease state, especially the number of crises per year.

        Patients with more than 3 sickle cell crises per year will experience fatal complications during the fourth and fifth decades of life whereas patients who experience between 1 and 3 crises per year have a median survival of nearly 50 years (Hematology in Clinical Practice by Robert S. Hillman et. al. (5th ed. 2011)).

        Treatment of sickle cell crisis is burdensome and expensive for patients and payors, as it encompasses costs for hospitalization, emergency room visits, urgent care visits, and prescription pain medication. According to an article in American Journal of Hematology, " The Burden of Emergency Department Use for Sickle Cell Disease: An Analysis of the National Emergency Department Sample Database " by S. Lanzkron (October 2010), there were approximately 70,000 hospitalizations and 230,000 emergency room visits with a combined emergency room and hospital inpatient charges for these SCD patients estimated to be $2.4 billion in 2006.

Limitations of the Current Standard of Care

        The only approved pharmaceutical targeting sickle cell crisis is hydroxyurea, which is available in both generic and branded formulations. Hydroxyurea, a drug originally developed as an anticancer chemotherapeutic agent, has been approved as a once-daily oral treatment for reducing the frequency of sickle cell crisis and the need for blood transfusions in adult patients with recurrent moderate-to-severe sickle cell crisis. While hydroxyurea has been shown to reduce the frequency of sickle cell crisis in some patient groups, it is not suitable for many patients due to significant toxicities and side effects and is not approved by the FDA for pediatric use. In particular, hydroxyurea can cause a severe decrease in the number of blood cells in a patient's bone marrow, which may increase the risk that the patient will develop a serious infection or bleeding, or that the patient will develop certain cancers. Another potential treatment option for SCD, bone marrow transplant, is limited in its use due

7


Table of Contents

to the lack of availability of matched donors and the risk of serious complications, including graft versus host disease, infection and potentially death, as well as by its high cost.

        Upon onset of sickle cell crisis, the current standard of care is focused on symptom management. Narcotics are typically used for the management of acute pain associated with sickle cell crisis. Pain management often starts with oral medications taken at home at the onset of pain. However, if the pain is not relieved, or if it progresses, patients may seek medical attention in a clinic setting or emergency department. Pain that is not controlled in these settings may require hospitalization for more potent pain medications, typically opioids administered intravenously. The patient must stay in the hospital to receive these intravenous pain medications until the sickle cell crisis resolves and the pain subsides. Other supportive measures during hospitalization include hydration, supplemental oxygen and treatment of any concurrent infections or other conditions.

        According to Hematology in Clinical Practice , by Robert S. Hillman et. al. (5th ed. 2011), sickle cell crisis, once it has started, almost always results in tissue damage at the affected site in the body, increasing the importance of preventative measures. While pain medications can be effective in managing pain during sickle cell crisis, they do not affect or resolve the underlying vascular occlusion, tissue ischemia or potential tissue damage. Additionally, opioid narcotics that are generally prescribed to treat pain can also lead to tissue or organ damage and resulting complications and morbidities, prolonged hospital stays and associated continuation of pain and suffering. Given the duration and frequency of sickle cell crises, addiction to these opioid narcotics is also a significant concern.

Our Solution of a Pharmaceutical Grade L-glutamine Treatment for SCD

        Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment, if approved, may provide a safe and effective means for reducing the frequency of sickle cell crisis in patients with SCD and reducing the need for costly hospital stays or treatment with opioid narcotics. Published academic research identifies L-glutamine as a precursor to NAD and its reduced form known as NADH. NAD is the major molecule that regulates and prevents oxidative damage in red blood cells. Several published studies have identified that sickle red blood cells have a significantly increased rate of transport of glutamine, which appears to be driven by the cells' need to promote NAD synthesis, protecting against the oxidative damage and thereby leading to further improvement in their regulation of oxidative stress. In turn this made sickle red blood cells less adhesive to cells of the interior wall of blood vessels. This implied that there is decreased chance of blockage of blood vessels especially the small ones. In summary, improved regulation of oxidative stress appears to lead to less obstruction or blockage of small blood vessels, thereby alleviating a major cause of the problems that patients with SCD face.

        Several of the studies in which our chief executive officer has participated have been published in peer-reviewed academic research journals. These publications include, " L-glutamine Therapy Reduces Endothelial Adhesion of Sickle Red Blood Cells to Human Umbilical Vein Endothelial Cells " by Yutaka Niihara et al., published in BMC Blood Disorders (2005), " Oral L-glutamine Therapy for Sickle Cell Anemia: I. Subjective Clinical Improvement and Favorable Change in Red Cell NAD Redox Potential " by Yutaka Niihara et al., published in the American Journal of Hematology (1998) and " Increased Red Cell Glutamine Availability in Sickle Cell Anemia: Demonstration of Increased Active Transport, Affinity, and Increased Glutamate Level in Intact Red Cells " by Yutaka Niihara et al., published in the Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine (1997).

        In December 2013, we completed a Phase 3 prospective, randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, parallel-group multicenter clinical trial to measure, over a 48-week time frame, as its primary outcome, the reduction in the number of occurrences of painful sickle cell crises experienced by patients in the trial. This Phase 3 clinical trial enrolled a total of 230 patients across 31 clinical trial sites in the United States. Study participants included adults and children as young as five years of age. All participants other than those who received placebo, including children, received up to 30 grams of

8


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment daily, dissolved in liquid, split between morning and evening—the same dosage as our Phase 2 clinical trial completed in 2009. Patients were randomized to the study treatment using a 2:1 ratio of L-glutamine to placebo. The randomization was stratified by investigational site and hydroxyurea usage.

        The following charts summarize the results of this Phase 3 clinical trial.

Median Frequency of Sickle Cell Painful Crises   Median Frequency of Hospitalizations


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

Primary Endpoint—Reduction in the Frequency of Sickle Cell Crises

        For the primary efficacy endpoint of number of sickle cell crises through 48 weeks, there was a trend favoring L-glutamine in the intent-to-treat population with 25% reduction in the median frequency of sickle cell crises (median 3 vs. 4; p=0.063). These results utilized the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel, or CMH test, controlling for region and hydroxyurea use. The pre-specified p-value for this analysis was 0.045.

        Additional sensitivity analyses of the number of sickle cell crises through Week 48 in which the statistical control for region was omitted showed a statistically significantly lower number of sickle cell crises through Week 48 in the L-glutamine group compared to the placebo group (p=0.008). Similarly, when region was included but not hydroxyurea use, a significant effect was seen (p=0.014), and when no covariates were included, a significant effect was also seen (p=0.005) as shown in the table below.


Sensitivity Analysis of Number of Sickle Cell Crises and Impact of Stratification Factors

 
  Statistical Controls Used in Test(1)  
Analysis
  Hydroxyurea use
and Region
  Hydroxyurea use
only
  Region only   None  

Number of Sickle Cell Crises

    0.063     0.008     0.014     0.005  

(1)
All p-values are from the CMH test controlling for stratification variables noted.

        The above results include imputation of values for patients who dropped out of the trial before reaching 48 weeks. In order to evaluate results without the imputation of values we have performed further sensitivity analyses using a Poisson distribution which showed a statistically significant lower number of sickle cell crises at all of the above levels of stratification.

9


Table of Contents

        In addition, the severity of a patient's sickle cell crises was observed in our trial. The analyses of such data from the trial showed a statistically significant lower level in the severity of crises (p=0.0167 using the CMH test). Further, the data from the trial showed a statistically significant reduction in the severity of such incidence of ACS.

        Another indication of the reduction in the frequency and severity of crises is the reduction in acute chest syndrome, or ACS, which was also part of our sickle cell crises definition. In the study, the incidence of ACS, was found to be significantly lower with the L-glutamine treatment compared to the placebo group experiencing ACS (26.9% of placebo patients compared to 11.9% of patients in the L-glutamine group) (P=0.006, Fisher's Exact test).

Secondary Endpoint—Reduction in the Frequency of Hospitalization

        We also assessed the effect of our prescription grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD by evaluating the frequency of hospitalizations for sickle cell pain as a secondary efficacy endpoint. The number of such hospitalizations, a key secondary endpoint, was significantly less, demonstrating a benefit from our prescription grade L-glutamine treatment as compared to placebo through Week 48 (a lower median number of hospitalizations of 2 vs. 3; p=0.041). These results utilized the same CMH test controlling for region and hydroxyurea use as for the primary endpoint.


Sensitivity Analysis of Number of Hospitalizations and Impact of Stratification Factors

 
  Statistical Controls Used in Test(a)  
Analysis
  Hydroxyurea use
and Region
  Hydroxyurea use
only
  Region only   None  

Number of Hospitalizations

    0.041     0.005     0.012     0.006  

(a)
All p-values are from the CMH test controlling for stratification variables noted.

Further analyses

        Further analyses revealed that the observed treatment effect was consistent across regions, prior hydroxyurea use, sex and age group.

        Additional analyses were conducted to look at two key indicators which support the relevance of the efficacy findings. All such results demonstrated a benefit from our prescription grade L-glutamine treatment as compared to placebo:

    the median number of days before the first sickle cell crisis was longer in the L-glutamine group (87 days) compared to the placebo group (54 days), a difference that was statistically significant (p=0.010); and

    the median number of days in hospital was statistically significantly shorter in the L-glutamine group (6.5 days) compared to the placebo group (11 days) (p=0.022).

        The analysis of subgroups within the trial for efficacy showed consistent results demonstrating the benefit of our prescription grade L-glutamine treatment as compared to placebo as described in the paragraphs below.

        Efficacy across region: Subgroup analyses for efficacy as measured by the primary endpoint within regions were significant favoring L-glutamine for the number of sickle cell crises through Week 48 in two of the five regions: Northeast (median of 3 vs. 4) and West (median of 3 vs. 5). These two regions represented 48% of the patients. Two other regions favored L-glutamine, but the between-group differences were not statistically significant: South Atlantic (median of 3 vs. 4) and South Central (median of 3 vs. 4). These two regions represented 41% of the patients. The Midwest region, representing only 11% of the patients, showed no difference (median of 4 vs. 4). The number of hospitalizations for sickle cell pain showed very similar findings in both the between-group differences and statistical significance.

10


Table of Contents

        Efficacy across hydroxyurea use: Subgroup analysis for efficacy across prior hydroxyurea use showed a trend favoring L-glutamine in the number of sickle cell crises through Week 48. The number of hospitalizations for sickle cell pain showed similar results with significance found in the prior hydroxyurea subgroup (median of 2 vs. 3). The no prior hydroxyurea subgroup showed a trend favoring L-glutamine in both the number of sickle cell crises (median of 3 vs. 4) and the number of such hospitalizations (median of 2 vs. 3) through Week 48.

        Efficacy across sex: Subgroup analysis for efficacy across sex showed a lower median number of sickle cell crises through Week 48 in the L-glutamine group as compared to the placebo group for both males and females (medians of 3 vs. 4 for both groups). The median number of hospitalizations for sickle cell pain was also lower in the L-glutamine group for both males and females (2 vs. 3 for both groups).

        Efficacy across age: Subgroup analysis for efficacy across age (adults vs. children) showed a lower median number of sickle cell crises through Week 48 in the L-glutamine group as compared to the placebo group (3 vs. 4 for both groups). The median number of hospitalizations for sickle cell pain showed similar results in favor of L-glutamine (2 vs. 3 for both groups).

        Regarding safety, adverse events, or AEs, were reported for 98% of patients in the L-glutamine group and 100% of the placebo group. Most AEs were mild or moderate (73.5% in the L-glutamine group, 83.4% in the placebo group). As expected in this disease population, the most common AE was sickle cell anemia with crisis, which was reported for 81.5% of patients in the L-glutamine group and 91.0% of patients in the placebo group. Other notable differences between the treatment groups (difference of about 10 percentage points or more) all favored L-glutamine treatment and included acute chest syndrome (11.9% L-glutamine, 26.9% placebo). Patients in both groups had AEs that were considered possibly related to the study medication (21.2% L-glutamine, 15.4% placebo). The majority of the possibly related AEs were due to gastrointestinal disorders.

        Serious adverse events, or SAE, were reported for 78.1% of patients in the L-glutamine group and 87.2% of patients in the placebo group. The most common SAE was sickle cell crisis which was reported in fewer patients treated with L-glutamine (67.5% L-glutamine, 80.8% placebo).

        In summary our trial data indicates that our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment achieved:

    a 25% reduction in the median number of sickle cell crises;

    a 33% reduction in the median number of sickle cell-related hospitalizations;

    a 41% reduction in the median number of sickle cell-related cumulative hospital days;

    a 56% lower reported incidence of sickle cell-related acute chest syndrome; and

    and increase in the median number of days before the first sickle cell crisis from 54 to 87 days

Regulatory Status of L-glutamine for SCD

        On June 11, 2014, we met with the FDA to discuss the preliminary data from our Phase 3 clinical trial and our plans to submit to the FDA a NDA, based on our single Phase 3 clinical trial. In minutes of the meeting that the FDA has provided to us, based on its review of preliminary data from our Phase 3 clinical trial, the FDA expressed concern that the primary endpoint of painful sickle cell crisis of 0.063 (controlling for both region and hydroxyurea use) did not reach the pre-specified p-value significance level of 0.045.

        The FDA commented that the primary efficacy results were inconsistent among regions, as shown by the large difference in results observed based on the stratified analyses adjusted for both region and hydroxyurea use and the stratified analysis adjusted for hydroxyurea use only. The FDA also commented that a reduction in the median number of painful sickle cell crises by one (from four to three) is not clinically meaningful and is not consistent across regions. The FDA asked us to provide

11


Table of Contents

explanations for the differences in results observed based on the stratified analysis adjusted for region and hydroxyurea.

        The FDA also commented on the number of patients who discontinued the study, which was greater in the L-glutamine group, and the FDA would need to understand what impact the imputation of such data, which is a method of accounting for missing information, would have on the interpretation of the results.

        Based on preliminary data, the FDA recommended a second Phase 3 study be conducted to support the indication for SCD and suggested enrolling patients with a higher baseline level of sickle cell crises to help demonstrate a larger difference in the mean results.

        Based on other questions we submitted to the FDA regarding the previous pre-clinical work and evidence gathered for the L-glutamine treatment related to pharmacology, toxicology, and clinical pharmacology, the FDA noted that the information provided appeared to be acceptable; however, final affirmations regarding such matters would be made during the FDA's review of a NDA. The FDA also made certain recommendations to the chemistry, manufacturing and controls of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD which we believe we will be able to successfully incorporate or address.

        In September 2014 we submitted to the FDA the Clinical Study Report for our Phase 3 clinical trial, supplemental analyses and a new meeting request. Consequently, we met again with the FDA on October 15, 2014. In the minutes of the October 15 meeting, the FDA noted that it continued to be concerned that the primary endpoint did not meet the pre-specified p-value and observed that our efficacy finding would be more persuasive if supported by an additional, confirmatory study. We communicated to the FDA that over-stratification in our statistical analysis plan led to the pre-specified p-value not being met. We also provided sensitivity analyses and results to address the over stratification which demonstrated a statistically significant p-value for the primary endpoint.

        At the October 15 meeting, in response to a question raised by the FDA at the June 11 meeting, we provided evidence of the clinical meaningfulness of a reduction in the median number of painful sickle cell crises by one (from four to three). In the October 15 minutes the FDA expressed the view that the reduction of one sickle cell crises may not be clinically significant and advised us to provide all information and data to support this clinical meaningfulness and the FDA stated they will evaluate the overall clinical benefit and risk of L-glutamine based on results from our Phase 3 trial and all available safety data.

        In the October 15 minutes the FDA reiterated certain concerns outlined in the June 11 minutes. Other questions that we posed for discussion at the October 15 meeting related to the safety of L-glutamine use, the benefit-risk margin for L-glutamine use, the sufficiency of our Phase 2 and 3 trials to support a NDA submission and whether a confirmatory study could be conducted as a post-marketing commitment. The FDA noted that its decisions regarding these questions would be made after the submission of a NDA.

        Based on our discussions with the FDA, we intend to conduct a confirmatory study of our L-glutamine treatment for SCD. We submitted a draft protocol outline to the FDA. We plan to work with the FDA to finalize the study design.

        In addition to planning and conducting a confirmatory study, we plan to submit a NDA for our L-glutamine treatment for SCD during 2015 containing all efficacy and safety data through our completed Phase 3 trial and additional analyses and information in accord with the feedback the FDA provided in the context of the June 11 and October 15 meetings. We will request that our planned confirmatory study be accepted by the FDA as a post-approval study that is, a study to be completed after approval of the NDA.

12


Table of Contents

        There can be no assurance that the FDA will accept our submission for filing before the completion of a confirmatory study or that the information and data in the NDA will satisfy the concerns identified by the FDA.

        Regarding the submission of NDAs that include only one Phase 3 clinical trial, the FDA has in some cases accepted evidence from one clinical trial to support a finding of substantial evidence of effectiveness. A change in the law under the U.S. Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997, or Modernization Act, made clear that the FDA may consider data from only one adequate and well controlled clinical investigation and confirmatory evidence if the FDA determines that such evidence is sufficient to establish effectiveness of the medicine under study.

        In a guidance document titled "Providing Clinical Evidence of Effectiveness for Human Drug and Biological Products" (May 1998), the FDA stated that reliance on a single clinical trial is generally limited to situations in which a trial has demonstrated a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with a potential serious outcome, and where confirmation of the result in a second trial would be impractical or unethical. The factors the FDA considers for accepting a single clinical trial include, but are not limited to, having large multi centered studies, consistent data across subgroups, multiple endpoints, and statistically very persuasive findings.

Sales and Marketing Plans for our SCD Product Candidate

        We plan to work with strategic partners to market our SCD product candidate on a worldwide basis. This effort could lead to a global strategic partner or a group of regional partners. This would permit us to access established sales, marketing and regulatory organizations to sell, distribute and provide regulatory compliance for our product sales. This would also permit us to focus our resources on the development of future pipeline products.

        Although we have started a formal process, if we are not able to find a strategic partner on acceptable terms for the United States market, subject to FDA approval of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we intend to build a focused sales and marketing force of approximately 30 sales representatives to commercialize this product in the United States. We intend to focus our sales and marketing efforts across several different groups, including patients, physicians, health care providers, hospitals, treatment centers, insurance carriers, non-profit associations, and potentially, collaborating pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies. Our in-house product specialists and sales representatives will focus on the following tasks as part of our marketing strategy:

    promote our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD to SCD specialist physicians and key opinion leaders;

    starting with our 31 clinical trial sites, promote awareness of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD at all U.S. community-based treatment centers;

    develop collateral materials and informational packets about our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD to educate patients and physicians and garner industry support;

    establish collaborative relationships with non-profit organizations and patient advocacy groups that focus on SCD; and

    identify license partners and other international opportunities to commercialize our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, if approved by international regulatory authorities.

Currently Marketed Products

        We currently market two L-glutamine-based products, NutreStore and AminoPure, in the United States and certain other territories. We generate limited revenues from the sale of these products, which we consider to be non-core operations.

13


Table of Contents

        NutreStore is our FDA-approved prescription L-glutamine powder for oral solution for the treatment of SBS in conjunction with an approved recombinant human growth hormone and other customary SBS management. Patients with SBS have had half or more of their small intestine surgically removed or have a poorly functioning small intestine due to inflammatory bowel disease. These patients cannot adequately absorb nutrition through their small intestine and thus require long-term intravenous nutrition, which is expensive, inconvenient, and poses significant infection risk. As cited in the NutreStore label, after four weeks of treatment with NutreStore, the patients enrolled in the Phase 3 trial showed:

    Reduced mean frequency of intravenous nutrition in days per week from 5.4 to 1.2;

    Reduced mean intravenous nutritional volume in liters per week from 10.5 to 2.9; and

    Reduced mean intravenous nutritional calories per week from 7,895 to 2,144.

        NutreStore is distributed through local treating medical centers and physicians. We also provide the product to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, U.S. Department of Defense, U.S. Coast Guard and Public Health Service (Indian Health Service).

        AminoPure is our dietary supplement L-glutamine, sold through our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Newfield Nutrition Corporation. AminoPure is currently sold in several U.S. states, and we export the product to Japan, Taiwan and South Korea. AminoPure is subject to regulation under the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994.

CellSeed Collaboration

        In April 2011, the Company entered into a Research Agreement and an Individual Agreement with the Japanese company CellSeed, Inc., or CellSeed, and, in August 2011, entered into an addendum to the Research Agreement. Pursuant to the Individual Agreement, CellSeed granted the Company the exclusive right to manufacture, sell, market and distribute Cultured Autologous Oral Mucosal Epithelial Cell Sheet, or CAOMECS, for the treatment of corneal impairments in the United States, which we would be able to exercise only after receiving FDA marketing approval for the product, and agreed to disclose to the Company its accumulated information package for the joint development of CAOMECS. Under the Individual Agreement, the Company agreed to pay CellSeed $1.5 million, which it paid in February 2012. The technology acquired under the Individual Agreement is being used to support an ongoing research and development project and management believes the technology has alternative future uses in other future development initiatives.

        Pursuant to the Research Agreement, the Company and CellSeed formed a relationship regarding the future research and development of cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products, and the future commercialization of such products. Under the Research Agreement, as supplemented by the addendum, the Company agreed to pay CellSeed $8.5 million within 30 days of the completion of all of the following: (i) the execution of the Research Agreement; (ii) the execution of the Individual Agreement; and (iii) CellSeed's delivery of the accumulated information package, as defined in the Research Agreement, to the Company and the Company providing written confirmation of its acceptance of the complete Package, which has not yet been completed as of March 31, 2015.

        A cell sheet is a composite of cells grown and harvested in an intact sheet, rather than as individual cells. These cell sheets can be used for tissue transplantation. CellSeed's technology involves culturing cells on a surface coated with a temperature-responsive polymer. The thinness of this polymer coating is measured at the nanometer scale. The cells cultured on this polymer can be harvested intact as a composite cell sheet. Using a patient's own oral mucosal cells, we are working toward being able to grow and harvest a cell sheet for directly transplanting onto the cornea of the patient's affected eye to repair the damaged cornea.

14


Table of Contents

        Our lead CAOMECS program is for treatment of corneal diseases. CAOMECS products are in preclinical development and have not been approved for marketing in the United States or any jurisdiction. The development of therapeutic products based on this cell sheet technology is in its early stages. We are not aware that cell sheets of the type that CellSeed and we are developing for treating corneal and other diseases are currently being used or sold by any third parties. The potential market for the corneal cell sheet products that CellSeed and we are developing includes patients with damaged corneas, which we believe represents a small percentage of the approximately 40,000 corneal transplants in the United States performed each year. The principal steps to development of a corneal cell sheet product include engaging a manufacturer compliant with applicable current cGMP regulations and sufficient manufacturing capacity, conducting preclinical studies and human clinical trials, obtaining FDA approval of the product, training physicians who will use the product and perform procedures with the product, and marketing the product.

        Under the Individual Agreement with CellSeed, we have the exclusive rights to manufacture, sell, market and distribute cell sheets for treating corneal disease in the United States. Since 2011, an Emmaus-led team at LA BioMed has been conducting preclinical studies on corneal cell sheet technology. Subject to filing an investigational new drug application, or IND, that the FDA allows to become effective, we are preparing to begin our first clinical studies with human participants. We currently intend, if our clinical studies are successful, to file with the FDA a Biological License Application, or BLA, for this product. Based on the current status of our research and development efforts relating to this technology, we anticipate it will be four to five years or longer before we would be able to submit and obtain FDA approval of a BLA that would allow us to begin to commercialize this product in the United States. If the product is approved for marketing, we plan to build a cGMP level facility as part of our U.S. commercialization plan for this technology.

        We estimate that the cost to develop products based on corneal cell sheet technology in the United States will be approximately $3.0 million, in addition to the $8.5 million fee payable to CellSeed under the Research Agreement. This estimate includes the anticipated cost of obtaining FDA approval for the corneal cell sheets and assumes that we will need the FDA to approve a BLA for the corneal cell sheets, rather than a NDA. We estimate that we will need another $2.0 million to commercialize any approved products based on corneal cell sheet technology.

Raw Materials and Manufacturing

        Our SCD treatment uses pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine. This differs from non-pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine available as a nutritional supplement. The manufacturing of large quantities of pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine is a complex and expensive undertaking, which we believe discourages entry of third parties into the market. As a result of these challenges, there are limited alternative suppliers from which we can obtain the pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine required to manufacture our current products and our SCD treatment product under development.

        We currently obtain, and plan to continue to obtain, our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine from Ajinomoto North America, Inc., a subsidiary of Ajinomoto U.S.A. referred to as Ajinomoto, a Japanese food, amino acid and pharmaceutical company, and from Kyowa Hakko Bio Co., Ltd., a Japanese pharmaceutical company referred to as Kyowa. Ajinomoto and Kyowa together produce the majority of pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine approved for sale in the United States.

        Ajinomoto has provided pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine to us free of charge for our clinical work, including our completed Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. Pursuant to a letter of intent between Emmaus Medical and Ajinomoto, we agreed to purchase or cause relevant third party purchasers to purchase from Ajinomoto all of the L-glutamine that we will need for our commercial products. Pursuant to the letter of intent, we will be permitted to source pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine from third party suppliers for up to 10% of our requirement for L-glutamine on a back-up

15


Table of Contents

basis. We also currently source pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine from Kyowa for our NutreStore product.

        Eventually we plan to enter into exclusive long term supply contracts with these manufacturers for pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine for our SCD treatment that will require these companies to agree not to sell L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement or pharmaceutical for SCD applications. We do not currently have long term supply contracts with these manufacturers for L-glutamine or any other compound. As such, there is no assurance we will be able to obtain agreements for obtaining pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine from these proposed suppliers on terms acceptable to us, or on an exclusive basis, or that these suppliers will not experience an interruption in supply that could materially and adversely affect our business.

        Our commercial products must be packaged by a facility that meets FDA requirements for cGMP. Packaging Coordinators, Inc., or PCI, of Rockville, Illinois, has handled the packaging for our Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, and we plan to use the same company for commercial packaging of the product, if approved. PCI packaged L-glutamine for the clinical trials that resulted in the FDA's marketing approval for L-glutamine for SBS using the same dosage and packaging protocol as we expect to use for the treatment of SCD. Previous compliance with cGMP requirements for the packaging of pharmaceutical products, however, does not guarantee the ability to maintain cGMP compliance for the packaging of pharmaceutical products in the future.

Facilities

        We lease office space under operating leases from unrelated entities. The rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $277,866 and $137,147, respectively.

        We lease approximately 13,329 square feet of headquarters offices in Torrance, California, at a base rental of $32,505 per month. The lease relating to this space expires on February 28, 2019. We lease an additional office suite in Torrance, California at a base rent of $1,750 per month for 1,400 square feet. The lease relating to this space expires on February 19, 2016.

        In addition, EM Japan leases 1,322 total square feet of office space in Tokyo, Japan and 1,313 square feet of office space in Osaka, Japan. The leases relating to this space will expire on September 30, 2016 and February 19, 2016, respectively. Our existing facilities are adequate for our operations at this time and we expect to be able to renew our headquarters office lease on commercially reasonable terms. In the event we determine that we require additional space to accommodate expansion of our operations, we believe suitable facilities will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2014, we had 22 employees, 17 of whom are full time, and we retained three consultants. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Competition

        The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. While we believe that our development experience and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from both large and small pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies (such as the National Institutes of Health) and public and private research institutions. In comparison to us, many of the entities against whom we are competing, or against whom we may compete in the future, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing,

16


Table of Contents

preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and marketing approved products. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

        Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in increasing concentration of resources among a smaller number of our competitors. These competitors compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our product development programs.

        Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. The key competitive factors affecting the success of each of our product candidates, if approved, are likely to be their safety, efficacy, convenience, price, the level of proprietary and generic competition, and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer or more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, or are more convenient or less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in their establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Sickle Cell Disease

        Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD is being developed as a therapy to reduce the frequency of sickle cell crisis in patients with SCD. The only approved drug targeting a reduction in the frequency of sickle cell crisis is hydroxyurea, which is available in both generic and branded formulations. While hydroxyurea has been shown to reduce the frequency of sickle cell crisis in some patient groups, it is not suitable for all patients because it can have significant toxicities and side effects. Additionally, hydroxyurea has not been approved by the FDA for pediatric use in SCD patients.

        There is a high level of interest in SCD and we understand several academic centers and pharmaceutical companies are researching new treatments and therapies for SCD. There are studies underway testing different compounds that target various aspects of SCD pathophysiology. We are aware of two studies targeting the reduction or duration of vaso occlusive crisis events in patients with SCD which are currently in Phase 3 clinical trials sponsored by Eli Lilly and Mast Therapeutics, Inc. In addition, GlycoMimetics Inc. has announced completion of its Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating GMI-1070, a pan-selectin inhibitor that it is developing in collaboration with Pfizer, Inc.

        We are also aware of efforts to develop cures for SCD through approaches such as bone marrow transplant and gene therapy. Although bone marrow transplant is currently available for SCD patients, its use is limited by the lack of availability of matched donors and by the risk of serious complications, including graft versus host disease and infection. Attempts to develop a cure through gene therapy remain at an early stage, but if these attempts were to succeed and receive regulatory approval, this could limit the market for a product such as our L-glutamine product candidate.

        L-glutamine is marketed and sold without a prescription as a nutritional supplement. Although our L-glutamine treatment for SCD requires pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine, which we believe offers a more consistent quality and purity profile than non-pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine sold as a nutritional supplement, our L-glutamine product candidate for the treatment for SCD may compete with non-pharmaceutical grade alternative sources of L-glutamine. If our L-glutamine treatment for SCD is approved, we expect that it will be priced at a significant premium over non-prescription L-glutamine products.

17


Table of Contents

Oral Mucosa Epithelial Cell Sheet

        The development of regenerative medicine products using cell sheet technology is in the early stages. Although there are many academic centers and biotechnology companies working on regenerative medicine in various fields, we are not aware of any treatments using cell sheet technology that have been approved by the FDA. Additionally, we are not aware of any other biotechnology companies in the United States who are currently working to develop products based on cell sheet technology. We are, however, aware of academic centers and biotechnology companies that are researching stem cells in various forms, including in cell sheets, with potential applications for the treatment of limbal stem cell deficiency, or LSCD, a disease of the cornea.

        For example, two academic centers outside the United States researching the transplantation of cells as a treatment for LSCD are the Centre Hospitalier National d'Ophtalmologie des Quinze-Vingts located in Paris, France, who we believe is conducting Phase 2 clinical trials evaluating the survivability of transplanted epithelium, and the Instituto Universitario de Oftalmobiología Aplicada located in Valladolid, Spain, who we believe has completed Phase 3 clinical trials looking at the viability and safety of mesenchymal stem cell transplants but the study results are not published. We are also aware of Holostem Terapie Avanzate, an Italian biotechnological company, who we believe is working with autologous cultures of limbal stem cells for corneal regeneration and restoration of visual acuity in patients with severe corneal chemical and thermal burns associated with total unilateral or severe bilateral LSCD. Holostem Terapie Avanzate has received conditional marketing approval from the European Commission for its therapy based on autologous stem cells for patients with severe cornea damage.

        Currently, the standard of care for LSCD patients is the treatment of symptoms. This treatment may include use of artificial tears, topical cyclosporine or topical steroids. In more advanced cases, the treatment plan will likely include surgery. The initial surgical interventions may include management of eyelid positioning, insertion of small plugs into the openings in the eye that allows tears to drain or partially sew the eyelids together to protect the cornea prior to considering transplantation of healthy limbal tissue using either cultured cells or whole tissue grafts. The source of the transplanted tissue can be from the patient's own cells from their healthy eye, matched living donors, or cadavers. Similar to other transplantations, there is the risk of serious complications, including graft versus host disease when not using the patient's own tissue.

        In regenerative medicine and cell-based therapy, cell transplantation success not only depends on the cells, but also on the carrier/scaffold used, as it is not possible to graft separate cells in a suspension. Biodegradable polymers were the key technology for the first generation of cell therapy. Tremendous efforts have been made since to develop biofilms, acellular matrix (blood products e.g.; fibrin gel, amniotic membranes, etc.) to carry and deliver the cells to the target site. However, the risks of infection due to blood products or biomaterials cannot be completely denied. It has been repeatedly reported that decomposition of biodegradable transplanted scaffolds used for cell transplantations caused inflammation, foreign body reaction and cell damage. The use of an innovative temperature-responsive culture surface vessel technology eliminates these issues and, for the first time, offers the possibility to culture and engineer any type of cells to safely transplant cell-sheets to target organs for regenerative purpose, drug delivery, or tissue replacement.

        This cell-sheet-based regenerative medicine technology is advanced, simple and has already shown dramatic results in pilot studies in Japan and Europe. An important feature of this novel and innovative cell sheet therapy is that harvested cell-sheets retain intact basal membranes and intact extracellular matrix (fibronectin, laminin, collagen type IV), eliminating the inherent risks of suture during transplantation. Another innovative feature this cell sheet therapy is that the construction of multiple layered cell sheets is made possible during the culture process and that cell sheet harvesting is

18


Table of Contents

achieved without harmful enzymes use (trypsin or dispase) that may damage the cell-based therapeutic potential.

        This technology has the unique potential to construct in vitro stratified tissue equivalents by alternately layering different harvested cell sheets to provide regenerated tissue architectures. This novel technique thus holds promise for the study of cell-cell communications and angiogenesis in reconstructed, three-dimensional environments, as well as for tissues engineering with complex, multicellular architectures.

Government Regulation

        In 2001, the FDA granted Orphan Drug designation to L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD. In 2005, the FDA granted Fast Track designation to our clinical study program of L-glutamine for treating SCD. The FDA also approved, in 2004, our NDA for our L-glutamine product for the treatment of SBS. In addition, in July 2012, the European Commission, or EC, granted Orphan Drug designation to L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD. We describe below the significance of these designations and of data exclusivity under the Hatch/Waxman Act.

        Orphan Drug Designation.     The FDA has authority under the U.S. Orphan Drug Act to grant Orphan Drug designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition. This law defines a rare disease or condition generally as one that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of the development and distribution of the orphan product in the United States will be recovered from sales of the product. Being granted Orphan Drug designation provides tax benefits to mitigate expenses of developing the orphan product. More importantly, Orphan Drug designation provides seven years of market exclusivity if the product receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it was granted such designation and the indication for which approval is granted matches the indication for which Orphan Drug designation was granted. During the seven year exclusivity period, Orphan Drug exclusivity precludes FDA approval of a marketing application for the same product for the same indication. Orphan Drug exclusivity is limited and will not preclude the FDA from approving the same product for the same indication if the same product is shown to be clinically superior to the product previously granted exclusivity. For example, if the same product for the same indication is shown to have significantly fewer side effects, the FDA may approve the second product despite the Orphan Drug exclusivity granted to the first product. In addition, a product that is the same as the orphan product may receive approval for a different indication (whether orphan or not) during the exclusivity period of the orphan product. Also, Orphan Drug market exclusivity will not bar a different product intended to treat the same orphan disease or condition from obtaining its own Orphan Drug designation and Orphan Drug exclusivity. Orphan Drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, benefits, which includes a ten year Orphan Drug exclusivity period.

        Fast Track Designation/Priority Review.     The FDA has authority under the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FD&C Act, to designate for "Fast Track" review new drugs and biologics that are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrate the potential to meet an unmet medical need for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. A product candidate that receives Fast Track designation is eligible for some or all of the following: more frequent meetings with the FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate and ensure collection of appropriate data needed to support marketing approval; more frequent written correspondence from the FDA about the development of the product candidate; the ability, if agreed to by the FDA, to submit a NDA on a rolling basis; and, if certain criteria are met, eligibility for Priority Review. These criteria for Priority Review include whether, if approved, the resulting product would provide significant improvements in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of serious conditions caused by a

19


Table of Contents

disease when compared to standard treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of those conditions. Under Priority Review of a NDA, assuming that there are no requests from the FDA for additional information, the FDA's goal is to take action on the NDA within six months (compared to 10 months under standard review) after it is accepted for review, with the review clock starting at the time of submission. Requests for Priority Review of a NDA for the applicable product candidate must be submitted to the FDA when the NDA is submitted.

        505(b)(2) Applications.     Under Section 505(b)(2) of the FD&C Act, a person may submit a NDA for which one or more of the clinical studies relied upon by the applicant for approval were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant does not have a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the clinical studies were conducted. Instead, a 505(b)(2) applicant may rely on published literature containing the specific information (e.g., clinical trials, animal studies) necessary to obtain approval of the application. The 505(b)(2) applicant may also rely on the FDA's finding of safety and/or effectiveness of a drug previously approved by the FDA when the applicant does not own or otherwise have the right to access the data in that previously approved application. The 505(b)(2) pathway to market thus allows an applicant to submit to the FDA a NDA without having to conduct its own studies to obtain data that are already documented in published reports or previously submitted NDAs. In addition to relying on safety data from our previously approved drug product, NutreStore, we intend to take advantage of the 505(b)(2) pathway to the extent published literature will further support our new drug marketing application.

        Hatch/Waxman Data Exclusivity.     Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch/Waxman Act, a three-year period of data exclusivity is granted for a drug product that contains an active moiety that has been previously approved, when the application contains reports of new clinical investigations (other than bioavailability studies) conducted or sponsored by the sponsor that were essential to approval of the application. When granted to a sponsor, data exclusivity under the Hatch/Waxman Act prevents any third parties, such as generic drug manufacturers, from relying on or using the sponsor's data from the sponsor's new clinical investigations in order to obtain marketing approval for the same active moiety and indication for which the sponsor's NDA was approved. The FDA defines "new clinical investigation" as a "clinical study in humans the results of which have not been relied upon by FDA to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness of a previously approved drug product for any indication or of safety for a new patient population and do not duplicate the results of another investigation that was relied upon by the agency to demonstrate the effectiveness or safety in a new patient population of a previously approved drug product." Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine drug product contains the same active moiety contained in our previously approved NutreStore drug product and we believe our Phase 3 clinical study meets the definition of a new clinical investigation for purposes of satisfying the requirements for Hatch/Waxman data exclusivity to be granted. Therefore, if approved, we anticipate receiving three years of data exclusivity under the Hatch/Waxman Act for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. These three years of data exclusivity would run concurrently with any other market exclusivity we may receive, as well as concurrently with any remaining patent term protection. However, the three-year exclusivity provided under the Hatch/Waxman Act would bar the approval of the same product for the same indication, even if the same product demonstrated clinical superiority. Thus, when running concurrently with Orphan Drug exclusivity, clinical superiority would not be sufficient to allow the FDA to approve a third party product during the first three years of Orphan Drug exclusivity. Similar to Orphan Drug exclusivity, the three-year exclusivity provided under Hatch/Waxman would not bar the FDA from approving another L-glutamine product for another indication, nor would it bar the FDA from approving a different active moiety to treat the same indication.

        Regulation by United States and foreign governmental authorities is a significant factor in the development, manufacture and expected marketing of our product candidates and in our ongoing

20


Table of Contents

research and development activities. The nature and extent to which such regulation will apply to us will vary depending on the nature of the product candidates we seek to develop.

        In particular, human therapeutic products, such as drugs, biologics and cell-based therapies, are subject to rigorous preclinical and clinical testing and other preapproval requirements of the FDA and similar regulatory authorities in other countries. Various federal and state statutes and regulations govern and influence pre- and post-approval requirements related to research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution and record-keeping of such products to ensure the safety and effectiveness for their intended uses. The process of obtaining marketing approval and ensuring post-approval compliance with the FD&C Act for drugs and biologics (and applicable provisions of the Public Health Service Act for biologics), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and other applicable federal and state statutes and regulations, requires substantial time and financial resources. Any failure by us or our collaborators to obtain, or any delay in obtaining, marketing approval could adversely affect the marketing of any of our product candidates, our ability to receive product revenues, and our liquidity and capital resources.

        The manufacture of these products is subject to cGMP regulations. The FDA inspects manufacturing facilities for compliance with cGMP regulations before deciding whether to approve a product candidate for marketing. If the facility in which L-glutamine is manufactured is not ready for inspection at the time the FDA seeks to inspect it, or cGMP deficiencies are found upon such inspection, the FDA's approval of our NDA for our L-glutamine treatment for SCD could be delayed unless and until the facility is inspected and no deficiencies in need of correction prior to approval are identified or, if so identified, such deficiencies are corrected.

        The steps required by the FDA before a new product, such as a drug, biologic, or cell-based therapy, may be marketed in the United States include:

    completion of preclinical studies (during this stage, the treatment is called a development candidate);

    the submission to the FDA of a proposal for the design of a clinical trial program for studying in humans the safety and effectiveness of the product candidate. This submission is referred to as an investigational new drug application, or IND. The FDA reviews the IND to ensure it adequately protects the safety and rights of trial participants and that the design of the studies are adequate to permit an evaluation of the product candidate's safety and effectiveness. The IND becomes effective within thirty days after the FDA receives the IND, unless the FDA notifies the sponsor that the investigations described in the IND are deficient and cannot begin;

    the conduct of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, usually completed in three phases, to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the product candidate for its intended use;

    the submission to the FDA of a marketing application, a NDA, if the product candidate is a drug, that provides data and other information to demonstrate the product is safe and effective for its intended use, or a BLA, if the product candidate is a biologic that provides data and other information to demonstrate that the product candidate is safe, pure, and potent; and

    the review and approval of the NDA or BLA by the FDA before the product candidate may be distributed commercially as a product.

        In addition to obtaining FDA approval for each product candidate before we can market it as a product, the manufacturing establishment from which we obtain it must be registered and is subject to periodic FDA post-approval inspections to ensure continued compliance with cGMP requirements. If, as a result of these inspections, the FDA determines that any equipment, facilities, laboratories, procedures, or processes do not comply with applicable FDA regulations and the conditions of the product approval, the FDA may seek civil, criminal, or administrative sanctions and/or remedies against

21


Table of Contents

us, including the suspension of the manufacturing operations, recalls, the withdrawal of approval and debarment. Manufacturers must expend substantial time, money and effort in the area of production, quality assurance and quality control to ensure compliance with these standards.

        Preclinical testing includes laboratory evaluation of the safety of a product candidate and characterization of its formulation. Preclinical testing is subject to Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations. Preclinical testing results are submitted to the FDA as a part of an IND which must become effective prior to commencement of clinical trials. Clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases following submission of an IND. In Phase 1, the product candidate under investigation (and therefore often called an investigational product) is initially administered to a small group of humans, either patients or healthy volunteers, primarily to test for safety (e.g., to identify any adverse effects), dosage tolerance, absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and clinical pharmacology, and, if possible, to gain early evidence of effectiveness. In Phase 2, a slightly larger sample of patients who have the condition or disease for which the investigational product is being studied receive the investigational product to assess the effectiveness of the investigational product, to determine dose tolerance and the optimal dose range, and to gather additional information relating to safety and potential adverse effects. If the data show the investigational product may be effective and has an acceptable safety profile in the targeted patient population, Phase 3 studies, also referred to as pivotal studies or enabling studies, are initiated to further establish clinical safety and provide substantial evidence of the effectiveness of the investigational product in a broader sample of the general patient population, to determine the overall risk-benefit ratio of the investigational product, and provide an adequate basis for physician and patient labeling. During all clinical studies, Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, standards and applicable human subject protection requirements must be followed. The results of the research and product development, manufacturing, preclinical studies, clinical studies, and related information are submitted in a NDA or BLA to the FDA.

        The process of completing clinical testing and obtaining FDA approval for a new therapeutic product, such as a drug, biologic, or cell based product, is likely to take a number of years and require the expenditure of substantial resources. If a NDA or BLA is submitted, there can be no assurance that the FDA will file, review, and approve it. Even after initial FDA approval has been obtained, post-market studies could be required to provide additional data on safety or effectiveness. Additional pivotal studies would be required to support adding other indications to the labeling. Also, the FDA will require post-market reporting and could require specific surveillance or risk mitigation programs to monitor for known and unknown side effects of the product. Results of post-marketing programs could limit or expand the continued marketing of the product. Further, if there are any modifications to the product, including changes in indication, manufacturing process, labeling, or the location of the manufacturing facility, a NDA or BLA supplement would generally be required to be submitted to the FDA prior to or corresponding with that change, or for minor changes in the periodic safety update report that must be submitted annually to the FDA.

        The rate of completion of any clinical trial depends upon, among other factors, sufficient patient enrollment and retention. Patient enrollment is a function of many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial, the number of clinical sites, the availability of alternative therapies, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, and the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial. Delays in planned patient enrollment might result in increased costs and delays. Patient retention could be affected by patient non-compliance, adverse events, or any change in circumstances making the patient no longer eligible to remain in the trial.

        Failure to adhere to regulatory requirements for the protection of human subjects, to ensure the integrity of data, other IND requirements, and GCP standards in conducting clinical trials could cause the FDA to place a "clinical hold" on one or more studies of a product candidate, which would stop the studies and delay or preclude further data collection necessary for product approval. Noncompliance with GCP standards would also have a negative impact on the FDA's evaluation of a

22


Table of Contents

NDA or BLA. If at any time the FDA finds that a serious question regarding data integrity has been raised due to the appearance of a wrongful act, such as fraud, bribery or gross negligence, the FDA may invoke its Application Integrity Policy, or AIP, under which it could immediately suspend review of any pending NDA or BLA or refuse to accept the submission of a NDA or BLA as filed, require the sponsor to validate data, require additional clinical studies, disapprove a pending NDA or BLA or withdraw approval of marketed products, as well as require corrective and preventive action to ensure data integrity in future submissions. Significant noncompliance with IND regulations could result in the FDA not only refusing to accept a NDA or BLA as filed but could also result in enforcement actions, including civil and administrative actions, civil money penalties, criminal prosecution, criminal fines and debarment. Whether or not FDA approval has been obtained, approval of a product by regulatory authorities in foreign countries must be obtained prior to the commencement of marketing the product in those countries.

        The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials and product approvals vary widely from country to country, and the time required for approval might be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. Although there are some procedures for unified filings for some European countries, in general, each country at this time has its own procedures and requirements.

        In most cases, if the FDA has not approved a product candidate for sale in the United States, the unapproved product may be exported to any country in the world for clinical trial or sale if it meets U.S. export requirements and has marketing authorization in any one of the following listed countries: Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, Israel, Switzerland, South Africa, or any member nation in the European Union or the European Economic Area, without submitting an export request to the FDA or receiving FDA approval to export the product, as long as the product meets the regulatory requirements of the country to which the product is being exported. If an unapproved product is not approved in one of the listed countries, the unapproved product may be exported directly to an unlisted country if the product meets the requirements of the regulatory authority of that country, and the FDA determines that the foreign country has statutory or regulatory requirements similar or equivalent to the United States.

        In addition to the regulatory framework for product approvals, we and our collaborative partners must comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding occupational safety, laboratory practices, the use, handling and disposition of radioactive materials, environmental protection and hazardous substance control, and other local, state, federal and foreign regulation. All facilities and manufacturing processes used by third parties to produce our product candidates for clinical use in the United States and our products for commercialization must be in compliance with cGMP requirements and are subject to periodic regulatory inspections. The failure of third party manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could extend, delay, or cause the termination of clinical trials conducted for our product candidates or the withdrawal of our products from the market. The impact of government regulation upon us cannot be predicted and could be material and adverse. We cannot accurately predict the extent of government regulation that might result from future legislation or administrative action.

        With respect to our L-glutamine product candidate for the treatment of SCD, we have completed preclinical studies, submitted an IND to the FDA which has become effective and conducted Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. We expect to proceed with submitting a NDA to the FDA. If the FDA accepts the NDA for filing based on our single Phase 3 clinical trial, the review officially begins from the date the FDA received the original submission. The FDA can refuse to file an application for review if it is incomplete in the view of the FDA. Because our product has obtained Orphan Drug designation and Fast Track designation, we expect that the FDA will prioritize the review of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD with the intent of rendering a decision within six months of the date that the NDA is treated as submitted to the FDA.

23


Table of Contents

        After reviewing the NDA, the FDA will make a determination as to whether data and other information demonstrate the safety and provide substantial evidence of effectiveness of the product candidate for its intended use(s), which includes an analysis of whether its benefits outweigh its risks; whether its proposed labeling is adequate and complete; and whether the methods used in, and the facilities or controls used for, its manufacture, processing, packing, and storage conform to and are operated or administered in conformity with cGMP regulations. Upon completion of the NDA review, the FDA will either approve or not approve the application, or issue a Complete Response Letter (a letter from the FDA indicating that it cannot approve the application in its present form and informing the applicant of changes that should be made before the application could be approved). If the FDA approves the NDA, we will be able to commercialize the product. If the FDA does not approve our NDA, we will not be able to commercialize our SCD product candidate, which may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

        If the FDA issues a Complete Response Letter, the FDA would be required to provide the basis for its decision and we would have an opportunity to meet with FDA officials to discuss any deficiencies noted in the letter. At that point, we could choose to request a hearing and appeal the agency's decision, or address deficiencies and, if necessary, submit additional data or information, or withdraw the application. Common problems which may delay or prevent the FDA from approving a NDA include, but are not limited to, unexpected safety issues, inadequate data analysis, or the failure, in the FDA's judgment, to provide substantial evidence of a product candidate's effectiveness. If we receive a Complete Response Letter, we may need to conduct additional studies, perhaps studies of more people or, different types of people, or conduct studies for a longer period of time. If we must conduct additional clinical studies in order to address any deficiencies identified in a Complete Response Letter, we may not have sufficient funding to conduct such additional trials or studies.

        Outside the United States, we sell AminoPure in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea. There are no regulatory requirements to sell AminoPure in Japan because it is classified as a nutritional supplement product. To sell AminoPure in Taiwan, we are required to obtain a Certificate of Free Sale from the FDA, which we provide to our distributor. The FDA issues a Certificate of Free Sale upon request for products that either meet the applicable requirements of the FD&C Act and may be legally marketed in the United States or may be legally exported under the FD&C Act although they may not be legally marketed in the United States. Once the Certificate of Free Sale is furnished to our distributor in Taiwan, it is the distributor's responsibility to comply with local regulations, including but not limited to, obtaining the proper import license. The Certificate of Free Sale for the sale of AminoPure in Taiwan expires in 2015. In South Korea, AminoPure is imported and sold as a dietary supplement, which does not require any regulatory approval but is subject to dietary supplement cGMP regulations. In Ghana, AminoPure is a registered product with the Food and Drug Board of the Ministry of Health.

Patents, Proprietary Rights and Know-How

        Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain patents and otherwise preserve the intellectual property rights relating to the design, operation, sale and distribution of our products. We intend to seek patents on our products when we deem it commercially appropriate. The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will be issued for currently pending or future applications or that our existing patents or any new patents issued will be of sufficient scope or strength or provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. We may be subject to, or may initiate, litigation or patent office interference proceedings, which may require significant financial and management resources. The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights or the advent of litigation arising out of any such intellectual property claims could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

        We have relied to date on a combination of patent licenses, trademark and trade secret protection and other unpatented proprietary information to protect our intellectual property rights and to

24


Table of Contents

maintain and enhance our competitiveness in the pharmaceutical industry. While we do not currently own any issued patents, we have two patent licenses with third parties. We have also submitted patent applications which have yet to be published. If our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD is approved by the FDA, we will seek seven years of Orphan Drug market exclusivity based on the FDA's previous grant to us of Orphan Drug designation for this product candidate. In addition, we will also seek three years of data exclusivity under Title I of the Hatch/Waxman Act, as described above under the caption "Government Regulation". These additional periods of exclusivity, if any are granted, would run concurrently.

        We also rely on unpatented technologies to protect the proprietary nature of our products. We require that our officers and key employees enter into confidentiality agreements that require these officers and employees to assign to us the rights to any inventions developed by them during the course of their employment with us. All of the confidentiality agreements include non-solicitation provisions that remain effective during the course of employment and for periods following termination of employment.

Licenses and Promotional Rights Agreements

        On March 1, 2001, Emmaus Medical became the exclusive worldwide licensee under U.S. Patent No. 5,693,671, entitled "L-glutamine Therapy for SCD and Thalassemia" issued on December 2, 1997 to Niihara et al., which we refer to as the SCD Patent, to develop a treatment approach for SCD and thalassemia using L-glutamine pursuant to a license agreement. The license agreement is effective until the expiration of the SCD Patent in 2016. Pursuant to the license agreement, we acquired the exclusive right to test, gain governmental approval of, make, have made, use, distribute and sell products designed for use in carrying out methods covered under the SCD Patent, which we refer to as the Licensed Methods, and/or incorporating technical information provided by the licensor or by any of certain doctors affiliated with the licensor, which we refer to as the Licensed Products. Pursuant to an addendum to the license agreement, we agreed to pay royalties to the licensor during the term of the agreement equal to 4.5% of net sales of Licensed Products in the United States until lifetime royalty payments made to the licensor total $100,000, at which time the royalty rate will decrease to 2.5% of net sales of the Licensed Products. No royalties will be paid to the licensor for Licensed Products sold or distributed, or Licensed Methods practiced, on a non-profit basis. Royalty payments are due within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, with the last payment due 45 days after the termination of the agreement. Any payments not made when due accrue interest on and after the due date at a rate equal to the prime interest rate quoted by the Bank of America on the date the payment is due, with interest being compounded on the last day of each calendar quarter.

        We are also responsible for paying all fees and costs relating to the maintenance of the SCD Patent. Before any Licensed Products are commercially sold or Licensed Methods are practiced on humans, we are required to obtain comprehensive general liability insurance policies, including product liability insurance coverage in the minimum amount of $0.5 million. If we fail to obtain the required insurance policies, the licensor may terminate the agreement or obtain such insurance at our sole cost and expense. We currently have product liability insurance for NutreStore and also have clinical trial insurance for the SCD trial.

        The license agreement will terminate upon the expiration of the patent in 2016, or earlier upon a court's determination that the patent is invalid or unenforceable. If we fail to pay royalties when due and payable, the licensor may terminate the agreement upon 90 days' written notice, unless we pay all outstanding royalties and interest due, during such 90-day period. The licensor may also terminate the agreement upon our material breach of the agreement upon providing us with 90 days' written notice. The agreement will automatically terminate at the end of such 90-day period unless we cure the breach or default during such period.

25


Table of Contents

        In October 2007, under a sublicense granted by CATO, Emmaus Medical became the exclusive sublicensee of US Patent No. 5,288,703, which we refer to as the SBS Patent, for the U.S. market, including the rights to distribute the L-glutamine treatment for SBS under the trademark NutreStore in the United States, which we refer to as the SBS License. CATO granted Emmaus Medical the SBS License under a sublicense that CATO held from Ares Trading S.A. We commercially launched NutreStore in June 2008. In February 2011, we entered into an assignment and transfer agreement with CATO. Under this agreement, CATO assigned and transferred to us ownership of the NutreStore NDA, Drug Master Files, or DMFs, No. 16633 and 16639, NutreStore-related trademarks, and the know-how represented by the NutreStore NDA and DMFs. The two DMFs contain the proprietary information relating to the manufacturing and packaging specifications of the NutreStore product. In consideration of this assignment and transfer, we agreed to pay to CATO royalties following the expiration of the SBS License on October 7, 2011, when the SBS Patent expired, in the following amounts: 10% of adjusted gross sales of NutreStore from 2012 through 2016; and 1% of gross sales of L-glutamine as a treatment for SCD and thalassemia for a period of five years from the date of first commercial sale of the treatment. We do not anticipate that the expiration of the SBS License will have a significant impact on us and we intend to sell NutreStore in accordance with the terms of the assignment and transfer agreement. We currently do not believe there should be significant competition in the marketplace for a generic version of NutreStore given the small population of SBS patients (<10,000 adults).

        In April 2011, we entered into the Research Agreement and the Individual Agreement with CellSeed and, in August 2011, entered into an addendum to the Research Agreement. Pursuant to the Individual Agreement, CellSeed granted us the exclusive right to manufacture, sell, market and distribute CAOMECS for the cornea in the United States and agreed to disclose to us its accumulated information package for the joint development of CAOMECS. In 2012, we paid CellSeed $1.5 million under the Individual Agreement. Under the Research Agreement, as supplemented by the addendum, we agreed to pay CellSeed $8.5 million within 30 days of the completion of all of the following: (i) the execution of the Research Agreement; (ii) the execution of the Individual Agreement; and (iii) CellSeed's delivery of the accumulated information package, as defined in the Research Agreement, to us and our providing written confirmation of its acceptance of the complete package, which has not yet been completed. Pursuant to the Research Agreement, we and CellSeed formed a relationship regarding the future research and development of cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products and the future commercialization of such products in the United States.

        All intellectual property rights created in the course of the Research Agreement, the Individual Agreement and any future individual agreement, including rights made jointly by our employees and CellSeed employees or made solely by the employees of one party based on confidential information or intellectual property rights exchanged between the parties, will be owned jointly by us and CellSeed. Intellectual property rights related to the products that are developed solely by one party's employees independently from confidential information and intellectual property rights of the other party, will be owned by the party whose employees made such invention, but that party must grant a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty free, fully paid up, sub-licensable, transferable license of such rights to the other party.

Trademarks

        We currently own three federal U.S. trademark registrations, including for "Emmaus Medical," "NutreStore" and "AminoPure," a Japanese trademark for "AminoPure," a South Korean trademark for "AminoPure," a Taiwanese trademark for "AminoPure," and a Philippines trademark for "AminoPure." We are also pursuing trademark registrations for "AminoPure" in Ghana and Kenya.

26


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

        Orphan Drugs International, LLC was organized on December 20, 2000 and its name was changed to Emmaus Medical, LLC in March 2002. In October 2003, Emmaus Medical, LLC undertook a reorganization and merged with Emmaus Medical, Inc., which was originally incorporated in September 2003. Through this merger of Emmaus Medical, LLC into Emmaus Medical, Emmaus Medical acquired the exclusive patent rights for a treatment for SCD.

        AFH Acquisition IV, Inc. was incorporated in the state of Delaware on September 24, 2007 and was originally organized as a "blank check" shell company. On May 3, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 21, 2011, Emmaus Medical merged with and into AFH Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AFH Acquisition IV, with Emmaus Medical continuing as the surviving entity, which we refer to as the Merger. Upon the closing of the Merger, we (i) became the 100% parent of Emmaus Medical, (ii) assumed the operations of Emmaus Medical and its subsidiaries, and (iii) changed our name from "AFH Acquisition IV, Inc." to "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." On September 14, 2011, we changed our name from "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." to "Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc."

        In May 2006, we formed Newfield Nutrition Corporation, referred to as Newfield Nutrition, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical that distributes L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement under the brand name AminoPure.

        In October 2010, we formed Emmaus Medical Japan, Inc., referred to as EM Japan, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical that markets and sells AminoPure in Japan and other countries in Asia. EM Japan also manages our distributors in Japan and may also import other medical products and drugs in the future.

        In November 2011, we formed Emmaus Medical Europe, Ltd., referred to as EM Europe, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical whose primary focus is expanding our business in Europe. L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD has received Orphan Drug designation from the EC.

        Our principal executive offices and corporate offices are located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800, Torrance, California and our telephone number at that address is (310) 214-0065. We maintain an Internet website at the following address: www.emmausmedical.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

        We have registered "Emmaus Medical," "NutreStore" and "AminoPure" as federal U.S. trademarks, and have registered Japanese, Taiwanese, South Korean and Philippines trademarks for "AminoPure," which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Emmaus. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may appear without the® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

27


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

         The following risk factors should be considered in conjunction with the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This report may include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. In addition to those risk factors discussed elsewhere in this report, we identify the following risk factors, which could affect our actual results and cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

We have incurred losses since inception, have limited cash resources and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future, and we may never become profitable.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $70.6 million since our inception in December 2000. Our net losses were $20.8 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These losses resulted principally from costs incurred in our research and development programs and from our general and administrative expenses. We have had limited revenue and have sustained significant operating losses since inception, and we are likely to sustain operating losses in the foreseeable future. Since inception, we have funded our operations through the private placement of equity securities and convertible notes and loans. We expect that we will continue to fund our operations primarily through the issuance of public or private equity or debt securities, or other sources, such as strategic partnerships. Such financings or other sources may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would inhibit our ability to continue operations and implement our business strategy.

        We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing negative cash flow and operating losses as we continue our research activities, conduct potential future clinical trials, seek regulatory approvals for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and prepare for commercialization of our SCD product. These losses, among other things, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity, total assets and working capital. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical development, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses, whether or when we will be able to commercialize our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, or when we will become profitable, if ever. Our strategy depends heavily on the success of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. If we are unable to commercialize our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD or any of our other product candidates, or if we experience significant delays in doing so, our business may fail. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

We will require substantial additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate planned activities or result in our inability to continue as a going concern.

        We will require additional capital to pursue potential future clinical trials and regulatory approvals, as well as further research and development and marketing efforts for our products and potential products. We have no committed sources of additional capital and our access to capital funding is uncertain. If we are not able to secure financing, we may no longer be a going concern and may be forced to curtail operations, delay or stop ongoing clinical trials, or cease operations altogether, file for bankruptcy, or undertake any combination of the foregoing. In such event, our stockholders may lose their entire investment in our company. Our future capital requirements will depend on, and could increase significantly as a result of, many factors, including:

    the duration and results of the clinical trials for our various products going forward;

    unexpected delays or complications in seeking regulatory approvals;

28


Table of Contents

    the time and cost in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims;

    adverse developments encountered in implementing our business development and commercialization strategies;

    our undertaking of collaborations with strategic partners and the outcome of those collaborations; and

    any need to engage in litigation relating to protecting our intellectual property rights or other commercial or regulatory matters and the outcome of any such litigation.

        We may attempt to raise additional funds through public or private financings, collaborations with other companies or financing from other sources. Additional funding may not be available in amounts or on terms which are acceptable to us, if at all. If adequate funding is not available to us, or on reasonable terms, we may need to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our product development programs or obtain funds on terms less favorable than we would otherwise accept.

        In addition, if we do not meet our payment obligations to third parties as they become due, we may be subject to litigation claims and our credit worthiness would be adversely affected. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and would be a distraction to management, and may result in unfavorable results that could further adversely impact our financial condition.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights.

        We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings and collaborations and strategic and licensing arrangements. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, the issuance of those securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The terms of such securities may include liquidation or other preferences that could adversely affect the rights of our existing stockholders. Moreover, the incurrence of debt financing could result in a substantial portion of our future operating cash flow, if any, being dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness and could impose restrictions on our operations. This could render us more vulnerable to competitive pressures and economic downturns.

        Debt financing, if available, would result in increased fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include grants of security interests or covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaboration, strategic alliance and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Our recurring operating losses and significant short-term indebtedness have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

        We have incurred recurring operating losses. In addition, we have a significant amount of notes payable and other obligations due within the next year and are projecting that our operating losses and expected capital needs will exceed our existing cash balances and cash expected to be generated from operations for the foreseeable future, including the expected costs relating to seeking FDA approval for, and the commercialization of, our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 with respect to this uncertainty. The continuation and expansion of our business is dependent upon obtaining further financing,

29


Table of Contents

successful and sufficient market acceptance of our products, and, finally, achieving a profitable level of operations. The perception of our ability to continue as a going concern may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations and could result in the loss of confidence by investors, suppliers and employees.

We have adopted an equity incentive plan under which we may grant securities to compensate employees and other services providers, which could result in increased share-based compensation expenses and, therefore, reduced net income.

        Under current accounting rules, we are required to recognize share-based compensation as compensation expense in our statement of comprehensive loss, based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, and recognize the compensation expense over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. We made grants of equity awards in 2013 and 2014, and accordingly our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 contain share-based compensation charges. Additional expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing stock options under our existing equity incentive plan or any equity incentive plan that we may adopt in the future. If we grant equity compensation to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with share-based compensation may adversely affect our net income. However, if we do not grant equity compensation, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel or be forced to expend cash or other compensation instead. Furthermore, the issuance of equity awards would dilute existing stockholders' ownership interests in our company. In February 2013 our board of directors amended our equity incentive plan to increase the number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to awards granted under the plan from 3 million shares to 6 million shares. In July 2014, our board of directors amended our equity incentive plan again to increase the number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to awards granted under the plan from 6 million shares to 9 million shares.

We have issued and may continue to issue debt instruments that are convertible and/or may include warrant features, which could result in the calculation of discounts on the debt issued and increased amortization of discount expenses and, therefore, reduced net income.

        Under current accounting rules, we are required to recognize discounts on debt issued with stock conversion features or with attached or accompanying warrants which can result in amortization of the discount as an expense in our statement of consolidated comprehensive loss, based on the fair value of conversion feature or warrant on the date of issue. If we grant stock conversion features or warrants with debt instruments to attract capital, the expenses associated with amortization of the calculated discount may adversely affect our net income. However, if we do not grant stock conversion features or warrants with debt instruments, we may not be able to attract debt capital.

We obtained a summary judgment and court order in June 2013 allowing us to cancel approximately 2.5 million shares of our common stock issued to AFH Advisory and certain others in connection with our Merger. Following the litigation of certain claims that were not adjudicated in the summary judgment, the summary judgment and court order would be subject to appeal for a thirty-day period. If the summary judgment and court order are appealed, and our defense of such appeal is unsuccessful, we may have to re-issue the cancelled shares, resulting in dilution to our stockholders.

        Since July 2012, we have been engaged in significant litigation with Amir Heshmatpour and AFH Holding and Advisory, LLC, or AFH Advisory. Mr. Heshmatpour, one of our former directors, owns AFH Advisory, which was our majority stockholder until our combination with Emmaus Medical, Inc. pursuant to the Merger in May 2011. In September 2012, AFH Advisory, Griffin Ventures, Ltd., or Griffin, and The Amir & Kathy Heshmatpour Family Foundation, or the Foundation, filed a complaint against us in the Superior Court of Delaware. The complaint alleged that we did not have the right to

30


Table of Contents

cancel the plaintiffs' shares, a right that we had previously asserted under a Letter of Intent between us and AFH Advisory, and asked the court to issue a declaratory judgment to that effect. In October 2012 we filed counterclaims against the plaintiffs and third-party claims against Mr. Heshmatpour. We asked the court for an order declaring that the plaintiffs' shares were canceled and that, because of fraudulent inducement on their part, the letter of intent between us and AFH Advisory was void and of no further effect. In addition, we asked the court to award compensatory and punitive damages, in amounts to be determined, for breach of contract, unjust enrichment and fraud.

        On June 27, 2013, the court issued an order implementing a partial summary judgment in our favor. The order, among other things, (i) stated that the letter of intent between us and AFH Advisory was properly terminated as of July 19, 2012, and (ii) ordered our transfer agent to effect the cancellation of 2,504,249 shares of our common stock held by AFH Advisory, Griffin and the Foundation. The cancellation of such shares, which represented approximately 10 percent of our common stock, was effected by our transfer agent on June 28, 2013. The cancellation of such shares will be subject to appeal for 30 days after the completion of trial court proceedings. While the partial summary judgment in favor of the Company led to the cancellation of 2,504,249 shares of the Company's common stock by the transfer agent on June 28, 2013, we have determined that gain contingency accounting, which would result in derecognition of these shares and the related liability amount, is not appropriate under the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, until the right of appeal has lapsed and no further contingency remains. Hence, the Company will continue to present these shares in its financial statements as outstanding until the right of appeal has lapsed and all contingencies have been resolved.

        On April 16, 2014, the court granted our motion for attorneys' fees, costs and expenses and denied a competing motion for attorneys' fees, costs and expenses brought by AFH Advisory and Mr. Heshmatpour. The court ruled that under the letter of intent between us and AFH Advisory, we are entitled to an award of $700,000 in attorneys' fees, costs and expenses from AFH Advisory. Our cause of action for fraud has not yet been litigated or settled.

        Conduct of the litigation has entailed significant expense to us and will continue to do so until it is resolved. It has also required significant amounts of time and attention from our management. If the court's summary judgment ruling is appealed, it could result in our incurring liabilities and expenses that may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows and result in dilution to our stockholders.

We may be required to make an $8.5 million payment to CellSeed under our Research Agreement with CellSeed relating to the delivery to and acceptance by us of data relating to CellSeed's technology, and if this condition is satisfied and we do not make this payment, CellSeed has the right to terminate one or both of the Research Agreement and Individual Agreement with us, which will negatively impact our ability to implement our business strategies related to CAOMECS.

        In April 2011, Emmaus Medical, Inc. entered into the Research Agreement and the Individual Agreement with CellSeed and, in August 2011, entered into an addendum to the Research Agreement. Pursuant to the Individual Agreement, CellSeed granted us the exclusive right to manufacture, sell, market and distribute CAOMECS for the treatment of corneal impairments in the United States, which we would be able to exercise only after receiving FDA marketing approval for the product, and agreed to disclose to us its accumulated information package for the joint development of CAOMECS. Under the Individual Agreement, we agreed to pay CellSeed $1.5 million, which we paid in February 2012. Pursuant to the Research Agreement, we formed a relationship with CellSeed regarding the future research and development of cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products, and the future commercialization of such products. Under the Research Agreement, as supplemented by the addendum, we agreed to pay CellSeed $8.5 million within 30 days of the completion of all of the following: (i) the execution of the Research Agreement; (ii) the execution of the Individual Agreement;

31


Table of Contents

and (iii) CellSeed's delivery of the accumulated information package, as defined in the Research Agreement, to us and our providing written confirmation of our acceptance of the complete accumulated information package. The third of these conditions has not yet been satisfied. At the time we entered into our agreements with CellSeed, we left for further negotiation provisions covering how we and CellSeed will share any financial results of commercializing any cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products that we are seeking to develop in collaboration with CellSeed. If we are not able to successfully negotiate these terms, our current development and commercialization plans with respect to any of these products would be materially adversely affected.

        If our payment obligation under the Research Agreement becomes due and payable prior to our generation of revenue from the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD under development, we will need to use available cash or seek other funding sources, including the sale of additional equity or debt securities, in order to fund that payment. CellSeed may terminate either or both of the Research Agreement and the Individual Agreement if we are unable to timely make this payment. If CellSeed terminates one or both of these agreements, our strategy to develop and commercialize regenerative medicine products would be adversely affected and we would become more reliant on our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, making it more difficult to raise external funding.

RISKS RELATED TO DEVELOPMENT OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

We may not be able to receive regulatory approval for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, or, even if approved, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD or any other product candidates, which would adversely affect our financial and operating condition.

        Our current efforts are, and a substantial portion of our efforts for the foreseeable future will be, focused primarily on our lead product candidate, our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, for which we have recently completed a single Phase 3 clinical trial. All of our other product candidates are still in preclinical development. Regulatory approval is required to market our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, or other product candidates we may develop. There are many reasons that we may fail in our efforts to commercialize our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD or that such efforts will be delayed, including:

    the chance that the FDA will conclude that our clinical trial does not demonstrate substantial evidence that our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD is effective and safe;

    the chance that the FDA will not accept for filing the NDA that we intend to submit based on the results of only one Phase 3 clinical trial, instead of two such studies, to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD;

    the failure of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD to receive necessary regulatory approvals from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities in a timely manner, or at all;

    the failure of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, once approved, to be produced in commercial quantities or at reasonable costs;

    physicians' reluctance to switch to our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD from existing SCD treatment methods, including traditional therapy agents;

    the failure of our L-glutamine product candidate, once approved, to achieve commercial acceptance for the treatment of SCD;

32


Table of Contents

    the introduction of products by our competitors that are or are perceived to be more effective or have or are perceived to have a better safety profile than our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD;

    the application of restrictions to our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD by regulatory or governmental authorities;

    the possibility that we may not be able to maintain Orphan Drug designation prior to or after our submission to the FDA of a NDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, as well as the possibility that we may not be able to obtain and maintain Orphan Drug market exclusivity for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD even if the FDA approves that NDA because the approved indication differs from the indication for which the FDA granted us Orphan Drug designation;

    the possibility, even if we obtain regulatory approval and Orphan Drug market exclusivity for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, that another company with the same drug for the same indication could demonstrate clinical superiority over our product, thus making that third party drug eligible for approval and Orphan Drug market exclusivity despite our market exclusivity;

    the possibility that another product, different from L-glutamine, receives Orphan Drug designation and is approved for the treatment of SCD, which our Orphan Drug exclusivity, should we receive it, would not bar;

    the possibility, if we obtain Orphan Drug market exclusivity for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, that we are unable to ensure an adequate supply of it, thus allowing the FDA to approve another L-glutamine product for Orphan Drug exclusivity; and

    the possibility that our Fast Track designation for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD may be rescinded or may not actually lead to a faster regulatory review and approval of the NDA that we intend to submit in 2015.

        Even if the FDA and other regulatory authorities approve our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, or any of our other product candidates, the manufacture, packaging, labeling, distribution, marketing and sale of such products will be subject to strict and ongoing post-approval regulations. Compliance with such regulations will be expensive and consume substantial financial and management resources.

        The FDA has the authority to regulate the claims we make in marketing our prescription products to ensure that such claims are true, not misleading, supported by scientific evidence, and consistent with the approved labeling of those products. The FDA also has the authority to regulate the claims we make in marketing our dietary supplement AminoPure. Failure to comply with FDA requirements in this regard could result in, among other things, warning letters, withdrawal of approvals, seizures, recalls, injunctions prohibiting a product's manufacture and distribution, restricting promotional activities, requiring corrective actions regarding sales and marketing activities, other operating restrictions, civil money penalties, and prosecution under the False Claims Act, which imposes liability on individuals and companies who defraud governmental programs and may lead to criminal prosecutions. Any of these government enforcement actions, if taken against us, could negatively impact our product sales and profitability.

        Additionally, regulatory approval of any of our prescription products may be conditioned on our agreement to conduct costly post-marketing follow-up studies to monitor the safety or effectiveness of such products or to implement specific risk mitigation strategies. In addition, as clinical experience with any of our products following such approval, if any, expands after approval because the product is used by a greater number and more diverse group of patients than during clinical trials, unknown side

33


Table of Contents

effects or other problems may be observed that were not observed or anticipated during pre-approval clinical trials. In any such case, one or more regulatory authorities could restrict the indications for which the product may be sold or restrict the distribution channels, or revoke the product's regulatory approval, which could hinder our ability to generate revenues from that product. If we fail to develop and commercialize our product candidates as planned, our financial results and financial condition will be adversely affected, we will have to delay or terminate some or all of our research product development programs, and we may be forced to cease operations.

If the FDA does not accept for filing a NDA with only one Phase 3 clinical trial, instead of two such studies, to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we may be forced to incur the time, expense, and risk of undertaking a confirmatory study prior to obtaining marketing approval of such product, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        Historically, the FDA has generally required applicants to submit as part of a NDA in respect of a drug two adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness of that drug. The Modernization Act, however, makes clear that the FDA may consider data from only one adequate and well-controlled clinical investigation and confirmatory evidence (obtained prior to or after such investigation) if the FDA determines that such evidence is sufficient to establish effectiveness. In a guidance document titled "Providing Clinical Evidence of Effectiveness for Human Drug and Biological Products" (May 1998), the FDA stated that reliance on a single study is generally limited to situations in which a trial has demonstrated a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with a potential serious outcome, and where confirmation of the result in a second trial would be impractical or unethical. The factors the FDA considers for accepting a single study include, but are not limited to, having large multi-centered studies, consistent data across subgroups, multiple endpoints, and statistically very persuasive findings. Our single Phase 3 clinical trial was multi-centered with multiple endpoints. However, there can be no assurance that the FDA will accept this single study to be sufficient to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness.

        On June 11, 2014, we met with the FDA to discuss the preliminary data from our Phase 3 clinical trial and our plans to submit to the FDA a NDA, based on our single Phase 3 clinical trial. In minutes of the meeting that the FDA has provided to us, based on its review of preliminary data from our Phase 3 clinical trial, the FDA expressed concern that the primary endpoint of painful sickle cell crisis (controlling for both region and hydroxyurea use) did not reach the pre-specified p-value significance level of 0.045.

        The FDA commented that the primary efficacy results were inconsistent among regions, as shown by the large difference in results observed based on the stratified analyses adjusted for both region and hydroxyurea use and the stratified analysis adjusted for hydroxyurea use only. The FDA also commented that a reduction in the median number of painful sickle cell crises by one (from four to three) is not clinically meaningful and is not consistent across regions. The FDA asked us to provide explanations for the differences in results observed based on the stratified analysis adjusted for region and hydroxyurea.

        The FDA also commented on the number of patients who discontinued the study, which was greater in the L-glutamine group, and the FDA would need to understand what impact the imputation of such data, which is a method of accounting for missing information, would have on the interpretation of the results.

        Based on preliminary data, the FDA recommended a second Phase 3 study be conducted to support the indication for SCD and suggested enrolling patients with a higher baseline level of sickle cell crises to help demonstrate a larger difference in the mean results.

34


Table of Contents

        Based on other questions we submitted to the FDA regarding the previous pre-clinical work and evidence gathered for the L-glutamine treatment related to pharmacology, toxicology, and clinical pharmacology, the FDA noted that the information provided appeared to be acceptable; however, final affirmations regarding such matters would be made during the FDA's review of a NDA. The FDA also made certain recommendations to the chemistry, manufacturing and controls of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD which we intend to incorporate or address.

        In September 2014 we submitted to the FDA the Clinical Study Report for our Phase 3 clinical trial, supplemental analyses and a new meeting request. Consequently, we met again with the FDA on October 15, 2014. In the minutes of the October 15 meeting, the FDA noted that it continued to be concerned that the primary endpoint did not meet the pre-specified p-value and observed that our efficacy finding would be more persuasive if supported by an additional, confirmatory study. We communicated to the FDA that over-stratification in our statistical analysis plan led to the pre-specified p-value not being met. We also provided sensitivity analyses and results to address the over-stratification which demonstrated a statistically significant p-value for the primary endpoint.

        At the October 15 meeting, in response to a question raised by the FDA at the June 11 meeting, we provided evidence of the clinical meaningfulness of a reduction in the median number of painful sickle cell crises by one (from four to three). In the October 15 minutes the FDA expressed the view that the reduction of one sickle cell crises may not be clinically significant and advised us to provide all information and data to support this clinical meaningfulness and the FDA stated they will evaluate the overall clinical benefit and risk of L-glutamine based on results from our Phase 3 trial and all available safety data.

        In the October 15 minutes the FDA reiterated certain concerns outlined in the June 11 minutes. Other questions that we posed for discussion at the October 15 meeting related to the safety of L-glutamine use, the benefit-risk margin for L-glutamine use, the sufficiency of our Phase 2 and 3 trials to support a NDA submission and whether a confirmatory study could be conducted as a post-marketing commitment. The FDA noted that its decisions regarding these questions would be made after the submission of a NDA.

        Based on our discussions with the FDA, we intend to conduct a confirmatory study of our L-glutamine treatment for SCD. We submitted a draft protocol outline to the FDA. We plan to work with the FDA to finalize the study design. In addition to planning and conducting a confirmatory study, we plan to submit a NDA for our L-glutamine treatment for SCD during 2015 containing all efficacy and safety data through our completed Phase 3 trial and additional analyses and information in accord with the feedback the FDA provided in the context of the June 11 and October 15 meetings. We will request that our planned confirmatory study be accepted by the FDA as a post-approval study that is, a study to be completed after approval of the NDA. There can be no assurance that the FDA will accept our submission for filing before the completion of a confirmatory study or that the information and data in the NDA will satisfy concerns identified by the FDA.

        Regarding the submission of NDAs that include only one Phase 3 clinical trial, the FDA has in some cases accepted evidence from one clinical trial to support a finding of substantial evidence of effectiveness. A change in the law under the Modernization Act made clear that the FDA may consider data from only one adequate and well controlled clinical investigation and confirmatory evidence if the FDA determines that such evidence is sufficient to establish effectiveness of the medicine under study.

        In a guidance document titled "Providing Clinical Evidence of Effectiveness for Human Drug and Biological Products" (May 1998), the FDA stated that reliance on a single clinical trial is generally limited to situations in which a trial has demonstrated a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with a potential serious outcome, and where confirmation of the result in a second trial would be impractical or unethical. The factors the FDA

35


Table of Contents

considers for accepting a single clinical trial include, but are not limited to, having large multi centered studies, consistent data across subgroups, multiple endpoints, and statistically very persuasive findings.

The development process to obtain FDA approval for new drugs, biologics and cell-based therapies is very costly and time consuming and if we cannot complete our clinical trials in a cost-effective manner, our operations may be adversely affected.

        Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we or a collaborator must complete preclinical development and then complete one or more extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the product candidate in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. Costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a development project owing, but not limited to, the following:

    the number of patients that participate in the trials;

    the per patient trial costs;

    the number of sites included in the trials;

    the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

    the duration of the clinical trials;

    the countries in which the trials are conducted;

    the number of doses that patients receive;

    adverse events experienced by trial participants;

    the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

    potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

    the extent and duration of patient follow-up;

    difficulties that could arise in analyzing and reporting to regulators the results of clinical trials; and

    the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidate.

        If we are unable to control the timing and costs of our clinical trials and conduct our trials and apply for regulatory approvals in a timely and cost-effective manner, our operations may be adversely affected.

        Our product development costs will also increase if any regulatory agencies impose a clinical hold on any of our clinical studies or we experience delays in obtaining marketing approvals, particularly if we are required to conduct additional clinical studies beyond those that we submit in any NDA. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our approved product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, and thereby impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

36


Table of Contents

We may not be able to complete clinical trial programs for any of our product candidates successfully within any specific time period or at all, and if such clinical trials take longer to complete than we project, our ability to execute our current business strategy will be adversely affected.

        Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete, and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of development. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of them.

        Generally speaking, whether we complete our clinical trials in a timely manner, or at all, for any product candidate is dependent in part upon: (i) the date the applicable investigational new drug application, or IND, becomes effective enabling us to commence the applicable clinical studies (which, under U.S. law, occurs no more than thirty days after the FDA receives the IND, unless the FDA places the IND on clinical hold, in which case the FDA may request us to provide additional data from completed preclinical studies or undertake additional preclinical studies, the latter of which could materially delay the clinical and regulatory development of the applicable product candidate); (ii) the engagement of clinical trial sites and clinical investigators; (iii) reaching an agreement with clinical investigators on acceptable clinical trial agreement terms, clinical trial protocols or informed consent forms; (iv) obtaining approval from the institutional review boards used by the clinical trial sites we seek to engage; (v) the rate of patient enrollment and retention; and (vi) the rate to collect, clean, lock and analyze the clinical trial database.

        Patient enrollment in trials is a function of many factors, including the design of the protocol, the size of the patient population, the proximity of patients to and availability of clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under trial and of the control product, if any, the clinical investigator's efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials, the patient referral practices of local physicians, the existence of competitive clinical trials, and whether other investigational or new therapies are available for the indication. If we experience delays in identifying and contracting with appropriate clinical investigators and sites, in obtaining approval of the applicable institutional review boards, in enrolling and retaining patients and/or in completing our clinical trial programs, we may incur additional costs and delays in our development programs, and may not be able to complete our clinical trials on a cost-effective or timely basis, if at all. If we or any third party have difficulty obtaining sufficient clinical drug materials or enrolling a sufficient number of patients in a timely or cost-effective manner to conduct clinical trials as planned, or if enrolled patients do not complete the trial as planned, we or a third party may need to delay or terminate ongoing clinical trials, which could negatively affect our business.

        Clinical trials required for demonstration of substantial evidence of efficacy and safety often require the enrollment of large numbers of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Our ability to enroll sufficient numbers of patients in our clinical trials, especially when the disease or condition being studied is rare, depends on many factors, including the size of the relevant patient population, the nature and design of the protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility and exclusion criteria applicable for the trial, existence of competing clinical trials and the availability of already approved therapeutics for the indications being studied (whether or not such therapeutics are less safe or less effective than our product candidate under trial). In addition, patients may withdraw from a clinical trial or be unwilling to follow our clinical trial protocols for a variety of reasons, such as adverse events or noncompliance with trial requirements. If we fail to enroll and maintain the number of patients for which the clinical trial was designed, the statistical significance and/or statistical power of that clinical trial may be reduced which would make it harder to

37


Table of Contents

demonstrate that the product candidate being tested in such clinical trial is safe and effective for its intended use.

We may be required to suspend, repeat or terminate our clinical trials if they do not meet regulatory requirements, the results are negative or inconclusive, human subject protections are inadequate, the trials are not well designed, or clinical investigators fail to comply with all requirements for the conduct of trials under the applicable IND, any of which may result in significant negative repercussions on our business and financial condition.

        Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, which is currently our only product candidate in clinical development, has not yet received marketing approval in any jurisdiction. We cannot market a pharmaceutical product in any jurisdiction until we have completed rigorous preclinical testing and clinical trials for that product, demonstrated the product's safety and substantial evidence of effectiveness for its intended use, obtained the approval of the applicable regulatory authority for our proposed labeling of the product, and met the other requirements of such jurisdiction's extensive regulatory approval process. Preclinical testing and the conduct of clinical trials are long, expensive and uncertain processes. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical tests can be interpreted in different ways and could ultimately be deemed by regulatory authorities to be insufficient with respect to providing substantial evidence of safety and effectiveness required for regulatory approval, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. It may take us many years to complete the required testing of our product candidates to support an application for marketing approval and failure can occur at any stage during this process.

        We cannot provide assurance that our preclinical testing and clinical trials will be completed successfully within any time period specified by us, or without significant additional resources or expertise provided by third parties to conduct such testing. We cannot provide assurance that any such testing will demonstrate that our product candidates meet regulatory approval requirements for safety and effectiveness or that any such product will be approved for a specific indication. Results from early clinical trials may not be indicative of the results that will be obtained in later-stage clinical trials or in the population of patients for whom the applicable product is prescribed following any approval. In addition, negative or inconclusive results from the clinical trials we conduct or adverse events experienced by the patients in such clinical trials could cause us to have to suspend, repeat or terminate the clinical trials. Clinical trials are subject to continuing oversight by governmental regulatory authorities and institutional review boards and must meet the requirements of these authorities including but not limited to requirements for informed consent, human subject protection and good clinical practices; and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to comply, or that a regulatory authority will agree that we have complied, with such requirements. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations and/or contract laboratories, regulatory consultants and data management companies to assist us in overseeing and monitoring clinical trials as well as to process the clinical data and manage test requests, which may result in delays or failure to complete trials, if the third parties fail to perform or meet applicable regulatory requirements and standards. A failure by us or any such third parties to comply with the terms and conditions of the protocol for any clinical study or the regulatory requirements for any particular product candidate or to complete the clinical trials for a product candidate in the projected time frame could have a significant negative effect on our business and financial condition.

        There are significant requirements imposed on us and on clinical investigators who conduct clinical trials under an IND. Although we are responsible for selecting qualified clinical investigators, providing them with the information they need to conduct an investigation properly, ensuring proper monitoring of the investigation(s), and ensuring that the investigation(s) is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols contained in the IND, we cannot ensure the clinical investigators will maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements at all times. The pharmaceutical

38


Table of Contents

industry has experienced cases where clinical investigators have been found to incorrectly record data, omit data, or even falsify data. We cannot ensure that the clinical investigators in our trials will not make mistakes or otherwise compromise the integrity or validity of data, any of which would have a significant negative effect on our ability to obtain marketing approval, our business, and our financial condition.

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance or unanticipated events during our clinical trials may occur, which may result in necessary changes to clinical trial protocols, informed consents and clinical trial budgets, any of which changes could result in increased costs to us, delay our development timeline or reduce the likelihood of successful completion of the clinical trial.

        Changes in regulatory requirements or the FDA's interpretation of those requirements, which may be provided through guidance documents, or the occurrence of unanticipated events during our clinical trials could require us to amend clinical trial protocols, informed consent forms and trial budgets. If we experience delays in initiation, conduct or completion of any of our clinical trials, or if we terminate any of our clinical trials due to changes in regulatory requirements or guidance documents, unexpected and serious adverse events, or other unanticipated events, we may incur additional costs and have difficulty enrolling subjects or achieving clinical investigator or institutional review board acceptance of the changes and successfully completing the trial. Any such additional costs and difficulties could potentially materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates and delay our ability to generate product revenue.

There are various uncertainties related to the research, development and commercialization of the cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products we are developing in collaboration with a strategic partner which could negatively affect our ability to commercialize such products.

        We have historically focused on the research and development of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and have limited experience in the research, development or commercialization of cell sheet regenerative medicine products or any other biological product. No clinical trials of cell sheet regenerative products have been conducted in the United States and no biological products based on cell sheet engineering have been approved by regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. Such products must be manufactured in conformance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements as well as Good Tissue Practice, or GTP, requirements and demonstrate that they are safe, pure and potent to be effective for their intended uses to obtain FDA approval. The GTP requirements, which are specifically applicable to all cellular-based products, are intended to prevent communicable disease transmission. It is uncertain what type and quantity of scientific data would be required to support initiation of clinical studies or to sufficiently demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of cell sheet regenerative medicine products for their intended uses. Such uncertainties could delay our ability to obtain FDA approval for and to commercialize such products. In addition, the research and commercialization of cell sheet regenerative medicine products could be hindered if third party manufacturers of such products are not compliant with cGMP, GTP, and any other applicable regulations. Any delay in the development of, obtaining FDA approval for, or the occurrence of any problems with third party manufacturers of cell sheet regenerative medicine products would negatively affect our ability to commercialize such products.

The use of any of our product candidates in clinical trials and in the market may expose us to liability claims.

        The nature of our business exposes us to potential liability risks inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates. While we are in clinical stage testing, our product candidates could potentially harm people or allegedly harm people and we may be subject to costly and damaging product liability claims. Some of the patients who participate in clinical trials are

39


Table of Contents

already critically ill when they enter a trial. Informed consent and contractual limitations on payments for subject injury or waivers we obtain may not be enforceable and may not protect us from liability or the costs of product liability litigation. Although we currently carry a $5 million clinical product liability insurance policy, it may not be sufficient to cover future claims. In addition, in some cases the contractors on which we rely for manufacturing our product candidates may indemnify us for third party claims brought against us arising from matters for which these contractors are responsible. We could be materially and adversely affected if we were required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim outside the scope of indemnity or insurance coverage, if the indemnity is not performed or enforced in accordance with its terms, or if our liability exceeds the amount of applicable insurance or indemnity. In addition, there can be no assurance that insurance will continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all, or that if obtained, the insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover any potential claims or liabilities. Similar risks would exist upon the commercialization or marketing of any products by us or our partners. We currently do not have any clinical or product liability claims or threats of claims filed against us.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

        Because we have limited financial and management resources, we focus on a limited number of research programs and product candidates. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable product candidates or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for the specific indications we have selected may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

RISKS RELATED TO COMMERCIALIZATION OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

The failure of our products to gain market acceptance will hinder our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.

        Even if our product candidates are approved for commercialization, they may be too expensive to manufacture or market or they may not otherwise be successful in the marketplace. Market acceptance of any of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors including, but not limited to:

    demonstration of significant clinical effectiveness and safety of our product;

    the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects experienced by patients to whom our product is administered;

    limitations or warnings contained in the approved labeling or package insert for our product;

    the availability of alternative treatments for the indications approved for our product;

    the availability of acceptable pricing and adequate third-party reimbursement for our product;

    the effectiveness of marketing and distribution methods for our product; and

    comparison of the above factors to those associated with treatments with which our product competes.

40


Table of Contents

        If our products do not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, treatment centers, healthcare payors and others in the health care community, any of which may not accept or utilize our products, our ability to generate significant revenues from our products would be limited and our financial condition will be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we fail to successfully penetrate our core markets and successfully expand our business into new markets, the growth in sales of our products, along with our business's operating results, could be negatively impacted.

        Our ability to penetrate the SCD treatment market and other markets in which we compete, or to expand our business into additional countries in Africa, Europe, Asia and the Americas, is subject to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our products, if successfully developed, may compete with a number of therapeutic products currently manufactured and marketed by major pharmaceutical companies. Our products may also compete with new products currently under development by others or with products which may be less expensive than our products. There is no assurance that our efforts to increase market penetration in our core markets and existing geographic markets will be successful. Our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We may need to meet some or all of our commercialization needs through strategic partnerships and alliances which may not yield anticipated benefits and may adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and existing business.

        We may seek to meet some or all of our commercialization needs through strategic partnerships and alliances. The success of this approach will depend on, among other things:

    the availability of suitable strategic partners and alliance candidates;

    competition from other companies for strategic partners or forming alliances with available strategic partner and alliance candidates;

    our ability to value any potential strategic partnerships or alliances accurately and negotiate favorable terms for any strategic partnerships or alliances;

    the ability to establish new informational, operational and financial systems to meet the needs of such strategic partnerships or alliances;

    the ability to achieve anticipated synergies with such strategic partnerships or alliances; and

    the availability of management resources to oversee the integration and operation of such strategic partnerships or alliances.

        If we are not successful in finding, negotiating and operating with such strategic partnerships or alliances in the future, we may be required to reevaluate our strategic partnerships and alliance strategy. We also may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources in seeking to complete such strategic partnerships and alliances. Strategic partnerships and alliances may fail to meet our performance expectations. If we do not achieve the anticipated benefits of such strategic partnerships and alliances as rapidly as expected, or at all, investors or analysts may not perceive the same benefits of the acquisition or alliance as we do. If these risks materialize, our operating results, financial condition and existing business could be materially adversely affected.

We lack experience in commercializing products, and we may not be able to establish the sales and marketing infrastructure necessary to support the commercialization of our product candidates if and when they are approved.

        With the conclusion of our Phase 3 clinical trial with respect to our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we are transitioning from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain marketing approval for product candidates and have

41


Table of Contents

limited experience in commercializing products. As a result, we may not be as successful as companies that have previously obtained marketing approval for product candidates and have more experience commercially launching them as products.

        To achieve commercial success for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval, including our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we will need to establish a sales and marketing infrastructure to market them as products. This will require us to attract and retain key personnel with commercial experience to lead the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD if approved by the FDA and other product candidates that we may develop. We have not yet identified or retained these key personnel and have no assurance that we will be able to do so on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

        Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

    our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

    the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any of our products;

    the lack of complementary or sample products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more products;

    unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization; and

    the inability of sales and marketing personnel to maintain compliance with federal and state regulations and our inability to adequately monitor and ensure such compliance.

        If we are unable to establish our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and instead enter into arrangements with third parties to perform these services, our revenue and our profitability, if any, are likely to be lower than if we were to sell, market and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

Failure to obtain acceptable prices or adequate reimbursement for our products may cause an adverse impact on our results of operations.

        Our ability to successfully commercialize our products will depend significantly on our ability to obtain acceptable prices and the availability of reimbursement to the patient from third-party payors, such as governmental and private insurance plans. Our products may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective, may not compare favorably on price with other L-glutamine products, and reimbursement to the patient may not be available or sufficient to allow us or our partners to sell our

42


Table of Contents

products on a competitive basis. It may not be possible to negotiate favorable reimbursement rates for our products.

        Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved healthcare products. Third-party payors frequently require companies to provide predetermined discounts from list prices, and they are increasingly challenging the prices charged for pharmaceuticals and other medical products. In addition, the continuing efforts of third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various means may limit our commercial opportunity and reduce any associated revenue and profits. For example, in some foreign markets, the pricing or profitability of healthcare products is subject to government control. In other foreign markets, including Africa where the largest population of patients with SCD exists, there is a limited number of third-party payors from which reimbursement can be sought. In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of federal and state proposals to implement similar government control, as evidenced by the passing of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and its amendment, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. Such government-adopted reform measures may adversely impact the pricing of healthcare products and services in the United States or internationally and the amount of reimbursement available from governmental agencies or other third-party payors. In addition, increasing emphasis on managed care will continue to put pressure on the pricing of pharmaceutical products. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we or any current or potential collaborators could receive for any of our products and could adversely affect our profitability. If we fail to obtain acceptable prices or an adequate level of reimbursement for our products, the sales of our products would be adversely affected or there may be no commercially viable market for our products.

If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our revenues may be adversely affected and our business may suffer. Because the target patient populations of our product candidates are small, we must be able to successfully identify patients and achieve a significant market share to maintain profitability and growth.

        We focus our research and product development on treatments for rare diseases and conditions. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases or conditions, as well as the subset of people with these diseases or conditions who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on estimates. These estimates may prove to be incorrect and new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases or conditions. The number of patients in the United States, Europe and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our product candidates (if approved), or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business.

The intellectual property that we have licensed relating to our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD is limited, which could adversely affect our ability to compete in the market and adversely affect the value of our product candidate.

        The patent and exclusivity protections that we expect to protect our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine product for treatment of SCD from competition is a combination of (i) rights under a license of U.S. Patent No. 5,693,671, entitled "L-glutamine Therapy for SCD and Thalassemia" issued on December 2, 1997 to Niihara et al., which we refer to as the SCD Patent, (ii) Orphan Drug market exclusivity under FDA, European Union and similar foreign regulations, and (iii) data exclusivity in the United States under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Restoration Act of 1984, called the Hatch/Waxman Act. These protections are limited in ways that may affect our ability to effectively

43


Table of Contents

exclude third parties from competing against us if we obtain regulatory approval to market our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. In particular:

    each of the protections run concurrently, resulting in protection from competition that will diminish over time as the protections expire;

    protection under the SCD Patent is scheduled to expire in 2016;

    the FDA may not agree that our product is entitled to data exclusivity under the Hatch/Waxman Act and, if granted, data exclusivity protection under the Hatch/Waxman Act will expire three years after our product is approved;

    Orphan Drug market exclusivity in the United States will only be granted if our product receives the first FDA approval for an L-glutamine treatment for SCD and, if granted, Orphan Drug market exclusivity protection will expire seven years after our product is approved. To be eligible for Orphan Drug market exclusivity in the United States requires that the indication approved by the FDA for our product (if it is approved) matches the indication for which the FDA originally granted us Orphan Drug designation. Orphan Drug designation will not preclude the FDA from approving a clinically superior product, approving a product that is the same as our product for a different indication, or approving a different product intended to treat SCD;

    Orphan Drug status in the European Union is subject to exclusions similar to those in the United States; and

    there are many countries, including some key markets for our product, in which we do not have intellectual property coverage and where neither orphan drug nor data exclusivity is available.

        If we obtain marketing approval for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, these limitations and any reductions in our expected protection resulting from any failure to obtain exclusivity under Orphan Drug protections or the Hatch/Waxman Act, or the approval of competing products based on the exceptions to Orphan Drug protections, may subject our product to greater competition than we expect and reduce our ability to generate revenue from our product candidate, possibly materially. These circumstances may also impair our ability to obtain license partners or other international commercialization opportunities on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

If our competitors succeed in developing products and technologies that are more effective than our own, or if scientific developments change our understanding of the potential scope and utility of our product candidates and products, then our technologies and future product candidates and products may be rendered less competitive.

        We face significant competition from industry participants, both pharmaceutical and nutritional, that are pursuing similar technologies to those we are pursuing and are developing pharmaceutical products that are competitive with our product candidates and any resulting products. Nearly all of our industry competitors have greater capital resources, larger research and development staffs and facilities, and a longer history in drug discovery and development, obtaining regulatory approval and pharmaceutical product manufacturing and marketing than we do. With these additional resources and experience, our competitors may be able to respond to the rapid and significant technological changes in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries faster than we can. Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with respect to these technologies and to respond effectively and timely to competition. We may not be able to do this successfully. Rapid technological development, as well as new scientific developments, may result in our lead compounds, development compounds, product candidates or products becoming obsolete or less effective or otherwise clinically inferior for some or all patients before we can recover any of the expenses incurred to develop them. For example, changes in our understanding of the appropriate population of patients who should be treated with a targeted therapy of the type that we are developing may limit the market

44


Table of Contents

potential of our treatment if it is subsequently demonstrated that only certain subsets of the overall patient population should be treated with our treatment. If a competitor develops the same product candidate as ours for the same indication but is able to demonstrate that its product candidate is clinically superior to ours, or if the same product candidate is intended for a different indication, or if we are unable to ensure adequate supplies of our product candidate following any approval by the FDA, the FDA may approve our competitor's marketing application regardless of any marketing exclusivity we may obtain. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidate if it is approved and thus on our business and financial condition.

We may face potential competition for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD from manufacturers and resellers of L-glutamine that may or may not be manufactured with the same purity and quality as our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine.

        The amino acid L-glutamine is manufactured in large quantities, primarily by a few large chemical companies, and processed and sold as nutritional supplements. These quantities may not evidence the same level of quality and purity as our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine. The sale of either pharmaceutical grade or non-pharmaceutical grade supplies of L-glutamine at prices lower than the minimum that we must charge to become and remain profitable could have a material adverse effect on our results.

There are known adverse side effects to our NutreStore product.

        We market and sell NutreStore L-glutamine powder for oral solution, a prescription pharmaceutical product that has received FDA approval for the treatment of SBS when used in combination with a recombinant human growth hormone approved for SBS, and a specialized nutritional support. Patients with SBS receiving intravenous parenteral nutrition, or IPN, and NutreStore should be routinely monitored for kidney and liver function, particularly patients with kidney or liver impairment. Common reported side effects of NutreStore for patients with SBS include, but are not limited to, nausea or vomiting, feeling the need or urge to empty bowels, gas, abdominal pain, hemorrhoids, constipation, and aggravation of Crohn's disease, gastric ulcer or gastric fistula. The approved indication of the product in combination with recombinant human growth hormone and specialized diets, and any of these known side effects or any associated warning statements or labeling requirements may limit the commercial profile of this product and prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of such product.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELIANCE ON THIRD PARTIES

If the L-glutamine manufacturers upon which we rely fail to produce in the volumes and quality that we require on a timely basis, or fail to comply with stringent regulations applicable to pharmaceutical manufacturers, we may face delays in the development and commercialization of, or be unable to meet demand for, our L-glutamine-based products, if any, and may lose any marketing exclusivity and potential revenues.

        We do not currently have our own manufacturing capabilities. We therefore depend heavily upon third party manufacturers for supplies of both our product candidates under development and the products we sell. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Our third party manufacturers and key suppliers may experience manufacturing difficulties due to resource constraints or as a result of labor disputes, unstable political environments at foreign facilities, financial difficulties or other problems beyond their control and may not be able to expand their capacity or to produce additional product requirements for us in the event that demand for our products increases. If these manufacturers or key suppliers were to encounter any of these difficulties, or otherwise fail to

45


Table of Contents

comply with their regulatory and contractual obligations, our ability to timely launch any potential product candidate, if approved, would be jeopardized. If we are unable to ensure adequate supply of an orphan drug for which we have obtained marketing exclusivity, the FDA may approve another drug for marketing, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        We currently obtain our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine from two Japanese companies, which together produce the vast majority of pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine approved for sale in the United States, and obtain all of our L-glutamine for our NutreStore product from one of these companies. We intend to continue to rely on these manufacturers to produce our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine, but we have not entered into, and may not be able to establish, long-term supply agreements with these key suppliers on acceptable terms. If these suppliers were to experience any manufacturing or production difficulties producing pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine, or we were unable to purchase sufficient quantities of pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine on acceptable terms, our ability to conduct additional clinical trials, to commercialize pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD, to maintain marketing exclusivity if granted, and to continue to sell NutreStore would be harmed.

        In addition, all manufacturers, packers, distributors, and suppliers of pharmaceutical products must comply with applicable cGMP regulations for the manufacture of pharmaceutical products, which are enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. The FDA is likely to conduct inspections of our third party manufacturer and key supplier facilities as part of the FDA's pre-approval review of any of our NDAs and post-approval, ongoing compliance programs. If our third party manufacturers and key suppliers are not in compliance with cGMP requirements, it may result in a delay of approval for products undergoing regulatory review or the inability to meet market demands for any approved products, particularly if these sites are supplying single source ingredients required for the manufacture of any potential product. These cGMP requirements include quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation, among other items. Furthermore, each manufacturing facility used to manufacture drug or biological products is subject to FDA inspection and must meet cGMP requirements. As a result, if one of the manufacturers that we rely on shifts production from one facility to another, the new facility must undergo a preapproval inspection and, for biological products, must be licensed by regulatory authorities prior to being used for commercial supply. Our manufacturers may be unable or fail to comply with these cGMP requirements and with other FDA, state and foreign regulatory requirements. A failure to comply with any applicable manufacturing requirements may result in warning or untitled letters, fines, product recalls, seizures, corrective actions involving public notifications, injunctions, total or partial suspension of production, civil money penalties, suspension or withdrawals of previously granted regulatory approvals, refusal to approve new applications or supplements to applications for marketing of new products, import or export bans or restrictions, disgorgement of profits, debarment, and criminal prosecution and criminal penalties. Any of these penalties could delay or prevent the promotion, marketing or sale of our products. If the safety of any quantities supplied is compromised due to a third party manufacturer's failure to comply with or adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may be liable for injuries suffered by patients who have taken such products and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our products.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct future clinical trials of our product candidates and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the conduct of such trials.

        We engaged a third-party contract research organization, or CRO, to conduct our clinical trials for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and expect to engage a CRO to conduct any further required clinical trials with respect to such product and any clinical trials with respect to any of our other product candidates that may progress to clinical development. We expect to continue to rely on third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and

46


Table of Contents

clinical investigators, to conduct those clinical trials. Agreements with such third parties might terminate for a variety of reasons, including a failure to perform by the third parties. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, that would delay our product development activities.

        Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities, but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, www.ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in the FDA refusing to accept a NDA for the product candidate under study, fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

        Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements and our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize them as products.

        We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute supplies of our product candidates for clinical trials of them. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of them as products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential revenue.

If we do not obtain the support of new, and maintain the support of existing, key scientific collaborators, it may be difficult to research medical indications for L-glutamine other than SCD and to expand our product offerings, which may limit our revenue growth and profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        We will need to establish relationships with additional leading scientists and research institutions in order to develop new products and expand our product offerings and to explore other medical indications for L-glutamine-based products. Although we have established research collaborations, we cannot assure you that our relationships with our research collaborators will continue or that we will be able to attract additional research partners. If we are not able to maintain existing or establish new scientific relationships to assist in our research and development, we may not be able to successfully develop our product candidates or expand our product offerings.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We depend on licenses and sublicenses of certain patents for our existing L-glutamine products and our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD product candidate. If any of these licenses, sublicenses, or the licenses under which we have been sublicensed terminates, or if any of the patents that have been licensed or sublicensed to us are challenged and we are limited in our ability to utilize any of those patents, we may be unable to develop, out-license, market and sell our products, which would cause a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.

        Our ability to develop products depends on licenses and sublicenses we have obtained to patents that claim the use of L-glutamine to treat SCD.

47


Table of Contents

        We face the risk that any of these licenses and sublicenses could be terminated if we fail to satisfy our obligations under them. In addition, even if we satisfy our obligations as sublicensee under any sublicense, if the license under which we have been sublicensed terminates, our sublicense could also terminate. In the event any claims in the patents that we have been licensed or sublicensed are challenged, the court or patent authority to which such challenge is presented could determine that such patent claims are invalid or unenforceable or not sufficiently broad in scope to protect our proprietary rights. In addition, as the licensee or sublicensee of such patents, our ability to participate in the defense or enforcement of such patents could be limited.

If we are unable to protect proprietary technology that we invent and develop, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and financial prospects may be harmed.

        Where appropriate, we seek patent protection for inventions we conceive and reduce to practice. Patent protection, however, is not available for all of these inventions and for some of these patent protection may be limited. In addition, in developing some of our inventions, we may have to design around patents held by others. If we must spend significant time and money protecting our patents, designing around patents held by others or in-licensing patent or other proprietary rights held by others, potentially for large fees, our business and financial prospects may be harmed.

        The patent prosecution process is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We also may have to relinquish to strategic partners or other third parties to whom we license our technology the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications claiming our inventions and to maintain any resulting patents. Therefore, patent applications and patents claiming our inventions may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

        The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than U.S. law does. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

        Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the

48


Table of Contents

operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our licensed patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative treatments in a non-infringing manner.

        In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing products similar or identical to our product candidates or products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates or products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new therapeutics, patents protecting our product candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized as products. Patent protection for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD expires in 2016. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

        We will incur significant ongoing expenses in maintaining our patent portfolio. Should we lack the funds to maintain our patent portfolio or to enforce our rights against infringers, we could be adversely impacted.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of our collaborators, to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates and products. In these proceedings or litigation, third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. The party making such claims could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief. Such relief could effectively block our ability to make, use, sell, distribute or market our products in such jurisdiction. Even if claims of infringement are without merit, any such action could divert the time and attention of management and impair our ability to access additional capital and/or cost us significant funds to defend.

        If we are found to infringe a third party's intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing our product candidates and manufacturing and marketing any of our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. Alternatively, we could be ordered to cease commercializing any of our products that is found to infringe a third party's intellectual property rights. In addition to being forced to cease commercialization of such a product, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party's patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from developing our product candidates and commercializing our products or force us to cease some of our business operations. Claims that we have misappropriated

49


Table of Contents

the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

        Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee's former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

        Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of or invalidate our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize products similar or identical to our product candidates or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

        Competitors may infringe our issued patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use or to determine the scope and validity of our intellectual property rights, we may be required to file infringement claims or pursue other proceedings, which can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent's claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology. An adverse result in any litigation or other proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to cease using the subject technology or require us to license the subject technology from the third party, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

        Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

50


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

        In addition to licensing patent rights and seeking patents for our intellectual property, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. Our competitors may use our methods, or acquire similar expertise, in order to develop L-glutamine-based treatments and progress these through clinical development and commercialization, which could impair our ability to successfully develop our product candidates and commercialize them as products.

        We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

        Filing, prosecuting and defending patents in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

        Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

51


Table of Contents

Companies and universities that have licensed product candidates to us for research, clinical development and marketing are sophisticated competitors that could develop similar products to compete with our products, which could reduce our future revenues.

        Licensing our product candidates from other companies, universities or individuals does not always prevent them from developing non-identical but competitive products for their own commercial purposes, nor from pursuing patent protection in areas that are competitive with us. While we seek patent protection for all of our owned and in-licensed product candidates, the entities and individuals who have assigned or licensed to us these product candidates employ or are, as applicable, experienced scientists who may continue to do research and development relevant to our product candidates, and any of them may seek patent protection in the same areas that led to the discovery of the product candidates that they have assigned or licensed to us. By virtue of the previous research that led to the discovery of the inventions that they licensed or assigned to us, these companies, universities, and individuals may be able to develop and market competitive products in less time than might be required to develop a product with which they have no prior experience and may reduce our future revenues from products resulting from successful development and approval of our product candidates.

RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY APPROVAL OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES AND OTHER LEGAL COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation, which could cause delays in the development of our product candidates and commercialization of any resulting products, impose significant costs on us or provide advantages to our larger competitors.

        The FDA and similar regulatory authorities in foreign countries impose substantial requirements upon the development, manufacture and marketing of therapeutic products, such as drugs, biologics, and cell-based therapies. Failure to obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates in any jurisdiction will prevent us from commercializing it as a product in that jurisdiction. The FDA and most other regulatory authorities impose requirements for laboratory and clinical testing, manufacturing, labeling, registration, marketing, storage, distribution, recordkeeping, reporting, and advertising and promotion, and other costly and time-consuming processes and procedures applicable to therapeutic products. In some cases, as a condition for approval to market any of our product candidates, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may impose commitments that we must satisfy following any such approval. These post-approval commitments could vary substantially from country to country depending upon the type, complexity and novelty of the applicable therapeutic product. Satisfaction of any such post-approval commitments (including the requirement to conduct additional clinical studies), if imposed by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, could take several years or more. In addition, post-approval requirements regarding safety surveillance, cGMP compliance, advertising and promotion, adverse event reporting, and recordkeeping must be satisfied at all times.

        The effect of government regulation may be to delay marketing approval of our product candidates for a considerable or indefinite period of time, to impose costly processes and procedures upon our activities and to furnish a competitive advantage to companies that compete with us. There can be no assurance that marketing approval for any of our product candidates would be granted by the FDA or other regulatory authority on a timely basis, if at all, or, once granted, that the marketing authorization would not be withdrawn or other regulatory actions taken which might limit our ability to market our proposed products. Any such delay in obtaining or failing to obtain such approvals or imposition of regulatory actions would adversely affect us, the manufacturing and marketing of the products resulting from marketing approval of any of our product candidates, and our ability to generate product revenue.

52


Table of Contents

Even though we have obtained Orphan Drug designation for our most advanced product candidate, our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we may not be able to obtain or maintain Orphan Drug marketing exclusivity for this product candidate or any of our other product candidates.

        Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, or EU, may designate therapeutic products under development for relatively small patient populations as "orphan drugs". Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a therapeutic product as an Orphan Drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. We have obtained Orphan Drug designation from the FDA and European Commission, or EC, for L-glutamine treatment for SCD, and we may seek Orphan Drug designation for our other product candidates. Generally, if a product candidate with an Orphan Drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has been granted such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or European Medicines Agency, or EMA, as applicable, from approving another marketing application for the same product candidate prior to the expiration of that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and 10 years in the European Union. The exclusivity period in the European Union can be reduced to six years if the product no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug designation or if its commercialization is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan Drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to ensure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. In the United States, Orphan Drug exclusivity may be lost if another L-glutamine product for the same indication demonstrates clinical superiority, such as a better safety or efficacy profile, in which case the FDA would be permitted to approve the third party product. Orphan Drug exclusivity does not bar the FDA from approving another L-glutamine product for any other indication. Nor does Orphan Drug designation bar the FDA from granting Orphan Drug designation and approving another product for the same orphan disease or condition.

Even if we receive three years of data exclusivity upon approval of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD under the Hatch-Waxman Act, that exclusivity will run concurrently with Orphan Drug exclusivity and will not prevent the FDA from approving other products intended to treat SCD or other L-glutamine products intended to treat other diseases or conditions.

        Under the Hatch/Waxman Act, a three-year period of data exclusivity is granted for a drug product that contains an active pharmaceutical ingredient, or active moiety, that has been previously approved, when the NDA for that drug product contains reports of new clinical investigations (other than bioavailability studies) conducted or sponsored by the sponsor of the NDA that were essential to approval of the NDA. When granted to a sponsor, data exclusivity under the Hatch/Waxman Act prevents any third parties, such as generic drug manufacturers, from relying on or using the sponsor's data from the sponsor's new clinical investigations in order to obtain marketing approval for the same active moiety and indication for which the sponsor's NDA was approved.

        The FDA defines "new clinical investigation" as "a clinical study in humans the results of which have not been relied upon by FDA to demonstrate substantial evidence of effectiveness of a previously approved drug product for any indication or of safety for a new patient population and do not duplicate the results of another investigation that was relied upon by the agency to demonstrate the effectiveness or safety in a new patient population of a previously approved drug product." Our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD contains the same active moiety contained in our previously approved NutreStore product and we believe our Phase 3 clinical study meets the definition of a new clinical investigation for purposes of satisfying the requirements for Hatch/Waxman data exclusivity to be granted.

53


Table of Contents

        Although we anticipate receiving three years of data exclusivity if our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD is approved, we may not be able to take advantage of all or any of the benefits of such exclusivity if Orphan Drug exclusivity is granted, because both exclusivities would run concurrently. However, Hatch/Waxman three-year exclusivity would bar the approval of the same product for the same indication even if the same product demonstrated clinical superiority. Similar to Orphan Drug exclusivity, the three-year exclusivity provided under the Hatch/Waxman Act would not bar the FDA from approving another L-glutamine product for an indication other than SCD; nor would it bar the FDA from approving a different active moiety to treat SCD.

The FDA Fast Track designation for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

        If a product candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this disease or condition, its sponsor may apply for FDA Fast Track designation. If Fast Track designation is obtained, the FDA may initiate review of completed individual sections of a NDA before all sections of the application are complete and the application can be submitted for filing by the FDA. This "rolling review" is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for submission of the individual sections of the application.

        Although we have obtained a Fast Track designation from the FDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Our Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Our Fast Track designation does not guarantee that we will qualify for or be able to take advantage of the expedited review procedures or that we will ultimately obtain regulatory approval of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD.

        A product candidate that receives Fast Track designation is also eligible for, among other benefits, Priority Review, if certain criteria are met. These criteria for Priority Review include whether, if approved, the resulting product would provide significant improvements in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of serious conditions caused by a disease when compared to standard treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of those conditions. Under Priority Review of a NDA, assuming that there are no requests for additional information, the FDA's goal is to take action on the NDA within six months (compared to 10 months under standard review) after it is accepted as filed. Requests for Priority Review of a NDA must be submitted to the FDA when the NDA is submitted. Our current plan is to request Priority Review for the NDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD that we plan to file this year. We cannot predict whether the FDA will grant our request for Priority Review for any such NDA or, if the request is granted, that the Priority Review status will be maintained and the NDA approved in a timely manner.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval would be subject to post-marketing regulatory requirements and limitations and could be subject to recall or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with such regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems in commercializing any of our product candidates, when and if any of them are approved by regulators.

        Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the collection and reporting of post-approval clinical data, manufacturing processes, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for the resulting product, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration and product listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding

54


Table of Contents

maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Even if the FDA or other regulators outside the United States grant marketing approval to any of our product candidates, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which it may be marketed as a product or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the labeling (including the package insert) that must accompany its distribution as a product may limit its approved use, which could limit the total number of prescriptions written for such products.

        The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness of any approved product. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of therapeutic products to ensure they are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers' communications regarding off-label use, and if we market any of our products for indications that have not been approved, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violations of the FD&C Act relating to the promotion of prescription products may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. In recent years, several pharmaceutical companies have been fined significant amounts for such violations.

        In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing as products, the contract manufacturers from which we obtain supplies of these products, the manufacturing processes they use to manufacture these products, or our or their failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may have negative consequences, including:

    restrictions on the manufacturers or manufacturing processes for such products;

    restrictions on the labeling or marketing of such products;

    restrictions on distribution or use of such products;

    requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

    warning letters;

    recall or withdrawal of such products from the market;

    refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved marketing applications that we submit;

    clinical holds on clinical studies of such products;

    fines, restitution or disgorgement of revenue or profit generated by sales of such products;

    suspension or withdrawal of the marketing approvals of such products;

    refusal to permit the import or export of such products;

    seizure of such products;

    injunctions prohibiting the manufacture, marketing, sale, distribution, or related action in respect of such products;

    the imposition of civil or criminal penalties; or

    debarment of our company and any of our officers or other employees responsible for such problems from future dealings with the FDA.

55


Table of Contents

        Non-compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding safety monitoring, also called pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of therapeutics for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

Our current and future relationships with customers and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, health information privacy and security and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

        We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including inducing, facilitating or encouraging submission of false claims to government programs and prohibitions on the offer or payment or acceptance of kickbacks or other remuneration for the purchase of our products. Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with customers and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we sell, market and distribute any products. In addition, we may be subject to transparency laws aimed at controlling healthcare costs and patient privacy regulation by the U.S. federal and state governments and by governments in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the federal False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including civil qui tam actions (commonly referred to as "whistleblower actions"), against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

    provisions under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, that impose criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

    provisions under HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, that impose obligations on covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

    the federal Open Payments program under the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act , which requires manufacturers of drugs, biologics, cell-based therapies, medical devices and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare &

56


Table of Contents

      Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to "payments or other transfers of value" made to physicians, which is defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors, and teaching hospitals and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by the physicians and their immediate family members;

    state and foreign laws and regulations analogous to those described above, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers;

    state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers;

    state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and

    state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

        Because of the sweeping language of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, many potentially beneficial business arrangements would be prohibited if the statute were strictly applied. To avoid this outcome, the Department of Health and Human Services has published regulations, known as "safe harbors," that identify exceptions to or exemptions from the statute's prohibitions. Arrangements that do not fit within the safe harbors are not automatically deemed to be illegal, but must be evaluated on a case by case basis for compliance with the statute. We seek to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute and, if necessary, to fit within one of the defined safe harbors. We are unaware of any violations of these laws. However, due to the breadth of the statutory provisions and the absence of uniform guidance in the form of regulations or court decisions, there can be no assurance that our practices will not be challenged under anti-kickback or similar laws. Violations of such restrictions may be punishable by civil or criminal sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, as well as the possibility of exclusion from U.S. federal healthcare programs (including Medicaid and Medicare). Any such violations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results or operations and cash flows.

        Under the False Claims Act, drug manufacturers have been held responsible for claims filed by physicians for reimbursement of the cost of medical services related to uses of a pharmaceutical product that are not on the approved labeling, known as "off-label use," if the manufacturer promoted the product for such off-label use. Violations of the False Claims Act may result in treble damages based on the amount of overpayment and additional civil fines of $5,000 to $10,000 for each false claim. Drug manufacturers could also be held responsible for reimbursement claims submitted by any physician for pharmaceutical products that were knowingly not manufactured in compliance with cGMP regulations.

        Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we, our employees, officers, or directors may be subject to significant civil,

57


Table of Contents

criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business, including our collaborators, is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, such person or entity may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government healthcare programs, which could also materially affect our business.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of our product candidates and then commercialize them as products and affect the prices we may obtain.

        In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

        Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or, collectively, the PPACA (often commonly referred to as the "Affordable Care Act"), a law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

        Among the provisions of the PPACA of importance to our potential product candidates are:

    an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13.0% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

    expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for non-compliance;

    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand medicines to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for a manufacturer's medicines purchased outside a hospital setting to be covered under Medicare Part D;

    extension of a manufacturer's Medicaid rebate liability to covered medicines dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals and by adding new mandatory eligibility categories for certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level beginning in 2014, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer's Medicaid rebate liability;

58


Table of Contents

    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

    the new requirements under the federal Open Payments program and its implementing regulations;

    a new requirement to annually report samples of medicines that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing the 2% Medicare payment reductions, and on April 1, 2013, these reductions went into effect. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on customers for any of our products, and, accordingly, our financial operations.

        We expect that the PPACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any of our products. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize any of our products.

        Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for prescription medicines. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA's approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

A variety of risks associated with marketing any of our products internationally could hurt our business.

        We may seek regulatory approval for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and our other product candidates outside of the United States and, accordingly, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries if we obtain the necessary approvals, including:

    differing regulatory requirements in foreign countries;

    the potential for so-called parallel importing, which is what happens when a local seller, faced with high or higher local prices, opts to import goods from a foreign market with low or lower prices rather than buying them locally;

    unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls and other regulatory requirements;

    economic weakness, including inflation or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

59


Table of Contents

    compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

    foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

    foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations related to doing business in another country;

    difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;

    workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

    potential liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or comparable foreign regulations;

    challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;

    production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

    business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism.

        These and other risks associated with our potential international operations may compromise our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenue, if any.

        In some countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidate. To obtain coverage and reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of any of our products to other available therapies. If reimbursement of any of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

        We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

        Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

60


Table of Contents

        In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

RISKS RELATED TO EMPLOYEE MATTERS AND MANAGING OUR GROWTH

We rely heavily on the founder of Emmaus Medical, Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of his services would have a material adverse effect upon us and our business and prospects.

        Our success depends, to a significant extent, upon the continued services of Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH, founder of Emmaus Medical and our President and Chief Executive Officer. Since inception, we have been dependent upon Dr. Niihara, who was one of the initial patentees for the method we are utilizing in our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. While Dr. Niihara and the rest of our executive officers are parties to confidentiality agreements that prevent them from soliciting our existing customers or disclosing information deemed confidential to us, we do not have any agreement with Dr. Niihara or any key members of management that would prohibit them from joining our competitors or forming competing companies. In addition, we do not maintain key man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. If Dr. Niihara or any key management personnel resign to join a competitor or form a competing company, the loss of such personnel, together with the loss of any customers or potential customers due to such executive's departure, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are dependent on a technically trained workforce and an inability to retain or effectively recruit such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our ability to compete effectively depends largely on our ability to attract and retain certain key personnel, including our clinical, regulatory and scientific staff members. Industry demand for such skilled employees, however, exceeds the number of personnel available, and the competition for attracting and retaining these employees is intense. Because of this intense competition for skilled employees, we may be unable to retain our existing personnel or attract additional qualified employees to keep up with future business needs. If this should happen, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

        In addition, we intend to hire in-house marketing personnel to promote and market and sell our SCD and SBS treatment products to patients, physicians and treatment centers, and obtain the approval of insurance companies and healthcare payors for reimbursement of the cost of these treatments. We cannot assure you that we will be able to recruit and retain qualified personnel to perform these marketing functions. Our inability to hire and then retain such personnel and scientists could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are subject to rapid technological change, and if we fail to keep up with such change, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

        Biotechnology and related pharmaceutical technology have undergone and are subject to rapid and significant change. We expect that the technologies associated with biotechnology research and development will continue to develop rapidly. Our failure to keep pace with such rapid change could result in our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and other product candidates becoming obsolete and we may be unable to recoup any expenses incurred with developing such products, which may adversely affect our future revenues and financial condition.

61


Table of Contents

We expect to expand our product development, regulatory and marketing capabilities, and, as a result, we may encounter difficulties managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to continue to grow, which could strain our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. With the completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and the potential expansion of clinical-stage programs and in-licensing and acquisition of additional clinical-stage product candidates, we will be required to retain experienced personnel in the regulatory, clinical and medical areas over the next several years. Also, as our preclinical pipeline diversifies through the acquisition or in-licensing of new product candidates, we will need to hire additional scientific and other personnel in order to supplement our existing scientific expertise over the next several years.

        Our staff, financial resources, systems, procedures or controls may be inadequate to support our operations, and our management may be unable to take advantage of future market opportunities or manage successfully our relationships with third parties if we are unable to adequately manage our anticipated growth and the integration of new personnel. We may not be able on a timely and cost effective basis to identify, hire and retain any needed additional management, scientific, or sales and marketing personnel to develop and implement our product development plans, conduct preclinical and clinical testing of our product candidates and, if they are approved by the FDA and other government regulators, commercialize them as products. In addition, we may not be able to successfully manage potential rapid growth with our current limited managerial, operational, and financial resources.

We may pursue future growth through strategic acquisitions and alliances which may not yield anticipated benefits and may adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and existing business.

        We may seek to grow in the future through strategic acquisitions and alliances in order to complement and expand our business. The success of our acquisition strategy will depend on, among other things:

    the availability of suitable acquisition and alliance candidates;

    competition from other companies for acquiring or forming alliances with available acquisition and alliance candidates;

    our ability to value any acquisition candidates or alliances accurately and negotiate favorable terms for any prospective acquisitions or alliances;

    the availability of funds to finance any such acquisitions or alliances;

    the ability to establish new informational, operational and financial systems to meet the needs of our business;

    the ability to achieve anticipated synergies, including with respect to complementary products; and

    the availability of management resources to oversee the integration and operation of the acquired businesses.

        If we are not successful in integrating acquired businesses and completing acquisitions in the future, we may be required to reevaluate our acquisition and alliance strategy. We also may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources in seeking to complete acquisitions and alliances. Acquired businesses and alliances may fail to meet our performance expectations. If we do not achieve the anticipated benefits of an acquisition or alliance as rapidly as expected, or at all, investors or analysts may not perceive the same benefits of the acquisition or alliance as we do. If these risks materialize, our operating results, financial condition and existing business could be materially adversely affected.

62


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

There is no current trading market for our common stock, and we cannot predict when or if an established public trading market will develop.

        There is no market for shares of our common stock. An active trading market for our shares may never develop. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The market price and trading volume of shares of our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all of your investment.

        When and if a market develops for our securities, the market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including reasons unrelated to our specific performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions, or announcements by our competitors regarding their own performance, as well as general economic and industry conditions. For example, to the extent that other companies, whether large or small, within our industry experience declines in their share price, our share price may decline as well. Fluctuations in operating results or the failure of operating results to meet the expectations of public market analysts and investors may negatively impact the price of our securities. Quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors that could negatively affect revenues or expenses in any particular quarter, including vulnerability of our business to a general economic downturn; changes in the laws that affect our products or operations; competition; compensation related expenses; application of accounting standards; and our ability to obtain and maintain all necessary government certifications and/or licenses to conduct our business. In addition, in situations where the market price of a company's shares may drop significantly, stockholders could institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A lawsuit against us could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of our management and other resources. In addition, the market price for securities of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies historically has been volatile, and the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. Market price and volume volatility could cause you to lose part or all of your investment.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

        In the event a public trading market develops for our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock and other securities would be negatively affected. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, the price of our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our common stock could decrease, which could cause the price and trading volume of our common stock to decline.

63


Table of Contents

Members of our management team have significant influence over us.

        As of March 20, 2015, our officers and directors beneficially owned approximately 43.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on an undiluted basis. These stockholders, therefore, have a controlling influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors, and other significant corporate actions. These stockholders may also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. In addition, without the consent of these stockholders, we could be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us. The interests of these stockholders may differ from the interests of our other stockholders.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and we may be unable to develop, implement and maintain appropriate controls in future periods. If the material weakness is not remediated, or if after remediation we are unable to maintain appropriate controls, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

        We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and, as a result of such weakness, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2014. The material weakness related to our not having an adequate level of resources with the appropriate level of training and experience regarding the application of generally accepted accounting principles for certain complex transactions. In addition, we did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of financial reporting for complex or significant unusual transactions. With respect to our controls over the reporting of complex or significant unusual transactions, we did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the accuracy of our accounting treatment of such transactions, including, without limitation, our reporting of liabilities and costs associated with the issuance and sale of units consisting of common stock and common stock purchase warrants during the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the recording of share based compensation only after establishing the grant date of the awards, and the proper reporting of the amounts relating to gain contingencies. This and related events contributed to a delay in the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contained in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013.

        Unless and until remediated, this material weakness could result in additional material misstatements to our interim or annual consolidated financial statements and disclosures that may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In addition, we may experience delay or be unable to meet our reporting obligations or to comply with SEC rules and regulations, which could result in investigation and sanctions by regulatory authorities. Management's assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may in the future identify additional weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting or to address identified weaknesses in the future, if they were to occur, could prevent us from maintaining accurate accounting records and discovering accounting errors and financial frauds. Any of these results could adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

We incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.

        As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and related SEC regulations have created uncertainty for public companies

64


Table of Contents

and significantly increased the costs and risks associated with accessing the public markets and public reporting. We are required to comply with these rules. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time and financial resources to comply with these requirements, as well any new requirements implemented by the SEC. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly and could lead to a diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. We are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors and board committees or as executive officers and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control, which may cause our stock price to decline.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if closing such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. We are authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock. This preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by our board of directors without further action by stockholders. The terms of any series of preferred stock may include voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular matters), preferences as to dividend, liquidation, conversion and redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. No preferred stock is currently outstanding. The issuance of any preferred stock could materially adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock, and therefore, reduce the value of our common stock. In particular, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell our assets to, a third party and thereby preserve control by the present management.

        Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law also could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. Such provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. In particular, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law, as applicable, among other things:

    provide the board of directors with the ability to alter the bylaws without stockholder approval;

    place limitations on the removal of directors;

    provide that vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum; and

    provide that stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

        These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions may delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us, which may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We are an "emerging growth company" and we may take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our common stock being less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation

65


Table of Contents

requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock if one develops and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which in certain circumstances could be for up to five years.

Our status as an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

        Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an "emerging growth company" we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

        We will remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three-year period and (d) the last day of our fiscal year containing the fifth anniversary of the date on which shares of our common stock become publicly traded in the U.S.

We do not foresee paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, as a result, our investors' sole source of gain, if any, will depend on capital appreciation, if any.

        We do not plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future and currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth. As a result, investors should not rely on an investment in our securities if they require the investment to produce dividend income. Capital appreciation, if any, of our shares may be investors' sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Moreover, investors may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock at or above the price they paid for them.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        We lease office space under operating leases from unrelated entities. The rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $277,866 and $137,147, respectively.

        We lease approximately 13,329 square feet of headquarters offices in Torrance, California, at a base rental of $32,505 per month. The lease relating to this space expires on February 28, 2019. We lease an additional office suite in Torrance, California at a base rent of $1,750 per month for 1,400 square feet. The lease relating to this space expires on February 19, 2016.

66


Table of Contents

        In addition, EM Japan leases 1,322 total square feet of office space in Tokyo, Japan and 1,313 square feet of office space in Osaka Japan. Our existing facilities are adequate for our operations at this time and we expect to be able to renew our headquarters office lease on commercially reasonable terms. In the event we determine that we require additional space to accommodate expansion of our operations, we believe suitable facilities will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        On June 27, 2013, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware issued an order implementing a partial summary judgment in our favor in our litigation against AFH Advisory, Griffin Ventures, Ltd., or Griffin, The Amir & Kathy Heshmatpour Family Foundation, or the Foundation, and Amir Heshmatpour. The order, among other things, (i) stated that a letter of intent, referred to as the Letter of Intent, between us and AFH Advisory was properly terminated as of July 19, 2012, and (ii) ordered our transfer agent to effect the cancellation of 2,504,249 shares of our common stock held by AFH Advisory, Griffin and the Foundation. The cancellation of such shares, which represented approximately 10% of our common stock, was effected by our transfer agent on June 28, 2013.

        The Letter of Intent was signed on November 10, 2010 and we entered into amended and restated versions on April 21, 2011, and on or around October 4, 2011. The Letter of Intent sets forth the basic terms of the Merger, and the issuance of the now-canceled shares to AFH Advisory and its related parties. It provided that following the Merger, AFH Advisory would assist us in conducting a public offering of our shares, and that if such public offering could not be consummated to provide for minimum gross proceeds to us of at least $5 million, we would have the right to terminate such public offering at our sole discretion, in which case we would have the right to cancel all shares issued to AFH Advisory and certain other parties in connection with the Merger, which we refer to as the Advisory Shares. The Letter of Intent also included provisions regarding the payment of transaction costs, AFH Advisory's right to appoint members of our board and its right to serve as our financial advisor.

        On July 19, 2012, we provided written notice to AFH Advisory and Mr. Heshmatpour that we were exercising our right under the Letter of Intent to terminate such public offering and cancel the Advisory Shares. On September 7, 2012, AFH Advisory, Griffin and the Foundation filed a complaint against us in the Superior Court of Delaware. The complaint alleged that we did not have the right to cancel the plaintiffs' shares and asked the court to issue a declaratory judgment to that effect. On October 12, 2012, we filed counterclaims against the plaintiffs and third-party claims against Mr. Heshmatpour. We asked the court for an order declaring that the plaintiffs' shares are canceled and that, because of fraudulent inducement on their part, the Letter of Intent was void and of no further effect. In addition, we asked the court to award compensatory and punitive damages, in amounts to be determined, for breach of contract, unjust enrichment and fraud.

        On May 15, 2013, the court issued an opinion declaring as a matter of law that we had properly canceled all shares of our common stock held by AFH Advisory, Griffin and the Foundation and that the Letter of Intent had properly terminated. An order issued by the court on June 27, 2013 implemented these holdings. We do not know if any of the defendants will appeal the court's judgment and related order. The cancellation of the Advisory Shares will be subject to appeal for 30 days after the completion of trial court proceedings.

        On April 16, 2014, the court granted our motion for attorneys' fees, costs and expenses and denied a competing motion for attorneys' fees, costs and expenses brought by AFH Advisory and Mr. Heshmatpour. The court ruled that under the Letter of Intent, we are entitled to an award of $700,000 in attorneys' fees, costs and expenses from AFH Advisory. Our cause of action for fraud has not yet been litigated or settled.

67


Table of Contents

        On October 31, 2013, we filed suit against Timothy Brasel in the state District Court in Arapahoe County, Colorado. Mr. Brasel purchased 500,000 shares of our common stock from AFH Advisory in connection with the Merger. Our complaint against Mr. Brasel sets forth causes of action for conversion, civil theft, imposition of constructive trust and unjust enrichment based on Mr. Brasel's refusal to return the certificates representing those shares of our common stock, which we believe are cancelable under the terms of the Letter of Intent. Our complaint asked the court to order Mr. Brasel to return those certificates, and in addition requested an award of actual damages, statutory damages and other relief. On April 29, 2014, we entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Brasel pursuant to which Mr. Brasel has surrendered for cancellation the 500,000 shares of our common stock in his possession in exchange for $377,500 that we have paid to him.

        Except as described above, we are not aware of any legal proceedings in which any of our directors, nominees, officers or affiliates, any owner of record or beneficially of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities, or any associate of any such director, nominee, officer, affiliate, or securityholder is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

68


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

        There is no established public trading market for our common stock, and our shares of common stock are not currently listed or quoted for trading on any national securities exchange or national quotation system.

Holders

        As of March 20, 2015, we had 424 stockholders of record and 28,093,848 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. This excludes 2,504,249 shares previously owned by AFH Advisory canceled by our transfer agent on June 28, 2013 pursuant to a court order. See Part I, Item 3. "Legal Proceedings" of this Annual Report for additional information regarding the share cancellation and related legal proceedings.

Dividends

        We do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and we currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business. The decision whether to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors in its discretion and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that the board of directors considers relevant. We did not pay cash dividends in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, a note issued in October 2013 to the Shitabata Family Trust, a third party, with an original principal amount of $2,136,146 reached maturity pursuant to the original terms of the note. Upon maturity, we retired the note and issued a new convertible note in the principal amount of $2,136,146 which bears interest at 10% per annum. The term of this note is two years from the date of issuance. The principal amount plus the unpaid accrued interest due under the convertible note is convertible into shares of our common stock at $3.60 per share.

        Also during the quarter ended December 31, 2014, a note issued in December 2012 to Alison Brown, a third party, with an original principal amount of $100,800 reached maturity pursuant to the original terms of the note. Upon maturity, we retired the note and issued a new convertible note in the principal amount of $100,800 which bears interest at 10% per annum. The term of this note is two years from the date of issuance. The principal amount plus the unpaid accrued interest due under the convertible note is convertible into shares of our common stock at $3.60 per share.

        All such securities were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder. These securities qualified for exemption under Rule 506 promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities by the Company did not involve a "public offering." The issuance was not a public offering based upon the following factors: (i) a limited number of securities were issued to a limited number of offerees; (ii) there was no public solicitation; (iii) each offeree was an "accredited investor" as such term is defined by Rule 501 under the Securities Act; and (iv) the investment intent of the offerees. No underwriters were used in connection with such sales of unregistered securities.

69


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        In relation to a suit filed on October 31, 2013 against Timothy Brasel in the state District Court in Arapahoe County, Colorado, on April 29, 2014 we entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Brasel pursuant to which Mr. Brasel has surrendered for cancellation the 500,000 shares of our common stock in his possession in exchange for $377,500 that we have paid to him.

Additional Information

        Copies of our annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports, and any amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on the Internet at www.sec.gov. All statements made in any of our filings, including all forward-looking statements, are made as of the date of the document in which the statement is included, and we do not assume or undertake any obligation to update any of those statements or documents unless we are required to do so by law.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        Not required for a smaller reporting company.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking Statements

        The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, and the other financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" or in other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Company Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery, development and commercialization of innovative treatments and therapies primarily for rare and orphan diseases. We are initially focusing our product development efforts on sickle cell disease, or SCD, a genetic disorder and a significant unmet medical need. Our lead product candidate is an oral pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment that demonstrated positive clinical results in our completed Phase 3 clinical trial for sickle cell anemia and sickle ß 0 -thalassemia, two of the most common forms of SCD.

        We are in the process of preparing a new drug application, or NDA, for submission to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, with respect to this product candidate. If the FDA accepts our submission and approves this NDA, we will be authorized to market in the United States our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD patients who are at least five years old.

        We plan to market our L-glutamine treatment in the United States, if approved, by either strategic partnership or by building our own targeted sales force of approximately 30 sales representatives. We intend to utilize strategic partnerships to market our treatment in the rest of the world. L-glutamine for the treatment of SCD has received Fast Track designation from the FDA as well as Orphan Drug designation from both the FDA and the European Commission, or EC.

        We have extensive experience in the field of SCD, including the development, outsourced manufacturing and conduct of clinical trials of our prescription grade L-glutamine product candidate for the treatment of SCD. Our chief executive officer, Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH, is a leading

70


Table of Contents

hematologist in the field of SCD. Dr. Niihara is licensed to practice medicine in both the United States and Japan and has been actively engaged in SCD research and the care of patients with SCD for over 20 years, primarily at the University of California Los Angeles and the Los Angeles Biomedical Research Institute, or LA BioMed, a nonprofit biomedical research institute at Harbor UCLA Medical Center.

        To a lesser extent, we are also engaged in the marketing and sale of NutreStore L-glutamine powder for oral solution, which has received FDA approval, as a treatment for short bowel syndrome, or SBS, in patients receiving specialized nutritional support when used in conjunction with a recombinant human growth hormone that is approved for this indication. Our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Newfield Nutrition Corporation, referred to as Newfield Nutrition, sells L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement under the brand name AminoPure through retail stores in multiple states and via importers and distributors in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea. Since inception, we have generated minimal revenues from the sale and promotion of NutreStore and AminoPure.

        In May 2006, we formed Newfield Nutrition, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical, Inc., referred to as Emmaus Medical, that distributes L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement under the brand name AminoPure.

        In October 2010, we formed Emmaus Medical Japan, Inc., referred to as EM Japan, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical, that markets and sells AminoPure in Japan and other countries in Asia. EM Japan also manages our distributors in Japan and may also import other medical products in the future.

        In November 2011, we formed Emmaus Medical Europe, Ltd., referred to as EM Europe, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical, whose primary focus is expanding our business in Europe.

        Our corporate structure is illustrated as follows:

GRAPHIC

        Emmaus Medical, LLC was organized on December 20, 2000. In October 2003, Emmaus Medical, LLC undertook a reorganization and merged with Emmaus Medical, which was originally incorporated in September 2003.

71


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 21, 2011, which we refer to as the Merger Agreement, by and among us, AFH Merger Sub, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, which we refer to as AFH Merger Sub, AFH Advisory and Emmaus Medical, Emmaus Medical merged with and into AFH Merger Sub on May 3, 2011 with Emmaus Medical continuing as the surviving entity, which we refer to as the Merger. Upon the closing of the Merger, we changed our name from "AFH Acquisition IV, Inc." to "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." Subsequently, on September 14, 2011, we changed our name from "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." to "Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc."

        Our future capital requirements are substantial and may increase beyond our current expectations depending on many factors, including, but not limited to: the duration and results of the clinical trials for our various product candidates going forward; unexpected delays or developments when seeking regulatory approvals; the time and cost in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims; current and future unexpected developments encountered in implementing our business development and commercialization strategies; the outcome of litigation in which we are currently engaged or may become engaged in the future; and further arrangements, if any, with collaborators.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue, future cash requirements are expected to be financed through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements. As of December 31, 2014, our accumulated deficit is $70.6 million and we had cash and cash equivalents of $0.6 million. Since inception we have had minimal revenues and have been required to rely on funding from sales of equity securities and borrowings from officers and stockholders. Currently, we estimate we will need approximately $2.1 million to submit a NDA to the FDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. We also intend to conduct a confirmatory study of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and are in the process of finalizing the study design.

        We also own a minority interest of less than 1% in CellSeed, Inc., a Japanese company listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange, which is engaged in research and development of regenerative medicine products and the manufacture and sale of temperature-responsive cell culture equipment. In collaboration with CellSeed, we are engaged in research and development of cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products.

Financial Overview

Revenue

        Since our inception in 2000, we have had limited revenue from the sale of NutreStore, an FDA approved prescription drug to treat short bowel syndrome, or SBS, and AminoPure, a nutritional supplement. We have funded operations principally through the private placement of equity securities and debt financings. Our operations to date have been primarily limited to staffing, licensing and promoting products for SBS, outsourcing distribution and sales activities, developing and sponsoring clinical trials of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, manufacturing products and maintaining and improving our patent portfolio.

        Currently, we generate revenue through the sale of NutreStore L-glutamine powder for oral solution as a treatment for SBS as well as AminoPure, a nutritional supplement. Pursuant to the exclusive sublicense agreement for US Patent No. 5,288,703, or SBS Patent, we are required to pay an annual royalty equal to 10% of adjusted gross sales of NutreStore to CATO Holding Company, or CATO. We made royalty payments to CATO in the amount of $6,870 in October 2013 and $6,501 in June 2014. Management expects that any revenues generated from the sale of NutreStore and AminoPure will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the timing of orders and the amount of product sold.

72


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold includes the raw materials, packaging, shipping and distribution costs of NutreStore and AminoPure.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development costs consist of expenditures for new products and technologies, which primarily involve fees paid to the contract research organization, or CRO that conducts the clinical trials of our product candidates, payroll-related expenses, study site payments, consultant fees, and activities related to regulatory filings, manufacturing development costs and other related supplies. The costs of later stage clinical studies, such as Phase 2 and 3 trials, are generally higher than those of earlier stages of development, such as preclinical studies and Phase 1 trials. This is primarily due to the increased size, expanded scope, patient related healthcare and regulatory compliance costs, and generally longer duration of later stage clinical studies.

        The most significant clinical trial expenditures are related to the CRO costs and the payments to study sites. The contract with the CRO is based on time and material expended, whereas the study site agreements are based on per patient costs as well as other pass-through costs, including, but not limited to, start-up costs and institutional review board fees. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation and vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones.

        Future research and development expenses will depend on any new product candidates or technologies that we may introduce into our research and development pipeline. In addition, we cannot forecast with any degree of certainty which product candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree, if any, such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements. We currently estimate that we will need an additional $2.1 million to submit a NDA to the FDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. Our current cash burn rate is approximately $0.7 million per month. We also intend to conduct a confirmatory study of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and are in the process of finalizing the study design.

        At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of the process for developing drugs, biologics and cell-based therapies and the interpretation of the regulatory requirements, we are unable to estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of costs which will be incurred in obtaining FDA approval of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and the continued development of our other preclinical and clinical programs. Clinical development timelines, the probability of success and development costs can differ materially from expectations and can vary widely. These and other risks and uncertainties relating to product development are described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the headings "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Development of our Product Candidates," "Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Reliance on Third Parties," and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters."

        We estimate that the cost to us to develop in the United States corneal cell sheet products based on Cultured Autologous Oral Mucosal Epithelial Cell-Sheets, or CAOMECS, technology will be approximately $3.0 million, in addition to the $8.5 million fee payable to CellSeed under the Research Agreement. This estimate includes the anticipated cost of obtaining FDA approval for the corneal cell sheets and assumes that we will need the FDA to approve a Biologic License Application, or BLA, for the corneal cell sheets, rather than a NDA. We estimate that we will need another $2.0 million to commercialize any approved products based on corneal cell sheet technology.

73


Table of Contents

        In addition, we estimate that we will need $2.5 million for research related to other cell sheet applications and to build a current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, laboratory to establish the infrastructure and production capabilities related to regenerative medicine products. At this time, we do not plan to incur any research and development costs for our NutreStore and AminoPure products.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for personnel in executive, finance, business development, information technology, marketing, and legal functions. Other general and administrative expenses include share-based compensation, facility costs, patent filing costs, and professional fees for legal, consulting, auditing and tax services. Inflation has not had a material impact on our general and administrative expenses over the past two years.

Environmental Expenses

        The cost of compliance with environmental laws has not been material over the past two years and any such costs are included in general and administrative costs.

Inventories

        Inventories consist of finished goods and work-in-process and are valued based on a first-in, first-out basis and at the lower of cost or market value. All of the purchases of raw materials during 2014 were from one vendor and during 2013 were from two vendors.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and judgments, including those described below. We base our estimates on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the present circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements which are provided at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to assist you in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results and affect the more significant judgments and estimates that we use in the preparation of our financial statements.

Notes Payable, Convertible Notes Payable and Warrants

        From time to time, we obtain financing in the form of notes payable and/or notes with detachable warrants, some of which are convertible into shares of our common stock and some of which are issued to related parties. We analyze all of the terms of our convertible notes and notes issued with warrants to determine the appropriate accounting treatment, including determining whether conversion features are required to be bifurcated and treated as a discount, allocation of fair value of the issuance to the debt instrument, detachable stock purchase warrant, and any beneficial conversion features, and the applicable classification of the convertible notes payable and warrants as debt, equity or temporary equity (mezzanine).

74


Table of Contents

        We allocate the proceeds from the issuance of a debt instrument with detachable stock purchase warrants to the two elements based on the relative fair values of the debt instrument without the warrants and of the warrants themselves at the time of issuance. We account for the portion of the proceeds allocated to warrants in additional paid-in capital and the remaining proceeds are allocated to the debt instrument. The allocation to warrants results in a discount to notes payable which is amortized using the effective interest method to interest expense over the expected term of the note. We also include the intrinsic value of the embedded conversion feature of convertible notes payable in the discount to notes payable, which is amortized and charged to interest expense over the expected term of the note.

        We also estimate the total fair value of any beneficial conversion feature and accompanying warrants in allocating debt proceeds. The proceeds allocated to the beneficial conversion feature are determined by taking the estimated fair value of shares issuable under the convertible notes less the fair value of the number of shares that would be issued if the conversion rate equaled the fair value of our common stock as of the date of issuance. In situations where the debt includes both a beneficial conversion feature and a warrant, the proceeds are allocated to the warrants and beneficial conversion feature based on the pro-rata fair value. We use the Black Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of our warrants.

        Notes payable to related parties and interest expense and accrued interest to related parties are separately identified in our consolidated financial statements. We also disclose significant terms of all transactions with related parties.

Share-based Compensation

        We recognize compensation cost for share-based compensation awards during the service term of the recipients of the share-based awards. The fair value of share-based awards is calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton model requires subjective assumptions regarding future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. The expected term of awards granted is derived from historical data on awards exercised and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the vesting period of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable publicly traded companies. These factors could change, affecting the determination of stock-based awards expense in future periods.

Fair Value of Common Stock

        We are required to periodically estimate the fair value of our common stock when issuing share-based awards and accounting for share-based compensation expense. The fair value of the common stock underlying our share based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with the assistance of management and an independent third-party valuation expert. We considered multiple approaches to valuing our common stock. The Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, and the option pricing method were selected as the methods to allocate the enterprise value to the common stock. PWERM requires the projection of several likely scenarios and the determination of the future value of equity within different scenarios. For the scenarios analyzed, a Market Approach was used to derive the value of equity for two liquidity event scenarios and for a staying private scenario. In applying the Market Approach we relied on data of actual transactions that have occurred in our industry, more specifically orphan drug companies and pharmaceutical companies in Phase 3. Using PWERM, shares were valued upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows, considering various future outcomes available to the company, discount rate as determined using the capital asset pricing model, as well as the rights of each share class. We then applied a probability weight to the value per share under each scenario and summed the resulting

75


Table of Contents

weighted values per share to estimate the fair value per share of our common stock. The majority of the weighting was applied to the liquidity event scenarios which relied on market transactions with similar type companies. We also apply a discount for lack of marketability of our common stock, as it is not freely traded in public markets.

        The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management's best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant levels of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our accounting for share-based awards could be materially different.

        In estimating the fair value of our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a range of objective and subjective factors, including:

    independent third-party valuation;

    recent arm's length transactions involving the sale of common stock, if any;

    progress of our research and development efforts;

    our operating results and financial condition, including our levels of available capital resources;

    our stages of development and material risks related to our business;

    the achievement of enterprise milestones, including entering into collaboration or license agreements and our progress in clinical trials;

    the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

    equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies;

    issuance of new convertible notes, although not grandfathered refinanced notes;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering, sale, licensing or other strategic transaction, given prevailing market and biotechnology sector conditions; and

    the illiquid nature of our common stock.

Fair Value Measurements

        We define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We measure fair value under a framework that provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

    Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

    Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

      Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

      Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

      Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and

      Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

            If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

76


Table of Contents

        The asset's or liability's fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value assigned to marketable securities is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, and are classified as Level 1 investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of our debt instruments is not materially different from their carrying values as presented. The fair value of our convertible debt instruments was determined based on Level 2 inputs. The carrying value of the debt was discounted based on allocating proceeds to other financial instruments within the arrangement as discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

        The Company issued stock purchase warrants in conjunction with its September 2013 private placement and issued replacement warrants upon the exercise of certain of such warrants in June 2014 (see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements). Warrants issued in September 2013 that were not exercised became exercisable on a cashless exercise basis in accordance with their terms on September 11, 2014 and due to the exercisability of the cashless exercise feature, are classified as warrant derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2014. Such warrants and replacement warrants are accounted for as liability classified warrants or warrant derivative liabilities whose fair market value is determined using Level 3 inputs. These inputs include expected term and expected volatility.

Marketable Securities

        Securities available-for-sale are recorded at cost and any increases or decreases in fair market value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes in accumulated other comprehensive income. We monitor these investments for impairment and make appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed and determinable and collection is reasonably assured. With our prior written approval, in certain situations, product is returnable only by our direct customers for a returned goods credit, for product that is expired, damaged in transit, or which is discontinued, withdrawn or recalled. We estimate our sales returns based upon our prior sales and return history and accrue a Sales Return Allowance at the time of sale. We pay royalties on an annual basis based on existing license arrangements. These royalties are recognized as cost of goods sold upon sale of the products.

77


Table of Contents

Financial Overview

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

REVENUES, Net

  $ 500,679   $ 390,911  

COST OF GOODS SOLD

    267,040     196,395  

GROSS PROFIT

    233,639     194,516  

OPERATING EXPENSES

             

Research and development

    1,966,254     2,436,585  

Selling

    668,862     516,599  

General and administrative

    11,904,092     10,078,954  

Transaction costs

        1,014,019  

    14,539,208     14,046,157  

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

    (14,305,569 )   (13,851,641 )

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

             

Realized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

        399,068  

Gain on derecognition of accounts payable

        341,361  

Change in fair value of liability classified warrants

    (1,622,744 )   932,000  

Change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities

    474,000      

Warrant exercise inducement expense

    (3,523,000 )    

Interest and other income

    246,379     103,987  

Interest expense

    (2,082,541 )   (2,173,561 )

    (6,507,906 )   (397,145 )

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (20,813,475 )   (14,248,786 )

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

    3,665     (182,438 )

NET LOSS

    (20,817,140 )   (14,066,348 )

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

  $ (0.70 ) $ (0.53 )

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

    29,846,962     26,585,578  

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

        Net Losses.     Net losses were $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing an increase of $6.7 million, or 48%. The increase in losses is primarily a result of a $3.5 million increase in warrant exercise inducement expense, a $2.6 million decrease in change in fair value of liability classified warrants and a $1.8 million increase in general and administrative expenses as discussed below, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in non-recurring transaction costs and a $0.5 million increase in change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $70.6 million. Losses will continue as we advance our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD toward regulatory approval and potential commercialization. As a result, we anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses and be unprofitable for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that we will ever operate at a profit, even if all of our products are commercialized.

        Revenues, Net.     Net revenues increased $0.1 million, or 28%, to $0.5 million from $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This was primarily due to a $0.2 million increase in our AminoPure® L-glutamine nutritional supplement product revenues attributable to an increase in sales volume from expansion of markets in Taiwan and South Korea, which was partially

78


Table of Contents

offset by a slight decline in net revenues of $50,000 from our NutreStore® L-glutamine powder for oral solution for treatment of SBS.

        Cost of Goods Sold.     Cost of goods sold increased $0.1 million, or 36%, to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Cost of goods sold includes costs for raw material, packaging, testing, shipping and costs related to scrapped inventory. All purchases of raw materials during the year ended December 31, 2014 were from one vendor and all purchases of raw materials during the year ended December 31, 2013 were from two vendors, with one of such vendors representing 79% of such purchases and the other vendor representing 21% of such purchases. The increase in cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to an increase in sales volumes of our AminoPure® L-glutamine nutritional supplement product from expansion of international markets.

        Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses decreased $0.5 million, or 19%, to $1.9 million from $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to the completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD in 2013. Costs in 2013 were primarily CRO costs and payments to sites. Costs in 2014 were primarily related to the cost of compiling and analyzing data from our Phase 3 clinical trial and other end of study costs. We expect such costs to continue in 2015 to support our submission of a NDA and to potentially increase depending upon future clinical trial activity.

        Selling Expenses.     Selling expenses increased $0.2 million, or 29%, to $0.7 million from $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Selling expenses included the costs for distribution, promotion, travel, tradeshows and exhibits related to NutreStore and AminoPure as well as the marketing expense for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD.

        General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 18%, to $11.9 million from $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in share-based compensation expenses, a $0.4 million increase in professional fees, a $0.2 million increase in payroll related costs, a $0.1 million increase each in travel expenses, office rent expenses, publications expenses, and insurance expenses.

        Transaction Expenses.     Transaction costs decreased $1.0 million or 100% to $0 from $1.0 million due to costs associated with the Company's 2013 private placement of units that were allocated to the liability classified warrants that did not recur in 2014.

        Other Income and Expense.     Total other expense has increased by $6.1 million, or 1,539%, to a $6.5 million expense from a $0.4 million expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an increase in warrant exercise inducement expense of $3.5 million, a decrease in change in fair value of liability classified warrants of $2.6 million, a decrease in realized gain on securities available-for-sale of $0.4 million and decrease in non-recurring gain on derecognition of accounts payable of $0.3 million, partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities.

        We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase for, among others, the following reasons:

    as a result of increased payroll, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal, accounting and investor relations costs, and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company;

79


Table of Contents

    to support research and development activities, which we expect to expand as development of our product candidates continues; and

    to build a sales and marketing team before we receive regulatory approval of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD in anticipation of commercial launch.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Based on our losses to date, anticipated future revenue and operating expenses, debt repayment obligations and cash and cash equivalents balance of $0.6 million as of December 31, 2014, we do not have sufficient operating capital for our business without raising additional capital. We incurred losses of $20.8 million and $14.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. We had an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2014 of $70.6 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we incur expenses for the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, research costs for corneal cell sheets using CAOMECS technology and the expansion of corporate infrastructure, including costs associated with being a public reporting company. We have previously relied on private equity offerings, debt financings, and loans, including loans from related parties. As part of this effort, we have received various loans from officers, stockholders and other investors as discussed below. As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding notes payable in an aggregate principal amount of $12.0 million, consisting of $3.4 million of non-convertible promissory notes and $8.6 million of convertible notes. Of the $12.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding as of December 31, 2014, approximately $6.3 million is either due on demand or will become due and payable within the next twelve months. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies, including the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and the development in the United States of CAOMECS-based cell sheet technology.

        As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, we have had recurring operating losses, have a significant amount of notes payable and other obligations due within the next year and projected operating losses including the expected costs relating to the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD that exceed both the existing cash balances and cash expected to be generated from operations for at least the next year. In order to meet our expected obligations, management intends to raise additional funds through equity and debt financings and partnership agreements. In addition, we may seek to raise additional funds through collaborations with other companies or financing from other sources. As previously reported, the Company has filed a draft registration statement with the SEC with respect to an initial public offering. Additional funding may not be available in amounts or on terms which are acceptable to us, if at all. Due to the uncertainty of our ability to meet our current operating and capital expenses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

        On April 8, 2011, pursuant to the Research Agreement with CellSeed, we agreed to pay CellSeed $8.5 million within 30 days after the completion of all of the following: (i) the execution of the Research Agreement; (ii) the execution of the Individual Agreement; and (iii) CellSeed's delivery to us of the accumulated information package, as defined in the Research Agreement, which is not completed yet. Pursuant to the Individual Agreement with CellSeed, we agreed to pay $1.5 million to CellSeed and a royalty to be agreed upon by the parties. We paid the $1.5 million due to CellSeed pursuant to the Individual Agreement in February 2012. We currently anticipate that the additional $8.5 million payment obligation under the Research Agreement will become due and payable after we begin to generate revenues from the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. If the payment obligation becomes due and payable prior to our generation of revenue from the commercialization of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, we will need to seek other funding sources, including the sale of additional equity or debt securities, and

80


Table of Contents

partnership arrangements in order to make the payment. CellSeed may terminate these agreements if we are unable to make timely payments as required under the agreements.

        In addition, we currently estimate that we will need an additional $2.1 million to submit a NDA to the FDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD. Our current cash burn rate is approximately $0.7 million per month. We also intend to conduct a confirmatory study of our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD and are in the process of finalizing the study design.

        As discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the headings "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Development of our Product Candidates" above, if the FDA does not accept for filing our NDA for our pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment or does not approve our NDA based on a single Phase 3 clinical trial, in each case unless we conduct a second Phase 3 clinical trial or confirmatory study, the potential approval of our product candidate will be delayed. Under these circumstances, we will incur additional costs to seek to convince the FDA that a confirmatory study is unnecessary for filing or approval, or to design and conduct a second Phase 3 clinical trial or confirmatory study, or both. If we conduct a second Phase 3 clinical trial or confirmatory study prior to the approval of our NDA, it is possible that the results of that trial will be less favorable than the results of our completed Phase 3 trial and further delay or complicate the approval process. The incurrence of additional costs may require us to raise additional capital, and any delay in obtaining approval of our product candidate will reduce the period during which we can market and sell our product with patent protection and may affect our ability to obtain other protections against competition.

        Our cash flow from operations is not adequate and our future capital requirements will be substantial and may increase beyond our current expectations depending on many factors including, but not limited to: the number, duration and results of the clinical trials for our various product candidates going forward; unexpected delays or developments in seeking regulatory approvals; the time and cost in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims; other unexpected developments encountered in implementing our business and commercialization strategies; the outcome of existing and any future litigation; and further arrangements, if any, with collaborators. We will rely, in part, on sales of AminoPure for revenues, which we expect will increase due to the expected growth in its export volume as we have added additional distributors and expanded retail markets outside of the United States. Revenues from NutreStore are currently not significant and we are unsure whether sales of NutreStore will increase.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue, future cash needs are expected to be financed through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, loans, including loans from related parties, or other sources, such as strategic partnership agreements and corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue, there can be no assurance of the availability of such capital on terms acceptable to us (or at all).

        For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we borrowed varying amounts pursuant to convertible notes and non-convertible promissory notes, the majority of which have been issued to our officers and stockholders. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate principal amounts outstanding under convertible notes and non-convertible promissory notes totaled $12.0 million and $11.5 million, respectively. The convertible notes and non-convertible promissory notes bear interest at rates ranging from 0% to 11% and, except for the 2011 convertible note listed below in the principal amount of $0.5 million, are unsecured. Interest on 0% loans was imputed at the incremental borrowing rate of 6.25% per annum. The net proceeds of the loans were used for working capital.

81


Table of Contents

        The table below lists our outstanding notes payable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the material terms of our outstanding borrowings:

Year Issued
  Interest
rate range
  Term of Notes   Conv. Price   Principal
Outstanding
December 31,
2014
  Discount
Amount
December 31,
2014
  Carrying
Amount
December 31,
2014
  Shares
Underlying
Principal
as of
December 31,
2014
  Principal
Outstanding
December 31,
2013
  Discount
Amount
December 31,
2013
  Carrying
Amount
December 31,
2013
  Shares
Underlying
Principal
as of
December 31,
2013
 

Convertible notes payable

                                                     

2009

  6.50%   5 years   $3.05   $   $   $       $ 254,460   $   $ 254,460     83,366  

2010

  0 ~ 6.0%   5 years   $3.05     74,000     3,195     70,805     24,248     74,000     8,308     65,692     24,248  

2011

  10%   5 years   $3.05     500,000         500,000     163,809     500,000         500,000     163,809  

2012

  10%   2 years   $3.30 ~ $3.60                     251,100         251,100     71,000  

2013

  10%   2 years   $3.30 ~ $3.60     2,463,299     18,750     2,444,549     834,667     6,913,606     215,798     6,697,808     1,998,215  

2014

  10%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   $3.05 ~ $7.00     4,939,773     846,613     4,093,160     1,241,241                  

              $ 7,977,072   $ 868,558   $ 7,108,514     2,263,965   $ 7,993,166   $ 224,106   $ 7,769,060     2,340,638  

      Current       $ 3,478,904   $ 21,945   $ 3,456,959     1,156,050   $ 4,955,868   $ 153,396   $ 4,802,472     1,438,033  

      Non-current       $ 4,498,168   $ 846,613   $ 3,651,555     1,107,915   $ 3,037,298   $ 70,710   $ 2,966,588     902,605  

Convertible notes payable—related party

                                                     

2012

  10%   Due on demand   $3.30   $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     121,461   $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     113,030  

2013

  10%   1 year   $3.60                     187,706         187,706     52,141  

2014

  10%   2 years   $7.00     200,000         200,000     30,187                  

              $ 573,000   $   $ 573,000     151,648   $ 560,706   $   $ 560,706     165,171  

      Current       $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     121,461   $ 560,706   $   $ 560,706     165,171  

      Non-current       $ 200,000   $   $ 200,000     30,187   $   $   $      

Notes payable

                                                     

2012

  11%   2 years   NA   $   $   $       $ 833,335   $ 18,265   $ 815,070      

2013

  2% ~ 10%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     1,030,000         1,030,000         1,150,000         1,150,000      

2014

  11%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     1,446,950         1,446,950                      

              $ 2,476,950   $   $ 2,476,950       $ 1,983,335   $ 18,265   $ 1,965,070      

      Current       $ 1,643,615   $   $ 1,643,615       $ 1,783,335   $ 18,265   $ 1,765,070      

      Non-current       $ 833,335   $   $ 833,335       $ 200,000   $   $ 200,000      

Notes payable—related party

                                                     

2012

  8% ~ 10%   Due on demand   NA   $ 656,730   $   $ 656,730       $ 880,062   $ 4,421   $ 875,641      

2013

  8%   Due on demand   NA     50,000         50,000         50,000         50,000      

2014

  11%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     252,165         252,165                      

              $ 958,895   $   $ 958,895       $ 930,062   $ 4,421   $ 925,641      

      Current       $ 825,562   $   $ 825,562       $ 930,062   $ 4,421   $ 925,641      

      Non-current       $ 133,333   $   $ 133,333       $   $   $      

      Grand Total       $ 11,985,917   $ 868,558   $ 11,117,359     2,415,613   $ 11,467,269   $ 246,792   $ 11,220,477     2,505,809  

82


Table of Contents

        Also, between June 6, 2014 and June 10, 2014 certain holders of warrants exercised their existing warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,095,465 shares of common stock, the Exercised Warrants, for the cash exercise price of $3.50 per share, as a result of which we received aggregate exercise proceeds of $3.8 million. On June 10, 2014, based on an offer made to holders in connection with such exercises, we issued an aggregate of 1,095,465 replacement warrants to holders exercising private placement warrants, which replacement warrants have terms that are generally the same as the exercised warrants, including an expiration date of September 11, 2018 and an exercise price of $3.50 per share.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2014, we entered into financing arrangements as set forth below. The total amount of these loans amounted to $2.5 million.

Notes issued after December 31, 2014
  Principal
Amounts
  Annual
Interest
Rate
  Term of Notes   Conversion
Price
 

Convertible note(1)

  $ 196,026     10 % On Demand up to 1 Year   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    656,052     10 % Approximately 7 months   $ 3.50  

Convertible note(1)

    100,800     10 % 1 Year   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    120,960     10 % 2 Years   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    504,614     10 % 2 Years   $ 3.50  

Convertible note(2)

    200,000     10 % 2 Years   $ 7.00  

Promissory note(3)

    464,800     11 % On Demand up to 2 years     N/A  

Promissory notes-related party

    230,000     10 % On Demand up to 2 years     N/A  

Promissory notes-related party(1)

    13,161     11 % 1 Year     N/A  

Total

  $ 2,486,413                  

(1)
Refinance of prior note.

(2)
Includes mandatory conversion at the time of an initial public offering at a conversion price equal to 80% of the initial public offering price.

(3)
Principal amount of note is JPY56, 000,000 which was converted into US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.0083 as of December 31, 2014.

        We are required to pay royalties which are recognized as an expense upon sale of the related products. We are required to pay a royalty to CATO equivalent to 10% of our adjusted gross sales of NutreStore calculated on an annual basis. The 10% royalty is calculated at the end of the year and accrued on an annual basis. Once commercialized and pursuant to an addendum to the license agreement with LA BioMed, we agreed to pay royalties to LA BioMed during the term of the agreement equal to 4.5% of net sales of Licensed Products in the United States until lifetime royalty payments made to LA BioMed total $100,000, at which time the royalty rate will decrease to 2.5% of net sales of the Licensed Products. No royalties will be paid to LA BioMed for Licensed Products sold or distributed, or Licensed Methods practiced, on a non-profit basis. Royalty payments are due within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, with the last payment due 45 days after the termination of the agreement. Any payments not made when due accrue interest on and after the due date at a rate equal to the prime interest rate quoted by the Bank of America on the date the payment is due, with interest being compounded on the last day of each calendar quarter.

Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities

        Net cash flows used in operating activities increased by $0.3 million, or 4%, to $8.7 million from $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in cash flows used in operating activities of $0.3 million was due primarily to an increase of $6.8 million in net loss

83


Table of Contents

and a decrease of $1.0 million in non-recurring transaction costs included in net income, offset by a $7.2 million increase in non-cash components of net loss and a $0.2 million decrease in working capital. The increase in non-cash components of net loss is primarily comprised of a $3.5 million warrant exercise inducement expense, a $2.6 million higher change in fair value of liability classified warrants and an increase of $0.8 million in share-based compensation, partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities. During 2013, we incurred certain transaction costs associated with the issuance of common stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in the September 2013 private placement. To arrive at net cash flows used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, we added back transaction costs of $1.0 million that were included in net loss as a reconciling item in cash flows from operating activities. We also incurred an additional $0.2 million in transaction costs that were not included in net loss for accounting purposes since it was offset against the equity component of the private placement.

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

        Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities decreased by $0.6 million, or 111%, to $(64,000) used in investing activities from $0.6 million from investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease was due to the absence of proceeds from the sale of marketable securities of $0.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.1 million. No other investing activities occurred in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Net cash from financing activities

        Net cash flows from financing activities decreased by $5.3 million, or 48%, to $5.7 million from $11.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, primarily as a result of a $6.4 million decrease in proceeds received from the private placement units net of transaction costs and a $4.5 million decrease in proceeds from issuance of notes and common stock from $6.6 million to $2.1 million, which was partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in proceeds from the exercise of warrants and a decrease of $1.7 million in payments of notes payable and convertible notes payable. During 2013, we received gross proceeds of $7.6 million from our September 2013 private placement, from which we deducted total transaction costs of $1.2 million to arrive at proceeds from private placement units, net of transaction costs of $6.4 million included in net cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $1.2 million in transaction costs deducted include $0.9 million in payments we made to T.R. Winston & Company, LLC, or TRW, plus $0.3 million in attorney fees and other transaction-related costs.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

        Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, including the use of structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Not required for a smaller reporting company.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The information required by this Item 8 is incorporated by reference to the information that begins on Page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

84


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon this evaluation and due to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 described below, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are not effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

(a)    Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and our dispositions of the assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2014.

        A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses would permit information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits to not be recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods

85


Table of Contents

specified in the SEC's rules and forms. In conducting our review of our internal control over financial reporting, we identified a continuing material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting initially identified in our evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. This material weakness relates to the adequacy of resources and controls resulting from us not having an adequate level of resources with the appropriate level of training and experience in regards to the application of generally accepted accounting principles for certain complex transactions. In addition, we did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of financial reporting for complex or significant unusual transactions.

        The material weakness described above resulted in a material misstatement of our liabilities, shareholders' deficit, net loss, non-cash expenses and related financial disclosures for the three month period ended September 30, 2013 that was not prevented or detected on a timely basis and, consequently, a restatement of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contained in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Additionally, other prior period adjustments related to recording share based compensation are attributable to us not having an adequate level of resources in regard to these transactions. As a result of these matters, we were unable to timely file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

        To assist with the accounting for complex and/or significant unusual transactions, we have retained a consulting professional with greater knowledge and experience of U.S. GAAP and related regulatory requirements to supplement our internal resources and added to our accounting staff. We also have implemented procedures to evaluate and improve our existing internal control documentation and procedures to develop clear identification of key financial and reporting controls over complex or significant unusual transactions. We continue to strengthen our procedures and staffing levels in order to fully address this material weakness.

(b)    Attestation Report

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. We are not subject to the attestation requirement because we are a smaller reporting company.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Except as described above, based on the evaluation of our management as required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, we believe that there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

86


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees

        The following individuals constitute our board of directors and executive management:

Name
  Age   Position

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH

    55   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Willis C. Lee

    54   Chief Operating Officer

Peter B. Ludlum

    59   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Lan T. Tran, MPH

    39   Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary

Yasushi Nagasaki

    47   Senior Vice President, Finance

Charles Stark, Pharm.D. 

    59   Senior Vice President, Research and Development

Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Ph.D. 

    72   Chairman of the Board

Tracey C. Doi

    54   Director

Akiko Moni Miyashita

    58   Director

Phillip M. Satow

    72   Director

Mayuran Sriskandarajah

    34   Director

        All of our officers devote at least forty (40) hours per week, the equivalent of a full-time employee, to their positions with us.

Background of Officers and Directors

        The following is a brief summary of the background of each of our directors, executive officers and executive management:

         Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2011 and has served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Emmaus Medical since 2003. Since May 2005, Dr. Niihara has also served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Medical Director of Hope International Hospice, Inc., or Hope Hospice, a Medicare-certified hospice program. From June 1992 to October 2009, Dr. Niihara served as a physician specialist for Los Angeles County. Dr. Niihara is the principal inventor of the patented L-glutamine treatment for SCD. Dr. Niihara has been involved in patient care and research for sickle cell disease during most of his career and is a widely published author in the area of sickle cell disease. Dr. Niihara is board-certified by the American Board of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Internal Medicine/Hematology. He is licensed to practice medicine in both the United States and Japan. Dr. Niihara is a Professor of Medicine at the David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA. Dr. Niihara received his B.A. in Religion from Loma Linda University in 1982, obtained his MD degree from the Loma Linda University School of Medicine in 1986 and received his MPH from Harvard School of Public Health in 2006. Dr. Niihara is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his knowledge and experience.

         Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Ph.D. has served as our Chairman of the Board since May 2011 and as a director of Emmaus Medical since April 2010. Dr. McKinnell served as the Chairman of the Board of Pfizer Inc. (NYSE: PFE), a pharmaceutical company, from May 2001 until December 2006. He retired from Pfizer, Inc. and its board in February 2007. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Pfizer, Inc. from January 2001 to July 2006. He served as President of Pfizer, Inc. from May 1999 to May 2001, and as President of Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Group from January 1997 to April 2001. Dr. McKinnell served as Chief Operating Officer of Pfizer, Inc. from May 1999 to December 2000 and as Executive Vice President from 1992 to 1999. Since October 1997, Dr. McKinnell has served as a member of the board of directors of Moody's Corporation (NYSE: MCO), where he serves as Chairman and a member of the audit committee, the governance and compensation committee and

87


Table of Contents

Moody's investor services committee. Dr. McKinnell served as a director of Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NasdaqGM: OPTR), a global biopharmaceutical company, from January 2011 to March 2012. Dr. McKinnell served as Optimer's Chief Executive Officer from February 2013 to October 2013 and as Chairman of the Optimer Board from April 2012 to October 2013. He also served as Optimer's lead independent director from March 2012 to February 2013. Dr. McKinnell serves as Chairman of the Board of the Accordia Global Health Foundation. He is Chairman Emeritus of the Connecticut Science Center, and is a member of the Academic Alliance for AIDS Care and Prevention in Africa. He served as director of ExxonMobil Corporation from 2002 to 2007 and John Wiley & Sons from 1996 to 2005. Dr. McKinnell holds a Bachelor's Degree in business from the University of British Columbia, and M.B.A. and Ph.D. degrees from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Dr. McKinnell is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience and leadership in the pharmaceutical industry, in addition to his substantial involvement with business and civic organizations and years of experience as an officer and director of publicly traded companies.

         Tracey C. Doi has served as a director since August 2011. Since 2003, Ms. Doi has served as Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., an automotive company and sales, marketing and distribution arm for Toyota, Lexus and Scion in the United States. Ms. Doi is responsible for corporate finance, tax, customs, treasury, accounting, procurement and administrative services. Ms. Doi serves on Toyota Motor Sales' audit, risk and benefit committees, as well as an officer or director of several Toyota Motor Sales subsidiaries. Ms. Doi joined Toyota in 2000 as Vice President, Corporate Controller and was promoted to Chief Financial Officer in 2003. Prior to that, she held financial executive positions with AT&T Wireless, a wireless telecommunications company, L.A. Cellular Telephone Company, a wireless telecommunications company, and L.A. Gear, Inc., a footwear company. Ms. Doi received a Bachelor's Degree in Business Economics from UCLA in 1983 and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). Ms. Doi served on the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco's Economic Advisory Council from 2009-2014. Ms. Doi serves on the board of governors for the Japanese American National Museum, and the board of directors for the US-Japan Council. We believe that Ms. Doi is qualified to serve as a director due to her business and financial management experience, including her position as a chief financial officer, and her knowledge of audit committee functions.

         Akiko Moni Miyashita has served as a director since May 2014. Ms. Miyashita is an independent advisor on mergers and acquisitions. She previously was employed for more than 30 years by IBM, where she served as Vice President, Corporate Development, including 15 years in executive M&A roles as Vice President, M&A Strategy and Investments; Managing Director of M&A Integration; and Director of Corporate Development Asia Pacific, headquartered in Tokyo. Ms. Miyashita serves on the Board of Trustees of the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia; the Executive Advisory Board of the University of Denver's Daniels School of Business; the International Executive Advisory Council of The Navigators; and the Board of Directors of the US-Japan Council. Ms. Miyashita holds a B.S. degree in Marketing from the University of Colorado, Leeds School of Business, and a M.B.A. from the University of Denver, Daniels School of Business. We believe that Ms. Miyashita is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to her business and financial management experience, including her significant experience with M&A.

         Phillip M. Satow has served as a director since May 2014. Mr. Satow is currently Chairman of the Board of Directors of JDS Therapeutics, LLC, which markets proprietary healthcare products to physicians, healthcare-delivery networks and other healthcare professionals. He was co-founder, Chairman and CEO of JDS Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a specialty pharmaceutical company focused in the fields of psychiatric and women's health treatments. JDS Pharmaceuticals was sold to Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2008. Prior to founding JDS Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Satow served as Executive Vice President of Forest Laboratories, Inc., President of Forest Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and as a member

88


Table of Contents

of Forest's Board of Directors. Prior to joining Forest, Mr. Satow served as Vice President and General Manager of the Wallace Laboratories Division of Carter—Wallace, Inc. In addition, he has held executive positions at Pfizer, including Director of Marketing with Pfizer Laboratories and Vice President of Pfizer Europe. Mr. Satow holds a B.A. degree from Columbia College and an M.A. degree in Economics from Georgetown University. We believe that Mr. Satow is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive experience and leadership in the pharmaceutical industry, in addition to his involvement with business and civic organizations and experience as an officer and director of publicly traded companies.

         Mayuran Sriskandarajah ("Mayu Sris") has served as a director since May 2014. Mr. Sriskandarajah, or Mr. Sris, is a Founding Partner and Managing Director of Sarissa Capital Management LP, or Sarissa, a hedge-fund firm. He previously served as an Investment Analyst at Icahn Capital, an investment company, from 2005 to 2010 and as a consultant in 2011, where he contributed to all aspects of the activist investing process with the goal of proactively creating substantial value. Prior to Icahn Capital, Mr. Sris served as a consultant at Bain & Company, a management consulting firm, from 2002 to 2005, working with both corporate and private equity clients. Previously, he served as an investment banker at Wasserstein Perella & Company, an investment bank, where he advised technology clients on M&A transactions. In addition, from 2006 to 2010, Mr. Sris was a member of the Board of Directors of publicly traded Viskase Companies, Inc. Mr. Sris received his A.B. degree from Brown University. We believe that Mr. Sris is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his business and financial management experience, including his investment banking experience.

         Willis C. Lee, MS has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2011. Mr. Lee served as a director of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. from May 2011 to May 2014 and also served as the Co-Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and as a director of Emmaus Medical from March 2010 to May 2011. Prior to that, he was the Controller at Emmaus from February 2009 to February 2010. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Lee led worldwide sales and business development of Yield Dynamics product group at MKS Instruments, Inc., a provider of instruments, subsystems, and process control solutions for the semiconductor, flat panel display, solar cell, data storage media, medical equipment, pharmaceutical manufacturing, and energy generation and environmental monitoring industries. Mr. Lee also served as President and Managing Director of Kenos Inc., a private service provider that provides funeral services to individuals, from January 2004 to December 2008. Mr. Lee held various managerial and senior positions at semiconductor companies such as MicroUnity Systems Engineering, Inc., a private semiconductor company that designs and develops new generation multimedia processors for computers and cable control boxes, from August 1995 to July 1996, HPL, Inc., a public semiconductor company that provides a software platform that enables data-driven decisions by gathering, managing and analyzing semiconductor manufacturing data, from June 2000 to October 2002, Syntricity, Inc., a private semiconductor software company that provides a software platform that enables data-driven decisions by gathering, managing and analyzing semiconductor manufacturing data, from November 2002 to April 2004 and also at Reden & Anders, a subsidiary of United Healthcare that provides actuarial services including capitation and risk assessment analyses for healthcare insurance carriers, from September 1996 to June 2000. Mr. Lee received his B.S. and M.S. in Physics from University of Hawaii (1984) and University of South Carolina (1986), respectively.

         Peter B. Ludlum has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2012. Mr. Ludlum previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of Energy and Power Solutions, Inc., an energy intelligence company, from April 2008 to March 2012. Mr. Ludlum also served as the Financial Compliance Officer from April 2006 to March 2008 and the Chief Financial Officer from April 2005 to April 2006 of Applied Medical Resources Corporation, a medical device company. Mr. Ludlum also served as Group Controller for IsoTis S.A., a biomedical company, from October 2003 to April 2005. IsoTis S.A. acquired GenSci Regeneration Sciences Inc., an orthobiologics company, in October 2003 where Mr. Ludlum served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

89


Table of Contents

from December 1999 to October 2003. Prior to his position at GenSci, Mr. Ludlum had served as the Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer from November 1996 to December 1999 of Pacific Biometrics, Inc., a diagnostic products and reference laboratory company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Ludlum had worked for Derlan Industries, Ltd., a diversified manufacturing company, as Corporate Controller and Treasurer and in various positions at Mobil Oil Corporation, an international oil and gas company, and for subsidiaries of Bechtel Corporation, an engineering, procurement, construction, and project management services provider, and PacifiCorp, a diversified utility holding company. He received a B.S. in Business and Economics with a major in accounting from Lehigh University in 1977 and a Masters in Business Administration with a concentration in Finance from California State University, Fullerton in 1991.

        On September 23, 2011, Mr. Ludlum was serving as the Chief Financial Officer of Energy and Power Solutions, Inc., or EPS, when EPS filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The bankruptcy filing was made in part to effect a sale of EPS' primary assets pursuant to Section 363 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the EPS bankruptcy case has been dismissed.

         Lan T. Tran, MPH has served as our Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary since May 2011. She has served as the Co-Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary of Emmaus Medical since April 2010 and as the Chief Compliance Officer of Emmaus Medical since May 2008. Prior to joining Emmaus Medical, Ms. Tran was with LA BioMed, a non-profit medical research and education company, from September 1999 to April 2008 and held positions of increasing responsibility including Grants and Contracts Trainee from September 1999 to March 2000, Grants and Contracts Officer from April 2000 to August 2004, Associate Director, Pre-Clinical/Clinical Trials Unit from September 2004 to June 2005, Director, Pre-Clinical/Clinical Trials Unit from July 2005 to June 2007, and Assistant Vice President, Research Administration from June 2007 to April 2008. In her position as Director, Pre-Clinical/Clinical Trials Unit and Assistant Vice President, Research Administration, Ms. Tran was part of the executive management team of LA BioMed and responsible for all administrative aspects of research in her assigned area at LA BioMed, which had a research budget of $61,000,000 in 2008. Ms. Tran holds a B.S. in Psychobiology from UCLA, which was awarded in 1999, and a Masters of Public Health from UCLA which was awarded in 2002.

         Yasushi Nagasaki was appointed as our Senior Vice President, Finance effective April, 2012. From May 2011 to April 2012, Mr. Nagasaki served as our Chief Financial Officer. From September 2005 until joining us, Mr. Nagasaki was the Chief Financial Officer of Hexadyne Corporation, an aerospace and defense supplier. Mr. Nagasaki also served on the board of directors at Hexadyne Corporation from September 2005 to April 2011. From May 2003 to August 2005, Mr. Nagasaki was the Controller at Upsilon Intertech Corporation, an international distributor of defense and aerospace parts and sub systems. Mr. Nagasaki received a B.A. in Commerce in 1992 from Waseda University and an M.A. in International Policy Studies in 1994 from the Monterey Institute of International Studies.

         Charles Stark, Pharm.D. was appointed Senior Vice President of Research and Development of the Company effective November 2013. Dr. Stark previously served as Director of Clinical Development at Bavarian Nordic, Inc., an immunotherapeutic company, from March 2013 to November 2013. Dr. Stark had also served as Associate Director of Medical Affairs from July 2010 to March 2013 for the Dendreon Corporation, an immunotherapeutic company, and prior to his position at Dendreon, he was the Director, Medical Science Liaisons (cardiovascular, metabolic and oncology) from July 1999 to July 2010 at Pfizer, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Dr. Stark served as the Director of Investigational Drug Services and Clinical Research at LA BioMed at Harbor-UCLA from 1989 to 2003 and at the Health Research Association at USC Medical Center from 1995 to 1999. Dr. Stark has also served as a faculty member at the University of Southern California School of Pharmacy since 1997. Dr. Stark received his Pharm.D. from the University of Southern California in 1982 and completed his residency at the Veteran's Affairs Medical Center in West Los Angeles in 1983.

90


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of the officers and directors.

Board of Directors and Committees and Director Independence

        Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that each of Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Tracey C. Doi, Akiko Moni Miyashita, Phillip M. Satow and Mayu Sris is an "independent" director as defined by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules currently in effect and all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. All members of the Audit and Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees satisfy the "independence" standards applicable to members of each such committee. The board of directors made this affirmative determination regarding these directors' independence based on discussions with the directors and on its review of the directors' responses to a standard questionnaire regarding employment and compensation history; affiliations, family and other relationships; and transactions with the Company. The board of directors considered relationships and transactions between each director or any member of his immediate family and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Satow was designated to serve as a director by T.R. Winston & Company, LLC, or TRW, pursuant to its rights under the Director Designation Agreement described on page 92 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Mr. Sris was designated to serve as a director by Sarissa Capital Management LP, or Sarissa, pursuant to its rights under such Director Designation Agreement. Sarissa also has the right to designate an additional individual to be appointed to our board of directors pursuant to such Director Designation Agreement.

Audit Committee

        We established our Audit Committee on May 3, 2011. The Audit Committee consists of Ms. Doi, Dr. McKinnell, Ms. Miyashita, Mr. Sris and Mr. Satow, each of whom is an independent director as defined by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Ms. Doi serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee and qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to represent and assist our board of directors in its general oversight of our accounting and financial reporting processes, audits of the financial statements and internal control and audit functions. The Audit Committee's responsibilities include:

    The appointment, replacement, compensation, and oversight of work of the independent registered public accounting firm, including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent registered public accounting firm regarding financial reporting, for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services.

    Reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm various topics and events that may have significant financial impact on our company or that are the subject of discussions between management and the independent registered public accounting firm.

        The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is available on our website at www.emmausmedical.com.

Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        We established our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee on May 3, 2011. In May 2013, we combined these two committees into one. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Ms. Miyashita, Ms. Doi, Dr. McKinnell, Mr. Satow and Mr. Sris, each of whom is an independent director as defined by the

91


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Ms. Miyashita serves as Chairman of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for the design, review, recommendation and approval of compensation arrangements for our directors, executive officers and key employees, and for the administration of our equity incentive plans, including the approval of grants under such plans to our employees, consultants and directors, assists in the selection of director nominees, approves director nominations to be presented for stockholder approval at our annual general meeting, fills any vacancies on our board of directors, considers any nominations of director candidates validly made by stockholders, and reviews and considers developments in corporate governance practices. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also reviews and determines compensation of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A copy of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on our website at www.emmausmedical.com.

Director Designation Agreement

        In connection with the private placement of securities we completed on September 11, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Dr. Niihara, TRW, who served as our placement agent, and Sarissa, an investor in the private placement. Pursuant to the agreement, we agreed to expand the size of our board of directors by three members to a total of eight directors, with one member to be designated by TRW and two members to be designated by Sarissa to fill the newly-created vacancies.

        Mr. Satow was designated to serve as a member of the board by TRW pursuant to its rights under the agreement, and Mr. Sris was designated to serve as a member of the board by Sarissa pursuant to its rights under the agreement. Sarissa has the right to designate another individual to be appointed to the board, and at the time of such appointment we expect to further expand the size of the board by one member.

        The agreement provides that, prior to the date such designations first become effective, without the prior approval of TRW and Sarissa, we will not approve, effect, amend or enter into any agreements or transactions, or create or assume any obligations, other than those expressly contemplated in the agreement or undertaken in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

        The agreement also provides that each of Dr. Niihara, TRW and Sarissa agree to vote all shares of our common stock and any other class of our voting securities owned or controlled by them, and otherwise to use their respective commercially reasonable best efforts as stockholders, to elect as directors each of the TRW and Sarissa designees and every other candidate nominated for election to the board of directors by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board.

        Pursuant to the agreement, until the closing of a qualified initial public offering (as defined in the subscription agreements for the private placement), we are required to obtain unanimous approval of the board of directors for a detailed annual budget, certain related party transactions, and certain other corporate transactions.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

        Our common stock is currently registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As a result, and pursuant to Rule 16a-2, our directors and officers and holders of 10% or more of our common stock are currently required to file statements of beneficial ownership with respect to their ownership of our equity securities under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act. Based on a review of written representations from our executive officers and directors and a review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 furnished to us, we believe that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 the directors, officers and owners of more than 10% of our common stock filed, on a timely basis, all reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

92


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        On May 3, 2011, our board of directors approved a Code of Conduct and Ethics, which we refer to as the Code of Ethics, which applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, confidentiality, trading on inside information, and reporting of violations of the code. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.emmausmedical.com. Requests for copies of the Code of Ethics should be sent in writing to Emmaus Medical, Inc., Attention: Secretary, 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800, Torrance, California 90503.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and our next three most highly compensated executive officers for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Name and Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus   Option
Awards(1)
  Total  

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH

    2014   $ 250,000   $   $   $ 250,000  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

    2013     250,000         1,583,035     1,833,035  

Willis C. Lee

    2014     180,000             180,000  

Chief Operating Officer

    2013     180,000     20,000     1,583,035     1,783,035  

Peter B. Ludlum

    2014     180,000             180,000  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2013     180,000     50,000     1,583,035     1,813,035  

Lan T. Tran, MPH

    2014     180,000             180,000  

Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary

    2013     180,000     20,000     1,583,035     1,783,035  

Yasushi Nagasaki

    2014     180,000             180,000  

Senior Vice President, Finance

    2013     180,000     20,000     1,583,035     1,783,035  

        The Company has calculated the grant date fair value of the option grants calculated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, "Stock Compensation". For a description of the assumptions used to calculate these amounts, see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The actual value of any option award will depend on the excess of our stock price over the exercise price on the date the option award is exercised. The actual value realized upon exercise of the option awards may be higher or lower than the value shown in this column.

        Total compensation for Dr. Niihara, Mr. Lee and Ms. Tran for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 did not include an amount for the annual performance bonus pursuant to their respective employment agreements. We did not grant performance-based cash bonuses in 2014 and 2013 in part because of management's emphasis on preserving available capital to fund operating expenses. Additionally, specific performance criteria were not established for our executive officers for 2014 or 2013. Each of our executive officers waived any right under their respective employment agreement to an annual performance bonus for 2014 and 2013 and we did not incur any liability as a result of not granting such performance-based cash bonuses.

        In December 2013, the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee approved discretionary bonuses for each of Messrs. Lee, Ludlum, and Nagasaki and Ms. Tran as shown in the table above under the heading "Bonuses."

93


Table of Contents

        On February 28, 2013, the board of directors of the Company authorized and approved option grants to the named executive officers in the amounts set forth below, with a term of 10 years and an exercise price of $3.60 per share, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as of the grant date, as determined by the board of directors.

Name
  Title   Number of
Options
 

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director     500,000  

Willis C. Lee

  Chief Operating Officer     500,000  

Peter B. Ludlum

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     500,000  

Yasushi Nagasaki

  Senior Vice President, Finance     500,000  

Lan T. Tran, MPH

  Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary     500,000  

        The options granted to each named executive officer will vest as follows: one-third ( 1 / 3 ) will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining two-thirds ( 2 / 3 ) will vest in twenty-four approximately equal monthly installments over a period of two years thereafter.

        There were no option grants to management in 2014.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year End

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2014.

Name
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)(2)
  Option
Exercise Price
  Option
Expiration Date
 

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH

    166,667     83,333 (1) $ 3.60     4/1/2022  

    305,556     194,444 (2) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

Willis C. Lee

    166,667     83,333 (1) $ 3.60     4/1/2022  

    305,556     194,444 (2) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

Peter B. Ludlum

    305,556     194,444 (2) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

Lan T. Tran, MPH

    166,667     83,333 (1) $ 3.60     4/1/2022  

    305,556     194,444 (2) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

Yasushi Nagasaki

    166,667     83,333 (1) $ 3.60     4/1/2022  

    305,556     194,444 (2) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

(1)
Options will vest annually in equal amounts (or as close to an equal amount as possible) over a period of three years, on each of April 1, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

(2)
One-third ( 1 / 3 ) of the options vested on February 28, 2014, the first anniversary of the grant date. The remaining two-thirds ( 2 / 3 ) vest in approximately equal monthly installments over a period of two years thereafter.

Employment Agreements

        On April 5, 2011, we entered into employment agreements with Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH, our Chief Executive Officer, Willis C. Lee, our Chief Operating Officer, and Lan T. Tran, MPH, our Chief Administrative Officer. On April 8, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Yasushi Nagasaki, our former Chief Financial Officer and current Senior Vice President, Finance. On April 2, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Peter B. Ludlum, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (the employment agreements, collectively, are referred to as the "Employment Agreements"). Each of the Employment Agreements has an initial 2-year term, unless

94


Table of Contents

terminated earlier. Mr. Nagasaki's employment agreement expired in April 2013, and Mr. Ludlum's employment agreement expired in April 2014. The Employment Agreements for Dr. Niihara, Mr. Lee and Ms. Tran automatically renew for additional one year periods unless the Company or the officer provides notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term.

        Base Salary, Bonus and Other Compensation.     Dr. Niihara's, Mr. Lee's, and Ms. Tran's base salary is $250,000, $180,000, and $180,000 per year, respectively, which will be reviewed at least annually. In addition to base salary, the officers may be entitled to receive an annual performance bonus based on the officer's performance for the previous year. The Employment Agreements each provide that the respective officer's performance for the previous year will be measured against a set of targets and goals as mutually established by us and the officer. To date, our board of directors and the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee have evaluated an officer's performance on an overall basis related to the Company's progress on major milestones, without reliance on specific position by position pre-established targets and goals. The officers are also eligible to receive paid vacation, and participate in health and other benefit plans and will be reimbursed for reasonable and necessary business expenses.

        Equity Compensation.     The Employment Agreements state that at the end of each calendar year on December 31, or as soon as reasonably practicable after such date (each a "Grant Date"), the Company will grant non-qualified ten-year stock options with a Black Scholes value of $100,000 to Dr. Niihara, $50,000 to Mr. Lee, and $40,000 to Ms. Tran, in each case with an exercise price per share equal to the "Fair Market Value" (as such term is defined in the Company's 2011 Stock Incentive Plan) on the applicable Grant Date. One-third of the options granted to each officer will vest on the first anniversary of the applicable Grant Date, one-third will vest on the second anniversary of the applicable Grant Date and the final one-third will vest on the third anniversary of the applicable Grant Date. Any unvested options will vest immediately upon a change in control (as defined below), termination of the officer's employment other than a voluntary termination by the officer or a termination of the officer for cause. In the event that the officer is terminated for any reason other than cause, death or disability or retirement, each option, to the extent that it is exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable for the 90 day period following such termination, but in no event following the expiration of its term. In the event that the officer's employment terminates on account of death, disability or, with respect to any non-qualified stock option, retirement, each option granted that is outstanding and vested as of the date of such termination shall remain exercisable by such officer (or the officer's legal representatives, heirs or legatees) for the one year period following such termination, but in no event following the expiration of its term.

        Severance Compensation.     If Dr. Niihara's, Mr. Lee's, or Ms. Tran's employment is terminated for any reason during the term of his or her respective employment agreement, other than without cause or good reason, each will be entitled to receive his or her base salary prorated through the termination date, any expense reimbursement due and owing for reasonable and necessary business expenses, and unpaid vacation benefits (the "Voluntary Termination Benefits"). If Dr. Niihara's, Mr. Lee's, or Ms. Tran's employment is terminated due to death or disability of such officer during the term of his or her respective employment agreement, then such officer will also receive an amount equal to his or her target annual performance bonus, and for a termination due to disability only, 6 additional months of his or her base salary to be paid out over a 6-month period and payment of COBRA benefits of up to 6 months following the termination. If Dr. Niihara's employment is terminated without cause or Dr. Niihara resigns with good reason (not within 2 years following a change in control), he will receive the Voluntary Termination Benefits and, provided he signs a Release, a severance package equal to one year of his base salary to be paid out over a 12-month period, a pro rata amount of the annual performance bonus for the calendar year in which the termination date occurs based on the achievement of any applicable performance terms or goals for the year, and payment of COBRA benefits of up to 12 months following the termination. If the employment of any of Mr. Lee, or

95


Table of Contents

Ms. Tran is terminated without cause or any of them resigns with good reason (not within 2 years following a change in control) during the term of his or her respective employment agreement, he or she will receive the Voluntary Termination Benefits and, provided he or she signs a Release, a severance package equal to 6 months of his or her base salary to be paid out over a 6-month period, an amount equal to half of the targeted annual performance bonus, and payment of COBRA benefits of up to 6 months following the termination.

        Termination with cause includes a proven act of dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of Company proprietary information; a conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; willful misconduct which cannot be cured on reasonable notice to the officer; or the officer's habitual failure or refusal to perform his duties if such failure or refusal is not cured within 20 days after receiving written notice thereof from the board of directors. Good reason includes a reduction of more than 10% to the officer's base salary or other compensation (except as part of a general reduction for all executive employees); a material diminution of the officer's authority, responsibilities, reporting or job duties (except for any reduction for cause); the Company's material breach of the Employment Agreement; or, in the case of Dr. Niihara, Mr. Lee and Ms. Tran, a relocation of the business requiring the officer to move or drive to work more than 40 miles from its current location. The officer may terminate the Employment Agreement for good reason if he or she provides written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the event constituting good reason and the Company fails to cure the good reason within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice.

        Change of Control.     The Employment Agreements will not be terminated upon a change of control. A change of control means any merger or reorganization where the holders of the Company's capital stock prior the transaction own fewer than 50% of the shares of capital stock after the transaction, an acquisition of 50% of the voting power of the Company's outstanding securities by another entity, or a transfer of at least 50% of the fair market value of the Company's assets. Upon Dr. Niihara's termination without cause or good reason that occurs within 2 years after a change of control, he will receive the Voluntary Termination Benefits and, provided he signs a release of all claims relating to his employment, a severance package equal to 2 years of his base salary to be paid out over a 12-month period, an amount equal to double the targeted annual performance bonus, payment of COBRA benefits of up to 18 months following the termination; and a one-time cash payment of $3.0 million. Upon Mr. Lee's or Ms. Tran's termination without cause or good reason that occurs within 2 years after a change of control, he or she will receive the Voluntary Termination Benefits and, provided he or she signs a Release, a severance package equal to 1 year of his or her base salary to be paid out over a 12-month period, an amount equal to the full year targeted annual performance bonus, payment of COBRA benefits of up to 12 months following the termination. Mr. Lee and Ms. Tran will also receive a one-time cash payment of $200,000. In addition, each officer's unvested equity awards shall vest upon such termination and the officer will have 36 months in which to sell or exercise such awards (subject to expiration of the term of such options). The officer will also be free from all lock-up or other contractual restrictions upon the free sale of shares that are subject to waiver by the Company upon such termination.

Director Compensation

        Since February 26, 2014, the compensation program for non-employee directors has consisted of:

    a cash retainer of $500 per month;

    cash compensation of $700 for each in-person board meeting attended, $400 for each telephonic board meeting attended, $400 for each committee meeting attended, and $200 for each meeting chaired by such non-employee director;

    an initial grant of 100,000 options upon election and 50,000 stock options annually thereafter;

96


Table of Contents

    a one-time grant of 2,000 options to the chairman of each committee; and

    a one-time grant of 10,000 options to the Chairman of the Board.

Options granted under this program are expected to vest over 3 years. Pursuant to the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, non-officer directors receive at a minimum an annual grant of 10,000 options. Additionally, the Chairman of the Board receives a one-time retainer grant of 10,000 options and each committee chair receives a one-time retainer grant of 2,000 options. These provisions of the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan have effectively been superseded by the current non-employee director compensation program.

        The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 by the non-employee members of our board of directors. Compensation earned by our current and former employee directors, Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH and Willis C. Lee, who do not receive compensation for their services as a director, is reported above under the heading "Summary Compensation Table."

Name
  Fees Earned
or
Paid in Cash
  Option
Awards(1)(2)
  Total  

Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Ph.D. 

  $ 12,800   $ 146,699   $ 159,499  

Tracey C. Doi

    13,900     127,139     141,039  

Maurice J. DeWald(3)

    9,100     127,139     136,239  

Duane K. Kurisu(4)

    5,500     329,382     334,882  

Akiko Moni Miyashita

    5,500     335,970     341,470  

Phillip M. Satow

    4,700     329,382     334,082  

Mayuran Sriskandarajah

    4,000     349,215     353,215  

Total

  $ 55,500   $ 1,744,926   $ 1,800,426  

(1)
The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted to the directors in 2014, calculated in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, "Stock Compensation". For a description of the assumptions used to calculate these amounts, see Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The actual value of any option award to a director, if any, will depend on the excess of our stock price over the exercise price on the date the option award is exercised. The actual value realized by the director upon exercise of the option awards may be higher or lower than the value shown in this column.

(2)
As of December 31, 2014, our non-employee directors had option awards outstanding pursuant to the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase the following number of shares of our common stock in the table directly below:

97


Table of Contents

Name
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options ($) Exercisable
(Vested)
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options ($)
Unexercisable
(Unvested)
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Ph.D. 

    11,795 (a)     $ 3.05     6/30/2015  

    27,000       $ 3.60     12/19/2021  

    83,333     166,667 (c) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

    10,000       $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

        60,000   $ 3.60     2/26/2024  

Tracey C. Doi

    10,000       $ 3.60     12/19/2021  

    50,000 (b)   25,000 (b) $ 3.60     4/2/2022  

    83,333     166,667 (c) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

    10,000       $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

        52,000   $ 3.60     2/26/2024  

Maurice J. DeWald(3)

    12,000       $ 3.60     12/19/2021  

    50,000 (b)   25,000 (b) $ 3.60     4/2/2022  

    83,333     166,667 (c) $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

    10,000       $ 3.60     2/28/2023  

        52,000   $ 3.60     2/26/2024  

Duane K. Kurisu(4)

        100,000   $ 4.90     5/8/2024  

Akiko Moni Miyashita

        102,000   $ 4.90     5/8/2024  

Phillip M. Satow

        100,000   $ 4.90     5/8/2024  

Mayuran Sriskandarajah

        100,000   $ 5.10     7/17/2024  

(a)
Includes options to purchase 11,795 shares that vested as of December 31, 2012 and are exercisable at $3.05 per share through 2015, which award was issued prior to the commencement of the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.

(b)
Options vest in equal annual amounts (or as close to an equal amount as possible) over a period of three years with the first one-third ( 1 / 3 ) vesting on April 1, 2013.

(c)
Options vest annually in equal amounts (or as close to an equal amount as possible) over a period of three years with the first one-third ( 1 / 3 ) vesting on February 28, 2014.
(3)
Mr. DeWald resigned from the board of directors on May 8, 2014.

(4)
Mr. Kurisu resigned from the board of directors on January 9, 2015.

        On March 19, 2015, the board of directors authorized and approved the annual option grants to non-employee directors contemplated by our director compensation program, which options have a term of 10 years and an exercise price of $3.60 per share, the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date as determined by the board of directors.

98


Table of Contents

2011 Stock Incentive Plan

Background

        On May 3, 2011, the board of directors and stockholders adopted the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the Plan. Stockholder approval of the Plan enables us to satisfy stock exchange listing requirements, if and when we become subject to such requirements, and to make awards that qualify as performance-based compensation that is exempt from the deduction limitation set forth under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 162(m) generally limits the corporate income tax deductions to $1,000,000 annually for compensation paid to each of the Chief Executive Officer and our other three highest paid executive officers required to be reported under the proxy disclosure rules.

        The Plan permits grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, stock units, stock bonus and unrestricted stock awards, which we collectively refer to as Awards. Our board of directors believes that the Plan is an important factor in attracting, retaining and motivating our employees, consultants, agents, and directors and our affiliates, who are collectively referred to as Eligible Persons. Our board of directors believes that we need the flexibility both to have an ongoing reserve of common stock available for future equity-based awards, and to make future awards in a variety of forms.

        On February 28, 2013, our board of directors authorized and adopted an amendment to Section 1.5(a) of the Plan. The amendment increased the total number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from 3,000,000 to 6,000,000 (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan), which we refer to as the Cap. Except for this increase in the Cap, the terms of the Plan, including the adjustment mechanisms set forth therein, were unchanged by the amendment. The amendment was subsequently ratified by our stockholders at our 2013 Annual Meeting on September 23, 2013. On July 17, 2014, our board of directors authorized and adopted an amendment to Section 1.5(a) of the Plan. The amendment increased the total number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from 6,000,000 to 9,000,000 (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan) and was subsequently ratified by our stockholders at our 2014 Annual Meeting on October 23, 2014.

Purpose

        The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain and motivate select employees, consultants and directors for us and our affiliates and to provide incentives and rewards for superior performance. As of December 31, 2014, there were approximately 25 Eligible Persons who were our directors or employees of one of our subsidiaries.

Shares Subject to the Plan

        The Plan provides that no more than 9,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan. The number of shares available for Awards, as well as the terms of outstanding Awards, is subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and other similar events.

        The maximum awards that can be granted under the Plan to a single participant in any calendar year shall be 500,000 shares of common stock in the form of options or SARs, and 500,000 shares of common stock in the form of restricted shares, restricted stock units, stock bonus and other stock-based awards.

99


Table of Contents

Administration

        The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board of directors or another committee appointed by our board of directors administer the Plan. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our board of directors and any other committee exercising discretion under the Plan from time to time are referred to below as the Committee.

        Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee has express authority to determine the Eligible Persons who will receive Awards, the number of shares of common stock, units or dollars to be covered by each Award, and the terms and conditions of Awards. The Committee has broad discretion to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to the Plan and its administration, to interpret and construe the terms of the Plan and the terms of all Award agreements, and to take all actions necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

        Stock awards granted under the Plan (other than performance-based awards, awards involving an aggregate number of shares equal to less than 5% of shares available for awards and annual director stock grants described below) will have a minimum vesting period of three years.

        The Plan provides that we will indemnify members of the Committee and their delegates against any claims, liabilities or costs arising from the good faith performance of their duties under the Plan. The Plan releases these individuals from liability for good faith actions associated with the Plan's administration.

Eligibility

        The Committee may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, or ISOs, only to our and our subsidiaries' employees, and may grant all other Awards to Eligible Persons. The Plan and the discussion below use the term "Participant" to refer to an Eligible Person who has received an Award.

Types of Awards

        Options.     Options granted under the Plan provide Participants with the right to purchase shares of common stock at a predetermined exercise price. The Committee may grant options that are intended to qualify as ISOs or options that are not intended to so qualify, referred to as Non-ISOs. The Plan also provides that ISO treatment may not be available for options that become first exercisable in any calendar year to the extent the value of the underlying shares that are the subject of the option exceeds $100,000 (based upon the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the option grant date).

        Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).     A stock appreciation right generally permits a Participant to receive, upon exercise, cash and/or shares of common stock equal in value to an amount determined by multiplying (a) the excess of the fair market value, on the date of exercise, of the shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is being exercised, over the exercise price of the SAR for such shares by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SARs are being exercised. The Committee may grant SARs in tandem with options or independently of them.

        Exercise Price for Options and SARs.     The exercise price of ISOs, Non- ISOs, and SARs may not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the grant date of the shares of common stock subject to the Award (110% of fair market value for ISOs granted to employees who, on the grant date, own stock representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock).

        Exercise of Options and SARs.     To the extent exercisable in accordance with the agreement granting them, an option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, during the term established by the Committee, subject to earlier termination relating to a holder's termination of employment or service. The expiration date of options and SARs may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five

100


Table of Contents

years in the case of ISOs granted to employees who, on the grant date, own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock).

        Unless otherwise provided under the terms of the agreement evidencing a grant, options and SARs that have vested may be exercised during the one-year period after the optionee's termination of service due to death or permanent disability or after the optionee retires (with respect to SARs and Non-ISOs only) and during the 90-day period after the optionee's termination of employment other than for cause (but in no case later than the termination date of the option or SAR). Each option or SAR that remains unexercisable at the time of termination shall be terminated at the time of termination.

        Restricted Stock, Stock Units, Stock Bonus, and Other Stock-Based Awards.     Under the Incentive Plan, the Committee may grant restricted stock that is forfeitable until certain vesting requirements are met, may grant restricted stock units, or RSUs, which represent the right to receive shares of common stock after certain vesting requirements are met, and may grant unrestricted stock as to which the Participant's interest is immediately vested (subject to the exceptions to the minimum vesting requirements described above). The Plan provides the Committee with discretion to determine the terms and conditions under which a Participant's interests in such Awards becomes vested, which may include the achievement of financial or other objective performance goals or other objectives.

        Annual Non-Employee Director Grants.     The Plan provides for annual grants of 10,000 options to non-employee directors, which we refer to as the Annual Director Award. Each Annual Director Award will vest in four substantially equal quarterly installments. These grants have been superseded by, and are not in addition to, the compensation program for non-employee directors.

Clawback of Awards

        Unless otherwise provided in an agreement granting an Award, we may terminate any outstanding, unexercised, unexpired or unpaid Award, rescind any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to the Award, or recapture any common stock (whether restricted or unrestricted) or proceeds from the Participant's sale of shares issued pursuant to the Award in the event of the discovery of the Participant's fraud or misconduct, or otherwise in connection with a financial restatement.

Income Tax Withholding

        As a condition for the issuance of shares pursuant to Awards, the Plan requires satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local, or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the award or the issuance of shares.

Transferability

        Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent the Committee permits.

Certain Corporate Transactions

        The Committee shall equitably adjust, as it deems necessary and appropriate, the number of shares covered by each outstanding Award, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation, forfeiture or expiration of an Award, and the maximum number of shares that may be granted in any calendar year to individual participants, as well as the price per share covered by each outstanding Award, to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the

101


Table of Contents

shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares effected without receipt of consideration by us.

        The Committee has the authority, in the event of a merger, sale of assets, reorganization or similar change in control transaction, to cause us to accelerate the vesting of Awards. To the extent that an Award is not exercised prior to consummation of a transaction in which the Award is not being assumed or substituted, such Award shall terminate upon such consummation.

Term of the Plan; Amendments or Termination

        The term of the Plan is ten years from the date of adoption by the board of directors. Our board of directors may from time to time, amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan; provided that no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Awards already granted. Furthermore, the Plan specifically prohibits the repricing of stock options or SARs without stockholder approval. For this purpose, a "repricing" means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (i) changing the terms of a stock option or SAR to lower its exercise price; (ii) any other action that is treated as a "repricing" under generally accepted accounting principles; and (iii) repurchasing for cash or canceling a stock option or SAR at a time when its exercise price is greater than the fair market value of the underlying stock in exchange for another award, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a change in capitalization or similar change. Such cancellation and exchange would be considered a "repricing" regardless of whether it is treated as a "repricing" under generally accepted accounting principles and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the participant.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

        The U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to awards under the Plan under the Code are summarized below. This summary omits the tax laws of any municipality, state, or foreign country in which a participant resides. Stock option grants under the Plan may be intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code or may be non-qualified stock options governed by Section 83 of the Code. Generally, federal income tax is not due from a participant upon the grant of a stock option, and a deduction is not taken by us. Under current tax laws, if a participant exercises a non-qualified stock option, he or she will have taxable income equal to the difference between the market price of the common stock on the exercise date and the stock option grant price. We are entitled to a corresponding deduction on our income tax return. A participant will not have any taxable income upon exercising an incentive stock option after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied (except that the alternative minimum tax may apply), and we will not receive a deduction when an incentive stock option is exercised. The treatment for a participant of a disposition of shares acquired through the exercise of a stock option depends on how long the shares were held and whether the shares were acquired by exercising an incentive stock option or a non-qualified stock option. We may be entitled to a deduction in the case of a disposition of shares acquired under an incentive stock option before the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.

        Generally, taxes are not due when a restricted stock or RSU award is initially granted, but the award becomes taxable when it is no longer subject to a "substantial risk of forfeiture" (generally, when it becomes vested or transferable), in the case of restricted stock, or when shares are issued in connection with vesting, in the case of an RSU. Income tax is calculated on the value of the stock at ordinary rates at that time, and then at capital gain rates when the shares are sold. However, no later than 30 days after a participant receives an award of restricted stock, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, the participant may elect to recognize taxable ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the stock at the time of receipt. Provided that the election is made in a timely manner, the participant will not recognize any additional income when the award is no longer transferable or subject to a "substantial risk of forfeiture."

102


Table of Contents

        Section 409A of the Code provides additional tax rules governing non-qualified deferred compensation. Generally, Section 409A will not apply to awards granted under the Plan, but may apply in some cases to RSUs. For such awards subject to Section 409A, certain of our officers may experience a delay of up to six months in the settlement of the awards in shares of our stock.

        Awards granted under the Plan may be structured to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. To qualify, the Plan must satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code, and stock options and other awards must be granted under the Plan by a committee consisting solely of two or more outside directors (as defined under Section 162 regulations) and must satisfy the Plan's limit on the total number of shares that may be awarded to any one participant during any calendar year. For awards other than stock options and SARs to qualify, the grant, issuance, vesting, or retention of the award must be contingent upon satisfying one or more of the performance criteria set forth in the Plan, as established and certified by a committee consisting solely of two or more outside directors. The rules and regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) are complicated and subject to change from time to time, sometimes with retroactive effect. In addition, a number of requirements must be met in order for particular compensation to so qualify. As such, there can be no assurance that any compensation awarded or paid under the Plan will be deductible under all circumstances.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants and convertible notes held by that person that are currently exercisable or become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015 are deemed outstanding even if they have not actually been exercised. Those shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock based on issued and outstanding shares of common stock owned by:

    Each person known to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

    Each named executive officer;

    Each director; and

    All of our executive officers and directors as a group.

        The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 20, 2015 excludes 5,930,795 shares of common stock underlying outstanding options, 4,708,072 shares of common stock underlying outstanding warrants and 2,462,792 shares of common stock underlying outstanding principal and accrued interest amount on the convertible notes as of March 20, 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite the stockholder's name, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or its footnotes, the address of each stockholder listed in the

103


Table of Contents

table is c/o Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc., 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800, Torrance, California 90503.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Title   Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership of
Shares of
Common Stock
  Percent of
Class(1)
 

Directors and Executive Officers

                 

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director     11,177,274 (2)(13)   37.7 %

Peter B. Ludlum

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     364,111 (3)   1.3 %

Yasushi Nagasaki

  Senior Vice President, Finance     651,686 (4)   2.3 %

Willis C. Lee

  Chief Operating Officer     776,835 (5)   2.7 %

Lan T. Tran, MPH

  Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary     553,072 (6)   1.9 %

Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Ph.D. 

  Chairman of the Board     235,462 (7)   *  

Tracey C. Doi

  Director     270,000 (8)   1.0 %

Akiko Moni Miyashita

  Director         *  

Phillip M. Satow

  Director     15,412 (9)   *  

Mayu Sris

  Director         *  

Officers and Directors as a Group (total of 10 persons)           

        14,043,852 (10)   43.5 %

5% or More Owners

                 

Daniel R. and Yuka I. Kimbell

        2,434,028 (11)   8.7 %

Sarissa Capital Management LP

        1,997,657 (12)(13)   6.9 %

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Based on 28,093,848 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 20, 2015. This excludes 2,504,249 shares previously owned by AFH Advisory cancelled by the Company's transfer agent on June 28, 2013 pursuant to a court order. See Part I Item 3. "Legal Proceedings" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the share cancellation and related legal proceedings. The Company continues to present these shares in its financial statements as outstanding until the right of appeal has lapsed and all contingencies have been resolved.

(2)
Includes 9,529,711 shares that are held jointly by Yutaka and Soomi Niihara, his wife. Also includes 44,229 shares of common stock for which Dr. Niihara is custodian. Dr. Niihara may be deemed the indirect beneficial owner of these securities since he has sole voting and investment control over the securities. Also includes 55,556 shares owned by Hope Hospice. Dr. Niihara is the chief executive officer of Hope Hospice and has voting and investment power over such shares. Also includes 1,000,000 shares underlying warrants to purchase shares of common stock and 527,778 shares underlying stock options.

(3)
Includes 361,111 shares underlying options to purchase shares of common stock.

(4)
Includes 123,908 shares of common stock underlying outstanding convertible notes (as of March 20, 2015), and 527,778 shares underlying options to purchase shares of common stock.

(5)
Includes 527,778 shares of common stock underlying outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock.

(6)
Includes 527,778 shares underlying options to purchase shares of common stock.

(7)
Includes options to purchase 235,462 shares of common stock.

(8)
Includes 8,000 shares that are held jointly by Tracey & Mark Doi, her husband. Also, includes 254,000 shares underlying stock options and 8,000 shares underlying warrants to purchase shares of common stock owned by Tracey and Mark Doi.

(9)
Includes 15,412 shares of common stock underlying outstanding convertible notes (as of March 20, 2015)

(10)
Includes options to purchase 2,961,685 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 1,008,000 shares of common stock and 139,320 (as of March 20, 2015) shares of common stock underlying outstanding convertible notes.

104


Table of Contents

(11)
Includes 44,229 shares of common stock held by the holder as custodian. Daniel and Yuka Kimbell may be deemed the indirect beneficial owner of these securities since they have sole voting and investment control over the securities. The address for these stockholders is 16 N. Marengo Street, Suite 307, Pasadena, CA 91101.

(12)
Includes (i) 1,192,801 shares of common stock held by Sarissa Capital Domestic Fund LP ("Sarissa Domestic"), consisting of 715,121 shares of common stock and 477,680 shares underlying warrants to purchase shares of common stock and (ii) 804,856 shares of common stock held by Sarissa Capital Offshore Master Fund LP ("Sarissa Offshore"), consisting of 482,536 shares of common stock and 322,320 shares underlying warrants to purchase shares of common stock. Sarissa Capital Management LP ("Sarissa Capital"), as the investment advisor to Sarissa Domestic and Sarissa Offshore (collectively, the "Sarissa Funds"), may be deemed to beneficially own the 1,997,657 aggregate shares beneficially owned by the Sarissa Funds on the basis of its sole or shared power to vote or direct the vote of such shares and/or its sole or shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of such shares. By virtue of his position as the Chief Investment Officer of Sarissa Capital and as the managing member of Sarissa Capital's general partner, Dr. Alexander J. Denner may also be deemed to have the shared power to vote or direct the vote of (and the shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of) the 1,997,657 shares beneficially owned by the Sarissa Funds. The address for this stockholder is 660 Steamboat Road Greenwich, CT 06830.

(13)
Dr. Niihara, Sarissa and TRW are parties to the Director Designation Agreement described in Part III, Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading "Director Designation Agreement." These parties beneficially own, in the aggregate, 14,242,931 shares of common stock, including 2,484,000 shares underlying warrants to purchase shares of common stock and 527,778 shares underlying stock options, representing aggregate beneficial ownership of 45.8%.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 regarding compensation plans, including any individual compensation arrangements, under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance. Please see Part III. Item 11 "2011 Stock Incentive Plan" for a description of the terms of the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as amended.

Plan Category
  Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities
remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity
compensation plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by securityholders

    5,669,000   $ 3.68     3,331,000  

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Emmaus Medical, Inc.

        Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc., Emmaus Medical Inc., or Emmaus Medical, Newfield Nutrition Corporation, or Newfield Nutrition, Emmaus Medical Japan, Inc., or EM Japan and Emmaus Medical Europe Ltd., or EM Europe, which are either our directly or indirectly wholly-owned subsidiaries, each have interlocking executive and director positions with us and with each other. Dr. Niihara and Mr. Lee are directors of Newfield Nutrition. Dr. Niihara is a director of EM Japan. Dr. Niihara and Ms. Tran are directors of EM Europe. The officers of Emmaus Life Sciences are also the officers of Emmaus Medical and Newfield Nutrition and hold the same officer positions in Emmaus Medical and Newfield Nutrition as they do in Emmaus Life Sciences.

The Merger

        Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, AFH Merger Sub merged with and into Emmaus Medical with Emmaus Medical continuing as the surviving entity. As a result of the Merger, Emmaus Medical became our wholly-owned subsidiary. In connection with the Merger, we changed our corporate name from "AFH Acquisition IV, Inc." to "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." Subsequently, on September 14, 2011, we changed our name from "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." to "Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc."

105


Table of Contents

        Upon consummation of the Merger, (i) each outstanding share of Emmaus Medical common stock was exchanged for 29.48548924976 shares of our common stock, (ii) each outstanding Emmaus Medical option and warrant, which was exercisable for one share of Emmaus Medical common stock, was exchanged for an option or warrant, as applicable, exercisable for 29.48548924976 shares of our common stock and (iii) each outstanding convertible note of Emmaus Medical, which was convertible for one share of Emmaus Medical common stock, was exchanged for a convertible note exercisable for 29.48548924976 shares of our common stock. As a result of the Merger, Emmaus Medical securityholders received 20,673,714 shares of our common stock, options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 326,507 shares of common stock, and convertible notes to purchase an aggregate of 271,305 shares of our common stock, totaling 85% of our issued and outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after the closing of the Merger, we had 24,423,714 shares of common stock, no shares of preferred stock, options to purchase 23,590 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 302,918 shares of common stock and convertible notes convertible into 271,305 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.

        The Merger resulted in a change in control of our company from AFH Advisory, which is owned by Mr. Heshmatpour, to the former securityholders of Emmaus Medical. In connection with the change in control, we appointed new persons to our board of directors and elected new officers. Mr. Heshmatpour, an officer and director of the Company prior to the consummation of the Merger, resigned from all of his officer positions with us at the time the transaction was consummated. Mr. Heshmatpour resigned from the board of directors on April 24, 2012.

        Since July 2012 we have been engaged in significant litigation with Mr. Heshmatpour and AFH Advisory relating to the Merger. For a detailed description of this litigation please see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings" above in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Loans by Related Persons

        The following table sets forth information relating to our loans from related persons outstanding at any time during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Class
  Lender   Annual
Interest
Rate
  Date of
loan
  Term of
Loan
  Principal
Amount
Outstanding at
December 31,
2014
  Highest
Principal
outstanding
  Amount of
Principal
Repaid
During the
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
  Amount of
Interest
Paid
  Conv.
Rate
  Shares
underlying
principal at
December 31,
2014
 

Current, Promissory note payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   1/17/2012   Due on demand   $ 200,000   $ 200,000   $   $ 16,000          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/14/2012   Due on demand     200,000     200,000         20,000          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/21/2012   Due on demand     100,000     100,000         10,000          

  Yutaka Niihara(2)(4)     10 %   12/5/2012   Due on demand     156,730     1,213,700     1,056,970     60,851          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   2/11/2013   Due on demand     50,000     50,000         4,000          

  Lan T. Tran(2)     11 %   2/10/2014   2 years(3)     106,976     106,976                  

  Cuc T. Tran(5)     11 %   3/5/2014   1 year     11,856     11,856                  

                  Sub total   $ 825,562   $ 1,882,532   $ 1,056,970   $ 110,851          

Current, Convertible notes payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Yasushi Nagasaki(2)     10 %   6/29/2012   Due on demand   $ 373,000   $ 388,800   $ 15,800   $ 67,680   $ 3.30     121,461  

                  Sub total   $ 373,000   $ 388,800   $ 15,800   $ 67,680         121,461  

Long-term, Promissory note payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Hideki & Eiko Uehara(5)     11 %   2/15/2014   2 years   $ 133,333   $ 133,333   $   $ 14,697          

                  Sub total   $ 133,333   $ 133,333   $   $ 14,697          

Long-term, Convertible notes payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Phillip M. Satow(4)     10 %   6/6/2014   2 years   $ 100,000   $ 100,000   $   $   $ 7.00     15,103  

  Richard S. Pechter(5)     10 %   6/11/2014   2 years     100,000     100,000           $ 7.00     15,084  

                  Sub total   $ 200,000   $ 200,000   $   $         30,187  

                  Total   $ 1,531,895   $ 2,604,665   $ 1,072,770   $ 193,228         151,648  

(1)
Dr. Niihara, who is our CEO, is also the CEO of Hope Hospice.

106


Table of Contents

(2)
Officer

(3)
Due on Demand

(4)
Director

(5)
Family of Officer/Director

        The above loans were made to provide us with needed working capital.

        In February 2014, we refinanced a promissory note payable to Ms. Tran, one of our officers, in the amount of $106,976. The new note bears interest at 11% per annum is due on demand and matures on the two year anniversary date of the note.

        In February 2014, we refinanced a two-year promissory note payable to Hideki and Eiko Uehara in the amount of $133,333. The new note bears interest at 11% per annum and all unpaid principal and interest are due upon demand at the lender's option. Hideki and Eiko Uehara are family members of Dr. Niihara, one of our officers.

        In March 2014, we refinanced a one year promissory note payable to Ms. Cuc T. Tran, in the amount of $11,856. The new note bears interest at 11% per annum and matures on the anniversary date of the note. Ms. Tran is a family member of Ms. Lan T. Tran, one of our officers.

        In June 2014, we received $200,000 of subscription proceeds received from Phillip M. Satow and one of his relatives and the related notes were issued after June 30, 2014. The convertible notes to these related parties totaling $200,000 in aggregate principal amount, bear interest at 10% per annum and mature on the respective two-year anniversary dates of the notes. If we complete a qualified public offering, the principal amount of the notes will automatically convert into our common shares at a conversion price equal to 80% of the initial public offering price. At or after the first anniversary of the loan date, the holders may convert some or all of the unpaid principal amount, including unpaid accrued interest amount into shares of our common stock at $7.00 per share.

        The loans detailed below from related persons have been fully settled as of December 31, 2014.

        In September 2013, we issued a one-year convertible note to Hideki and Eiko Uehara in the amount of $35,640, which bears interest at 10% per annum and matures on the anniversary date of the note. The principal amount plus the unpaid accrued interest due under the convertible note is convertible into shares of our common stock at $3.60 per share. Hideki and Eiko Uehara are family members of Dr. Niihara, one of our officers. We repaid this note in full as of September 8, 2014.

        In October 2013, we refinanced a convertible note payable to MLPF&S Cust. FBO Willis C. Lee, one of our officers, in the amount of $138,242 with a new convertible note in the amount of $152,066 which bears interest at 10% per annum and matures on the one-year anniversary date of the note. The principal amount and any unpaid interest due under the note are convertible into shares of our common stock at $3.60 per share. The convertible note was originally effective in October 2011. The outstanding principal amount and accrued interest payable as of December 31, 2013 was $152,066 and $3,666, respectively. At maturity, Mr. Lee partially converted the note into our common stock and exercised all of the warrants attached to the same note.

Guarantees by Officers

        On May 1, 2014, we issued a promissory note to Mr. Terasaki in the amount of $605,000. Dr. Niihara provided a personal guarantee of the promissory note issued to Mr. Terasaki.

        On October 10, 2014, we refinanced a promissory note payable to the Shitabata Family Trust for $2,136,146. Dr. Niihara and Mr. Lee each provided a personal guarantee of the new promissory note issued to the Shitabata Family Trust.

107


Table of Contents

        On October 10, 2014, we issued a promissory note payable to The Shitabata Family Trust for $613,615. Dr. Niihara and Mr. Lee each provided a personal guarantee of the new promissory note issued to The Shitabata Family Trust.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

        All related party transactions during the year ended December 31, 2014 have been reviewed and approved by the independent directors of our board of directors. On May 9, 2013, our board of directors approved a new written policy, or the Policy, for the review, approval and ratification of related-party transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K. It is the responsibility of the board to administer the Policy. From time to time, however, the board may delegate responsibility for administration of the Policy to the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board. Whichever body is responsible for administering the Policy at any given time or in regard to a particular related-party transaction is referred to as the "Reviewing Body."

        Our management is responsible for determining whether a transaction requires review under the Policy, based on a review of all facts and circumstances. Upon a determination by management that a transaction requires review under this Policy, the material facts concerning the transaction and the related person's interest in the transaction must be disclosed to the Reviewing Body.

        At each of its meetings, the Reviewing Body is provided with the details of each new, existing or proposed related-party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, the business purpose of the transaction, and the benefits to us and to the relevant related party. In determining whether to approve a related-party transaction, the Reviewing Body considers, among other factors, the following factors to the extent relevant to the related-party transaction: (i) whether the terms of the related-party transaction are fair to us and on the same basis as would apply if the transaction did not involve a related party; (ii) whether there are business reasons for us to enter into the related-party transaction; (iii) whether the related-party transaction would impair the independence of an outside director; and (iv) whether the related-party transaction would present an improper conflict of interests for any of our directors or executive officers, taking into account the size of the transaction, the overall financial position of the director, executive officer or related party, the direct or indirect nature of the director's, executive officer's or related party's interest in the transaction and the ongoing nature of any proposed relationship, and any other factors the Reviewing Body deems relevant.

        Any member of the Reviewing Body who has an interest in the transaction under discussion must abstain from voting on its approval but may, if so requested by the Chairperson of the Reviewing Body, participate in some or all of the Reviewing Body's discussions of the transaction. Upon completion of its review of the transaction, the Reviewing Body may determine to permit or to prohibit the transaction.

        A related-party transaction entered into without pre-approval of the Reviewing Body is not deemed to violate the Policy, or be invalid or unenforceable, so long as the transaction is brought to the Reviewing Body as promptly as reasonably practical after it is entered into or after it becomes reasonably apparent that the transaction is covered by the Policy.

Director Independence

        Currently, our board of directors has determined that each of Henry A. McKinnell, Jr., Tracey C. Doi, Akiko Moni Miyashita, Phillip M. Satow and Mayu Sris is an "independent" director as defined by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, currently in effect and all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. All members of the Audit and Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees satisfy the "independence" standards applicable to members of each such committee. The board of directors made this affirmative determination regarding these directors' independence based on discussions with the directors and on its review of the directors' responses to a standard

108


Table of Contents

questionnaire regarding employment and compensation history; affiliations, family and other relationships; and transactions with the Company. The board of directors considered relationships and transactions between each director or any member of his immediate family and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

        Dr. McKinnell, Ms. Doi, Ms. Miyashita, Mr. Satow and Mr. Sris, each of whom is an independent director as defined by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, are the sole members of the Audit Committee and the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        KPMG LLP ("KPMG") was engaged by the Company to serve as its independent registered public accounting firm on January 10, 2014. Prior to such engagement, EFP Rotenberg LLP ("EFP Rotenberg") was serving as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm. The following table presents fees billed or to be billed, including reimbursements for expenses, for professional audit services rendered by KPMG for the audits of the Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and re-audit of 2012, and reviews of the Company's interim financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 and certain interim financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. It also includes fees for services rendered by EFP Rotenberg for the interim reviews of the Company's quarterly financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013. The schedule includes fees billed for other services rendered by EFP Rotenberg during those periods.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
 
  KPMG   KPMG   EFP  

Audit Fees (including fees for interim reviews)

  $ 228,000   $ 305,000   $ 34,713  

Audit-Related Fees

            7,500  

Tax Fees

             

All Other Fees

    50,500          

Total

  $ 278,500   $ 305,000   $ 42,213  

Pre-Approval Policy

        The Audit Committee on an annual basis reviews audit and non-audit services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm for such services. The audit committee pre-approves (i) auditing services (including those performed for purposes of providing comfort letters and statutory audits) and (ii) non-auditing services that exceed a de minimis standard established by the committee, which are rendered to the Company by its outside auditors (including fees).

109


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1.
Financial Statements: See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements" on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2.
Financial Statement Schedule: See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3.
Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying "Exhibit Index" are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  2.1   Merger Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 by and among the registrant, AFH Merger Sub, Inc., AFH Holding and Advisory, LLC, and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2011).

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Form 10-SB filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2008).

 

3.2

 

Bylaws (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant's Form 10-SB filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2008).

 

3.2

(a)

Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Bylaws (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2013).

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger filed with the Office of Secretary of State of Delaware on May 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

3.4

 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger effecting the name change to Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2011).

 

4.1

 

Convertible Promissory Note (Cash Interest) dated March 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

4.2

 

Form of Convertible Note (No Interest) entered into with the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

4.3

 

Convertible Promissory Note (Cash Interest) dated November 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

110


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  4.4   Specimen Certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.5

 

Warrant dated January 17, 2012 issued by the registrant to Hope International Hospice, Inc (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.11 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.6

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.12 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.7

 

Warrant issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.13 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.8

 

Form of Warrant dated February 29, 2012 issued to Henry McKinnell in the amounts indicated on Schedule A attached to the Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.9

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant to Yutaka Niihara (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2012).

 

4.10

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2013)

 

4.11

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2013).

 

4.12

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2013).

 

4.13

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2013).

 

4.14

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

 

4.15

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated April 3, 2013, issued by the registrant to Yoshiko & Yuki Takemoto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

111


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  4.16   Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

 

4.17

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 1, 2013, issued by the registrant to Paul Terasaki (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

 

4.18

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant to Paul Terasaki (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

 

4.19

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.20

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.21

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated July 11, 2013, issued by the registrant to Yung Ming Suh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.22

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated July 18, 2013, issued by the registrant to the Takemoto Family (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.23

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 5, 2013, issued by the registrant to MLPF&S Cust FBO Willis C. Lee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.24

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 10, 2013, issued by the registrant to The Shitabata Family Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2013).

 

4.25

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.22 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2013).

 

4.26

 

Promissory Note dated December 5, 2012 issued by the registrant to Dr. Yutaka Niihara (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.23 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2013).

 

4.27

 

Promissory Note dated December 26, 2012 issued by the registrant to For Days Co. Ltd. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.24 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2013).

112


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  4.28   Convertible Promissory Note dated January 12, 2014 issued by the registrant to Shigeru Matsuda (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.47 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.29

 

Form of Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons (Matsuda and Uehara) indicated in Schedule A (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.48 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

4.30

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014).

 

4.31

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 1, 2014, issued by the registrant to Paul Terasaki (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014).

 

4.32

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant to Paul Terasaki (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014).

 

4.33

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant on June 10, 2014 to holders of warrants issued by the registrant in its September 11, 2013 private placement who exercised such warrants (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014).

 

4.34

 

Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 10, 2014, issued by the registrant to The Shitabata Family Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2014).

 

4.35

 

Convertible Promissory Note, Dated December 21, 2014, issued by the registrant to Alison Brown-Carvalho

 

10.1

+

2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(a)+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Time-based and Performance-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(a) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(b)+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Time-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(b) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(c)+

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Time-based and Performance-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(c) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.1 (d)+ Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Time-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(d) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(e)+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Time-based and Performance-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(e) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(f)+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Time-based Vesting) under the Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(f) to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.1

(g)+

Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Annex A to the registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2013).

 

10.1

(h)+

Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Annex A to the registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 19, 2014).

 

10.2

 

License Agreement dated as of March 7, 2001 by and between Harbor-UCLA Research and Education Institute and Orphan Drug International, L.L.C (i.e. Emmaus Medical, Inc.) and corresponding Addendum to the License Agreement entered into December 19, 2003 between Harbor-UCLA Research and Education Institute and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

 

10.3

 

Assignment and Transfer Agreement dated as of February 1, 2011 by and among CATO Holding Company, Nutritional Restart Pharmaceutical Limited Partnership and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.4

 

Joint Research and Development Agreement dated as of April 8, 2011 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and CellSeed, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.4

(a)

Addendum to the Joint Research and Development Agreement effective August 8, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(a) to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

10.5

 

Individual Agreement dated as of April 8, 2011 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and CellSeed, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.6

+

Employment Agreement dated as of April 5, 2011 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.7 + Employment Agreement dated as of April 5, 2011 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and Willis C. Lee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.8

+

Employment Agreement dated as of April 5, 2011 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and Lan T. Tran (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.9

+

Form of Indemnification Agreement and List of Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.10

 

Trademark Assignment dated as of February 14, 2011 by and between Cato Research Ltd. and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

 

10.11

 

Letter of Intent by and between Ajinomoto Company and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

 

10.12

 

Promissory Note dated January 17, 2012 issued by the registrant to Hope International Hospice, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014)

 

10.13

 

Form of Subscription Agreement dated September 11, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013).

 

10.14

 

Form of Warrant issued to the Investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013).

 

10.15

 

Agreement dated September 11, 2013 by and among the Company, Dr. Yutaka Niihara, TRW and Sarissa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013).

 

10.16

 

Form of Placement Agent Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013).

 

10.17

 

Form of Promissory Note issued by the registrant on the dates and to the persons and in the amounts indicated on Schedule A attached to the Form of Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2012).

 

10.18

 

Form of Promissory Note issued by the registrant to Hope International Hospice, Inc. in the amounts indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2013).

115


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.19   Promissory Note, dated June 28, 2013, issued by the registrant to For Days Co., Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013).

 

10.20

 

Share Cancellation Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 by and between the registrant and AFH Holding and Advisory, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.21

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 3, 2011 by and among the registrant and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011).

 

10.21

(a)

Amendment and Waiver No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 6, 2012 by and among the registrant and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26(a) to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

10.22

 

Amended and Restated Letter of Intent by and between the registrant and AFH Holding & Advisory LLC dated September 30, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

10.23

 

Office Lease, dated March 12, 2008, by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and 20655 S. Western Avenue, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

 

10.23

(a)

Office Lease extension, dated November 4, 2013, by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and 20655 S. Western Avenue, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28(a) to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

10.23

(b)

Office Lease extension, dated July 30, 2014, by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and 20655 S. Western Avenue, LLC.

 

10.23

(c)

Office Lease extension, dated July 30, 2014, by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and 3830 Del Amo Blvd, LLC.

 

10.23

(d)

Consent to Subletting Agreement, dated October 20, 2014, by and between Bixby Torrance LLC, Flipswap, Inc. and Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

 

10.23

(e)

Office Sublease, dated October 20, 2014, by and between Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. and Flipswap, Inc.

 

10.23

(f)

Office Lease, dated October 20, 2014, by and between Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. and Bixby Torrance LLC.

 

10.24

 

Form of Warrant issued by the registrant to the persons indicated in Schedule A attached to the Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

116


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.25   Federal Supply Schedule Contract Award dated December 8, 2010 by and between the United States Department of Veterans Affairs and Emmaus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2011).

 

10.26

 

Promissory Note dated as of October 10, 2014 by and between Emmaus Medical, Inc. and The Shitabata Family Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2014).

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2014).

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

+
Designates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

117


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Torrance, California, on March 31, 2015.

    Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ YUTAKA NIIHARA

        Name:   Yutaka Niihara, MD, MPH
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer and duly authorized officer)

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
 
DATE

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ YUTAKA NIIHARA

Yutaka Niihara, M.D., MPH
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 31, 2015

/s/ PETER B. LUDLUM

Peter B. Ludlum

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 31, 2015

/s/ HENRY A. MCKINNELL, JR.

Dr. Henry A. McKinnell, Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

March 31, 2015

/s/ TRACEY C. DOI

Tracey C. Doi

 

Director

 

March 31, 2015

/s/ AKIKO MONI MIYASHITA

Akiko Moni Miyashita

 

Director

 

March 31, 2015

/s/ PHILLIP M. SATOW

Phillip M. Satow

 

Director

 

March 31, 2015

/s/ MAYURAN SRISKANDARAJAH

Mayuran Sriskandarajah

 

Director

 

March 31, 2015

118


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  PAGE  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    F-2  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

    F-3  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

    F-4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

    F-5  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

    F-7  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has significant amounts of debt due within a year, and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 2. The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

(signed) KPMG LLP

San Diego, California
March 31, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  As of  
 
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

ASSETS

 

CURRENT ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 556,318   $ 3,638,600  

Accounts receivable

    42,734     35,237  

Inventories, net

    250,413     239,009  

Marketable securities

    79,236     162,564  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    129,554     81,046  

Total current assets

    1,058,255     4,156,456  

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

    72,391     26,120  

OTHER ASSETS

             

Marketable securities, pledged to creditor

    334,410     686,090  

Intangibles, net

    892,857     1,107,143  

Deposits

    306,379     137,900  

Total other assets

    1,533,646     1,931,133  

Total Assets

  $ 2,664,292   $ 6,113,709  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

             

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 2,601,420   $ 2,283,446  

Due to related party

    394,446     394,446  

Dissenting stockholders payable

        125,000  

Notes payable, net

    1,643,615     1,765,070  

Notes payable to related parties, net

    825,562     925,641  

Convertible notes payable, net

    3,456,959     4,802,472  

Convertible notes payable to related parties, net

    373,000     560,706  

Total current liabilities

    9,295,002     10,856,781  

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

             

Deferred rent

    3,729      

Liability classified warrants

    3,206,000     5,928,000  

Warrant derivative liabilities

    5,641,000      

Notes payable, net

    833,335     200,000  

Notes payable to related parties, net

    133,333      

Convertible notes payable, net

    3,651,555     2,966,588  

Convertible notes payable to related parties, net

    200,000      

Total long-term liabilities

    13,668,952     9,094,588  

Total Liabilities

    22,963,954     19,951,369  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

             

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

             

Preferred stock—par value $0.001 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

         

Common stock—par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 30,511,573 and 29,228,306 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

    30,512     29,228  

Additional paid-in capital

    50,479,843     35,669,291  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (194,015 )   262,683  

Accumulated deficit

    (70,616,002 )   (49,798,862 )

Total Stockholders' Deficit

    (20,299,662 )   (13,837,660 )

Total Liabilities & Stockholders' Deficit

  $ 2,664,292   $ 6,113,709  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

REVENUES, Net

  $ 500,679   $ 390,911  

COST OF GOODS SOLD

    267,040     196,395  

GROSS PROFIT

    233,639     194,516  

OPERATING EXPENSES

             

Research and development

    1,966,254     2,436,585  

Selling

    668,862     516,599  

General and administrative

    11,904,092     10,078,954  

Transaction costs

        1,014,019  

    14,539,208     14,046,157  

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

    (14,305,569 )   (13,851,641 )

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

             

Realized gain on securities available-for-sale

        399,068  

Gain on derecognition of accounts payable

        341,361  

Change in fair value of liability classified warrants

    (1,622,744 )   932,000  

Change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities

    474,000      

Warrant exercise inducement expense

    (3,523,000 )    

Interest and other income

    246,379     103,987  

Interest expense

    (2,082,541 )   (2,173,561 )

    (6,507,906 )   (397,145 )

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (20,813,475 )   (14,248,786 )

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

    3,665     (182,438 )

NET LOSS

    (20,817,140 )   (14,066,348 )

COMPONENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

             

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

    (435,010 )   293,774  

Unrealized foreign translation

    (21,688 )   (18,660 )

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

  $ (21,273,838 ) $ (13,791,234 )

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

  $ (0.70 ) $ (0.53 )

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

    29,846,962     26,585,578  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 31, 2012 TO DECEMBER 31, 2013

 
  Common stock—par
value
$0.001 per share,
100,000,000 shares
authorized
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Shares   Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2012

    24,878,436   $ 24,878   $ 25,076,813   $ (12,432 ) $ (35,732,514 ) $ (10,643,255 )

Warrants issued in conjunction with convertible note

            116,831             116,831  

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible and promissory notes payable          

            396,801             396,801  

Equity components of stock and warrant units issued for cash

    3,020,501     3,021     586,053             589,074  

Share-based compensation

            5,108,666             5,108,666  

Stock issued as a payment of professional fee

    32,840     33     118,191             118,224  

Stock issued for cash

    527,284     527     1,889,595             1,890,122  

Conversion of notes payable to common stock

    769,245     769     2,626,203             2,626,972  

Loss on extinguishment of debt with related party

            (249,862 )           (249,862 )

Realized gain on marketable securities

                (399,068 )       (399,068 )

Unrealized gain on marketable securities net of tax

                692,843         692,843  

Foreign currency translation effect

                (18,660 )       (18,660 )

Net loss

                    (14,066,348 )   (14,066,348 )

Balance, December 31, 2013

    29,228,306   $ 29,228   $ 35,669,291   $ 262,683   $ (49,798,862 ) $ (13,837,660 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 31, 2013 TO DECEMBER 31, 2014

 
  Common stock—par
value
$0.001 per share,
100,000,000 shares
authorized
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Shares   Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2013

    29,228,306   $ 29,228   $ 35,669,291   $ 262,683   $ (49,798,862 ) $ (13,837,660 )

Warrant issued in conjunction with convertible note

            126,732             126,732  

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible and promissory notes payable          

            1,392,387             1,392,387  

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

    1,254,621     1,255     4,276,380             4,277,635  

Share-based compensation

            5,870,638             5,870,638  

Conversion of notes payable to common stock

    528,646     529     1,768,671             1,769,200  

Excess value of liability classified warrants upon exercise

            1,752,744             1,752,744  

Common stock repurchased and cancelled

    (500,000 )   (500 )   (377,000 )           (377,500 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities net of tax

                (435,010 )       (435,010 )

Foreign currency translation effect

                (21,688 )       (21,688 )

Net loss

                    (20,817,140 )   (20,817,140 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

    30,511,573   $ 30,512   $ 50,479,843   $ (194,015 ) $ (70,616,002 ) $ (20,299,662 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             

Net loss

  $ (20,817,140 ) $ (14,066,348 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities

             

Depreciation and amortization

    230,906     235,260  

Interest expense accrued from discount of convertible notes

    897,353     949,103  

Realized gain on marketable securities available-for-sale

        (399,068 )

Tax benefit recognized on unrealized gain on marketable securities available-for-sale

        (185,713 )

Gain on derecognition of accounts payable

        (341,361 )

Share-based compensation

    5,870,638     5,108,666  

Warrant exercise inducement expense

    3,523,000      

Change in fair value of liability classified warrants

    1,622,744     (932,000 )

Change in fair value of warrant derivative liabilities

    (474,000 )    

Transaction costs related to private placement

        1,014,019  

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities

             

Accounts receivable

    (9,259 )   43,884  

Inventory

    (19,233 )   (50,675 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (69,178 )   (50,078 )

Deposits

    (172,903 )   55,942  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    677,518     229,331  

Deferred rent

    4,075      

Net cash flows used in operating activities

    (8,735,479 )   (8,389,038 )

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale

        591,422  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (64,192 )   (8,508 )

Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities

    (64,192 )   582,914  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             

Proceeds from notes payable issued

    400,000     1,541,000  

Proceeds from convertible notes payable issued

    1,720,000     3,139,941  

Due to dissenters

    (125,000 )   (75,000 )

Repurchase of common stock

    (377,500 )    

Payments of notes payable

        (1,505,696 )

Payments of convertible notes payable

    (174,300 )   (365,773 )

Proceeds from private placement units, net of transaction costs

        6,435,055  

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

    4,277,635      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

        1,890,122  

Net cash flows from financing activities

    5,720,835     11,059,649  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    (3,446 )   (17,748 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (3,082,282 )   3,235,777  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    3,638,600     402,823  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 556,318   $ 3,638,600  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW ACTIVITIES

             

Interest paid

  $ 434,115   $ 470,525  

Income taxes paid

  $ 3,665   $ 3,275  

Non-cash financing activities:

             

Stock issued as a payment of professional fee

  $   $ 118,224  

Conversion of notes payable to common stock

  $ 1,621,862   $ 2,606,100  

Conversion of accrued interest payable to common stock

  $ 147,338   $ 20,872  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Organization —Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. (the "Company" or "Emmaus"), which is engaged in the discovery, development, and commercialization of innovative treatments and therapies primarily for rare and orphan diseases, was incorporated in the state of Delaware on September 24, 2007. Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 21, 2011 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among the Company, AFH Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("AFH Merger Sub"), AFH Holding and Advisory, LLC ("AFH Advisory"), and Emmaus Medical, Inc. ("Emmaus Medical"), Emmaus Medical merged with and into AFH Merger Sub with Emmaus Medical continuing as the surviving entity (the "Merger"). Upon the closing of the Merger, the Company changed its name from "AFH Acquisition IV, Inc." to "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." and became the parent company of Emmaus Medical. The Company changed its name from "Emmaus Holdings, Inc." to "Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc." on September 14, 2011.

        Emmaus Medical is a Delaware corporation originally incorporated on September 12, 2003. Emmaus Medical, LLC was organized on December 20, 2000. In October 2003, Emmaus Medical, LLC conducted a reorganization and merged with Emmaus Medical. As a result of the merger, Emmaus Medical acquired the exclusive patent rights for a treatment for sickle cell disease ("SCD").

        In October 2010, the Company established Emmaus Medical Japan, Inc., a Japanese corporation ("EM Japan") by funding 97% of the initial capital. EM Japan is engaged in the business of trading in nutritional supplements and other medical products and drugs. The results of EM Japan have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since the date of formation. The aggregate formation cost was $52,500. Emmaus Medical acquired the additional 3% of the outstanding shares of EM Japan during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and is now the 100% owner of the outstanding share capital.

        In November 2011, the Company formed Emmaus Medical Europe, Ltd. ("EM Europe"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Emmaus Medical. EM Europe's primary focus is expanding the business of Emmaus Medical in Europe.

        Emmaus, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Emmaus Medical, and Emmaus Medical's wholly-owned subsidiaries, Newfield Nutrition Corporation ("Newfield Nutrition"), EM Japan and EM Europe, are collectively referred to herein as the "Company."

        Nature of Business —The Company has undertaken the business of developing and commercializing cost-effective treatments and therapies for rare diseases. The Company's primary business purpose is to commercialize its treatment for SCD.

        To a lesser extent, the Company is also engaged in the marketing and sale of NutreStore®, which has received approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), as a treatment for short bowel syndrome ("SBS") in patients receiving specialized nutritional support when used in conjunction with a recombinant human growth hormone that is approved for this indication. The Company's indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Newfield Nutrition, sells L-glutamine as a nutritional supplement under the brand name AminoPure® through retail stores in multiple states and via importers and distributors in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea. The Company also owns a minority interest of less than 1% in CellSeed, Inc., a Japanese company listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange ("CellSeed"), which is engaged in research and development of regenerative medicine products and the manufacture and sale of temperature- responsive cell culture equipment.

F-8


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (Continued)

        The Company also has certain rights to regenerative medicine products owned by CellSeed and is involved in research focused on providing innovative solutions for tissue-engineering through the development of novel cell harvest methods and 3-dimensional living tissue replacement products for "cell sheet therapy" and regenerative medicine and the commercialization of such products.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of presentation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") codified in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"). Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

        Going concern —The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company had recurring net losses of $20.8 million and $14.1 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. In addition, the Company has a significant amount of notes payable and other obligations due within the next twelve months and is projecting that its operating losses and expected capital needs, including the expected costs relating to the commercialization of the Company's pharmaceutical grade L-glutamine treatment for SCD, will exceed its existing cash balances and cash expected to be generated from operations for the foreseeable future. In order to meet the Company's expected obligations, management intends to raise additional funds through equity and debt financings and partnership agreements. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to complete any additional equity or debt financings or enter into partnership agreements. Therefore, due to the uncertainty of the Company's ability to meet its current operating and capital expenses, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, as the continuation and expansion of its business is dependent upon obtaining further financing, successful and sufficient market acceptance of its products, and achieving a profitable level of operations. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

        Principles of consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company (and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Emmaus Medical, and Emmaus Medical's wholly-owned subsidiaries, Newfield Nutrition, EM Japan and EM Europe). All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

        Estimates —Financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Among other things, management has estimated the useful lives of equipment and other assets, along with the variables used to calculate the valuation of stock options and warrants using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model.

        The warrants issued by the Company in a private placement in September 2013 and replacement warrants issued in June 2014 contain non-standard anti-dilution protection and, consequently, are being accounted for as liabilities that are remeasured to fair market value at each reporting period (Note 7). In addition, the remaining initial private placement warrants may now utilize a cashless exercise feature since the shares associated with them were not registered by the one-year anniversary of their issue.

F-9


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

These warrants have now been reclassified from liability classified warrants to warrant derivative liabilities and to continue to be remeasured at fair value each reporting period. The initial value as well as the fair value of all such warrants were determined using a Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet (aka Ratchet) Option Pricing Model. The model is similar to traditional Black-Scholes-type option pricing models except that the exercise price resets at certain dates in the future. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include short-term securities with original maturities of less than ninety days. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at insured financial institutions, the balances of which may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the risk of loss due to the concentrations is minimal.

        Inventories —Inventories are valued based on first-in, first-out and at the lesser of cost or market value. Work-in-process inventories consist of raw material L-glutamine for the Company's AminoPure and NutreStore products that has not yet been packaged and labeled for sale.

        All of the raw material purchases during the year ended December 31, 2014 were from one vendor and in 2013 were from two vendors.

 
  December 31,  
Inventory by category
  2014   2013  

Raw materials and components

  $ 43,700   $ 20,700  

Work-in-process

    27,665     68,887  

Finished goods

    179,048     149,422  

Total

  $ 250,413   $ 239,009  

        Deposits —Carrying value of amounts transferred to third parties for security purposes that are expected to be returned or applied towards payment after one year or beyond the operating cycle, if longer, are recorded as deposits. Deposit amounts consist of retainer payments for professional services and security deposits for its offices.

        Revenue recognition —Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed and determinable and collection is reasonably assured.

        With prior written approval of the Company, in certain situations, product is returnable only by its direct customers for a returned goods credit, for product that is expired, damaged in transit, or which is discontinued, withdrawn or recalled.

        The Company estimates its sales returns based upon its prior sales and return history and accrues a sales return allowance at the time of sale. Historically, sales returns have been immaterial. The Company pays royalties on an annual basis based on existing license arrangements. These royalties are recognized as cost of goods sold upon sale of the products.

        Allowance for doubtful accounts —The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible accounts based upon prior experience and management's assessment of the collectability of existing specific accounts.

F-10


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Advertising cost —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $222,883 and $240,743, respectively.

        Property and equipment —Leaseholds, furniture, and fixtures are recorded at historical cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 7 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while major additions and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on disposition are included in current operations.

        Intangibles —The Company's intangible assets include license issue fees and patent costs relating to a license agreement (Note 4). These intangible assets are amortized over a period of 3 to 7 years, the estimated legal life of the patents and economic life of the license agreements. The intangible assets are assessed by management for potential impairment on an annual basis. No impairment existed as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

        Impairment of long-lived assets —The Company evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable. The Company uses its best judgment based on the current facts and circumstances relating to its business when determining whether any significant impairment factors exist.

        If the Company determines that the carrying values of long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, the Company performs an undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if impairment exists. If impairment exists, the Company measures the impairment based on the difference between the asset's carrying amount and its fair value, and the impairment is charged to consolidated statement of comprehensive loss in the period in which the long-lived asset impairment is determined to have occurred.

        The Company has determined that no impairment of the carrying value of its long-lived assets existed at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

        There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for the Company's products will continue or allow the Company to realize the value of its long-lived assets and prevent future impairment.

        Research and development —Research and development consists of expenditures for the research and development of new products and technologies, which primarily involve contract research, payroll-related expenses, and other related supplies. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Intangible assets acquired for research and development purposes are capitalized if they have alternative future use.

        Share-based compensation —The Company recognizes compensation cost for share-based compensation awards over the service term of the recipients of the share-based awards. The fair value of share-based compensation is calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton model requires subjective assumptions regarding future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. The expected term of awards granted is derived from historical data on awards exercised and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate on the grant date that corresponds to the expected term of the award. The expected volatility is based on

F-11


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable publicly traded companies. These factors could change, affecting the determination of stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

        Income taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, wherein deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the enactment occurs. A valuation allowance is provided for certain deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize tax assets through the generation of future taxable income for the related jurisdictions.

        For balance sheet presentation, current deferred tax assets and liabilities within each tax jurisdiction have been offset and presented as a single amount and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities within each tax jurisdiction have been offset and presented as a single amount.

        When tax returns are filed, it is highly probable that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits, and the Company had no positions which, in the opinion of management, would be reversed if challenged by a taxing authority. In the event the Company is assessed interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements.

        As of December 31, 2014, all federal tax returns since 2011 and state tax returns since 2010 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by taxing authorities.

        Comprehensive income (loss) —Comprehensive income (loss) includes net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). The items of other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company are unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale and foreign translation adjustments relating to its subsidiaries. When the Company realizes a gain or loss on securities available-for-sale for which an unrealized gain or loss was previously recognized, a corresponding reclassification adjustment is made to remove the unrealized gain or loss from accumulated other comprehensive income and reflect the realized gain or loss in current operations.

        Marketable securities —Investment securities as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at cost and any increases or decreases in fair market value are recorded as unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes in accumulated

F-12


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

other comprehensive income. The Company monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary. CellSeed, Inc. securities are the only marketable security the Company currently carries on its books. The Company's marketable securities consist of 48,550 shares of CellSeed stock which are part of 147,100 shares acquired in January 2009 for 100,028,000 Japanese Yen (equivalent to $1,109,819), at 680 Yen per share. CellSeed's IPO (Tokyo Stock Exchange symbol 7776) was completed on March 16, 2010. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the closing price per share was 1,027 Yen and 1,840 Yen, respectively.

        In July 2013, based on an increase in market value of CellSeed shares, Mitsubishi UFJ Capital III Limited Partnership (Mitsubishi) released to the Company 34,300 shares of CellSeed stock. This was part of the 73,550 shares of CellSeed stock held by Mitsubishi as collateral on a $500,000 convertible note issued to Mitsubishi which is due in 2016 ("the Mitsubishi note"). The Mitsubishi note is now secured by the remaining 39,250 shares of CellSeed stock held by Mitsubishi as collateral.

        During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold 25,000 of the shares released from Mitsubishi in open market transactions for $591,422. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 9,300 shares of CellSeed stock are classified as a current asset, as they are available for sale by the Company. The remaining 39,250 shares of CellSeed stock are pledged to secure the Mitsubishi note and are classified as marketable securities, pledged to creditor.

        Gain on derecognition of accounts payable —The Company derecognizes accounts payable and records gain when the related contractual obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a total of $341,361 as a gain on derecognition of accounts payable due to reaching a settlement with a creditor in regards to the amounts owed relating to services provided to the Company.

        Foreign Currency Translation —The Company's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The yen and the euro are the functional currencies of its subsidiaries, EM Japan and EM Europe, respectively, as they are the primary currencies within the economic environments in which EM Japan and EM Europe operate. Assets and liabilities of their operations are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates in effect during each reporting period. Adjustments resulting from the translation are reported in other comprehensive income or loss.

        Financial Instruments —Financial instruments included in the financial statements are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term available-for-sale investments, accounts receivable, liability classified warrants, warrant derivative liabilities, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities, convertible notes, promissory notes, due to related party, dissenting stockholders payable, contingent consideration and other contingent liabilities. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to related party, and dissenting stockholders payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of those instruments.

        Fair value measurements —The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company measures fair value under a framework that provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy

F-13


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

    Level 1:    Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

    Level 2:    Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

      Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

      Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

      Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

      Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

            If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 inputs must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3:    Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

        The asset's or liability's fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value assigned to marketable securities is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, and are classified as Level 1 investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of the Company's debt instruments is not materially different from their carrying values as presented. The fair value of the Company's convertible debt instruments was determined based on Level 2 inputs. The carrying value of the debt was discounted based on allocating proceeds to other financial instruments within the arrangement as discussed in Note 6.

        The Company issued stock purchase warrants in conjunction with its September 2013 private placement and issued replacement warrants upon the exercise of certain of such warrants in June 2014 (see Note 7). Such warrants and replacement warrants contain non-standard anti-dilution protection, and consequently, are accounted for as liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, whose fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs. In addition, the remaining initial private placement warrants may now utilize a cashless exercise feature since the shares associated with them were not registered by the one-year anniversary of their issue. These warrants have now been reclassified from liability classified warrants to warrant derivative liabilities and to continue to be remeasured at fair value each reporting period.

        These inputs include expected term and expected volatility.

F-14


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The following tables present the activity for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs during 2014 and 2013:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Liability Classified Warrants—Stock Purchase Warrants
  2014   2013  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 5,928,000   $  

Fair value at issuance date

    3,523,000     6,860,000  

Settlement of liability associated with warrants exercised

    (1,752,744 )    

Reclassification to warrant derivative liabilities

    (6,115,000 )    

Reduction of the warrants exercised to intrinsic value included in the statement of comprehensive loss

    (1,770,256 )    

Change in fair value included in the statement of comprehensive loss

    3,393,000     (932,000 )

Balance, end of period

  $ 3,206,000   $ 5,928,000  

 

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Warrant Derivative Liabilities—Stock Purchase Warrants
  2014   2013  

Balance, beginning of period

  $   $  

Reclassification from liability classified warrants

    6,115,000      

Change in fair value included in the statement of comprehensive loss

    (474,000 )    

Balance, end of period

  $ 5,641,000   $  

        The initial value of the liability classified warrants as of September 11, 2013, value of warrant derivative liability as of September 11, 2014, and the change in fair value of the liability classified warrants and warrant derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2014, September 11, 2014, June 10, 2014 (the date of exercise and issuance), and December 31, 2013 were determined using a Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet (aka Ratchet) Option Pricing Model. The model is similar to traditional Black-Scholes-type option pricing models except that the exercise price resets at certain dates in the future. The values as of December 31, 2014, September 11, 2014, June 10, 2014, December 31, 2013, and the initial value as of September 11, 2013 were calculated based on the following assumptions:

 
  December 31,
2014
  September 11,
2014
  June 10,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  Initial
Value
 

Stock price

  $ 4.90   $ 5.10   $ 5.10   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.38 %   1.43 %   1.32 %   1.75 %   1.72 %

Expected volatility (peer group)

    71.50 %   69.50 %   68.20 %   63.20 %   72.40 %

Expected life (in years)

    3.70     3.95     4.26     4.70     5.00  

Expected dividend yield

                     

Number outstanding

    3,020,501     3,020,501     3,020,501     3,020,501     3,020,501  

Balance, end of period:

                               

Liability classified warrants

  $ 3,206,000   $ 3,479,000   $ 9,714,000   $ 5,928,000   $ 6,860,000  

Warrant derivative liabilities

  $ 5,641,000   $ 6,115,000   $   $   $  

F-15


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Debt and Related Party Debt —The Company accounts for the proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable with detachable stock purchase warrants and embedded conversion features in accordance with FASB ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options . Under FASB ASC 470-20, the proceeds from the issuance of a debt instrument with detachable stock purchase warrants shall be allocated to the two elements based on the relative fair values of the debt instrument without the warrants and of the warrants themselves at the time of issuance. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the warrants is accounted for as additional paid-in capital and the remaining proceeds are allocated to the debt instrument, which results in a discount to debt that is amortized and charged as interest expense over the term of the note agreement. Additionally, pursuant to FASB ASC 470-20, the intrinsic value of the embedded conversion feature of the convertible notes payable is included in the discount to debt and amortized and charged to interest expense over the term of the note agreement. The following table presents the effective interest rates on the original loan principal amount for loans originated in the respective periods that either had a beneficial conversion interest or an attached warrant:

Type of Loan
  Term of
Loan
  Stated
Annual
Interest
Rate
  Original
Loan
Principal
Amount
  Conversion
Rate
  Beneficial
Conversion
Discount
Amount
  Warrants
Issued with
Notes
  Exercise
Price
  Warrant
FMV
Discount
Amount
  Effective
Interest Rate
Including
Discounts

2013 convertible notes payable

  1 ~ 2 years     10 % $ 3,079,666   $3.30   $ 396,801     50,000       $ 116,831   19% ~ 62%

2014 convertible notes payable

  6 mo. ~ 2 years     10 %   3,096,266   $3.05 ~ $3.60     1,392,387     50,000   $ 3.50   $ 126,732   28% ~ 100%

Total

            $ 6,175,932       $ 1,789,188     100,000         $ 243,563    

        Related party notes are disclosed as separate line items in the Company's balance sheet presentation.

        Net loss per share —In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 260, "Earnings per Share, " the basic loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Dilutive loss per share is computed in a manner similar to the basic loss per common share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were 13,197,858 and 13,416,768 shares of potentially dilutive securities outstanding, respectively. As the Company reported a net loss, none of the potentially dilutive securities were included in the calculation of diluted loss per share since their effect would be anti-dilutive for all periods presented.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . The amendments in this update aim to eliminate diversity in the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward ("NOL carryforward"), a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under the amendments, an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except if a NOL carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date

F-16


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, then the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. For example, an entity should not evaluate whether the deferred tax asset expires before the statute of limitations on the tax position or whether the deferred tax asset may be used prior to the unrecognized benefit being settled. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This amendment will eliminate transaction-and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current GAAP and replace it with a principle-based approach for determining revenue recognition. The core principle of the revenue recognition guidance is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s); (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract(s); and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. Entities should also disclose qualitative and quantitative information about (1) contracts with customers, including revenue and impairments recognized, disaggregation of revenue, and information about contract balances and performance obligations and related transaction price allocation to remaining performance obligations, (2) significant judgments and changes thereof in determining the timing of performance obligations over time or at a point in time and the transaction price and amounts allocated to performance obligations, and (3) assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. For public companies, these amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period (early adoption prohibited). The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Currently, the Company is assessing the impact of adoption of the amendment on its financial statements and accompanying notes.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Sub-topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The new guidance addresses management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. This update is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

        In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. The new guidance requires an entity to determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of the relevant facts and circumstances. Additionally, the amendments state that no one term or feature would define the host

F-17


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

contract's economic characteristics and risks. Instead, the economic characteristics and risks of the hybrid financial instrument as a whole would determine the nature of the host contract. This update applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. Currently, the Company is assessing the impact of adoption of the new guidance on its financial statements and accompanying notes.

        In January 2015, the FASB issued a new update ASU No. 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items, as part of the simplification initiative to identify, evaluate, and improve areas of GAAP for which cost and complexity can be reduced while maintaining or improving the usefulness of the information provided to users of financial statements. The new guidance eliminates the concept of extraordinary items and will align more closely GAAP income statement presentation guidance with IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements , which prohibits the presentation and disclosure of extraordinary items. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively and also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of the amendments in this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position.

NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at:

 
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Equipment

  $ 160,201   $ 128,343  

Leasehold improvements

    30,579     23,054  

Furniture and fixtures

    74,683     52,269  

    265,463     203,666  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (193,072 )   (177,546 )

Total

  $ 72,391   $ 26,120  

        During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, depreciation expense was $16,620 and $20,974, respectively.

NOTE 4—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The Company is licensed to market and sell NutreStore® L-glutamine powder for oral solution as a treatment for SBS.

        In April 2011, the Company entered into a Research Agreement and an Individual Agreement with CellSeed and, in August 2011, entered into an addendum to the Research Agreement. Pursuant to the Individual Agreement, CellSeed granted the Company the exclusive right to manufacture, sell, market and distribute Cultured Autologous Oral Mucosal Epithelial Cell-Sheet ("CAOMECS") for the cornea in the United States and agreed to disclose to the Company its accumulated information package for the joint development of CAOMECS. Under the Individual Agreement, the Company

F-18


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 4—INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

agreed to pay CellSeed $1.5 million, which it paid in February 2012. The technology acquired under the Individual Agreement is being used to support an ongoing research and development project and management believes the technology has alternative future uses in other future development initiatives.

        Pursuant to the Research Agreement, the Company and CellSeed formed a relationship regarding the future research and development of cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products. Under the Research Agreement, as supplemented by the addendum, the Company agreed to pay CellSeed $8.5 million within 30 days after the completion of all of the following: (i) the execution of the Research Agreement; (ii) the execution of the Individual Agreement; and (iii) CellSeed's delivery of the accumulated information package, as defined in the Research Agreement, to the Company and the Company providing written confirmation of its acceptance of the complete Package, which has not yet been completed as of December 31, 2014.

        The Company has estimated the economic life of the CAOMECS produced in connection with the CellSeed Research and Individual Agreement at seven years. The determination of this life is based in part on the Company's estimate of economic useful life and the time period in which the Company may enjoy an advantage over competing technologies and techniques. Key reasons for a useful life shorter than the life of a patent include: (i) the patents related to this technology are yet to be approved, (ii) potential redundancy with similar medication/device due to changes in market preferences, (iii) uncertainty of regulatory approval and (iv) potential development of new treatments for the same disease.

        Intangible assets consisted of the following at:

 
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

License fees and patent filing costs

  $ 2,250,000   $ 2,250,000  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (1,357,143 )   (1,142,857 )

Total

  $ 892,857   $ 1,107,143  

        During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, amortization expense was $214,286 in each period.

        As of December 31, 2014 estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

Year ending December 31
  Amount  

2015

  $ 214,286  

2016

    214,286  

2017

    214,286  

2018

    214,286  

2019

    35,713  

Total

  $ 892,857  

F-19


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 5—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

        Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following at:

 
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Accounts payable

             

Clinical and regulatory expenses

  $ 266,537   $ 270,694  

Legal expenses

    176,691     178,119  

Other vendors

    774,444     386,847  

Subtotal

    1,217,672     835,660  

Accrued interest payable, related parties

    110,200     195,051  

Accrued interest payable

    761,682     473,356  

Accrued expenses

    220,200     294,379  

Deferred salary

    291,666     485,000  

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 2,601,420   $ 2,283,446  

F-20


Table of Contents

Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE

        Notes payable consisted of the following at December 31, 2014:

Year Issued
  Interest
rate range
  Term of Notes   Conv. Price   Principal
Outstanding
December 31,
2014
  Discount
Amount
December 31,
2014
  Carrying
Amount
December 31,
2014
  Shares
Underlying
Principal
as of
December 31,
2014
  Principal
Outstanding
December 31,
2013
  Discount
Amount
December 31,
2013
  Carrying
Amount
December 31,
2013
  Shares
Underlying
Principal
as of
December 31,
2013
 

Convertible notes payable

                                                             

2009

  6.50%   5 years   $3.05   $   $   $       $ 254,460   $   $ 254,460     83,366  

2010

  0 ~ 6.0%   5 years   $3.05     74,000     3,195     70,805     24,248     74,000     8,308     65,692     24,248  

2011

  10%   5 years   $3.05     500,000         500,000     163,809     500,000         500,000     163,809  

2012

  10%   2 years   $3.30 ~ $3.60                     251,100         251,100     71,000  

2013

  10%   2 years   $3.30 ~ $3.60     2,463,299     18,750     2,444,549     834,667     6,913,606     215,798     6,697,808     1,998,215  

2014

  10%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   $3.05 ~ $7.00     4,939,773     846,613     4,093,160     1,241,241                  

              $ 7,977,072   $ 868,558   $ 7,108,514     2,263,965   $ 7,993,166   $ 224,106   $ 7,769,060     2,340,638  

      Current       $ 3,478,904   $ 21,945   $ 3,456,959     1,156,050   $ 4,955,868   $ 153,396   $ 4,802,472     1,438,033  

      Non-current       $ 4,498,168   $ 846,613   $ 3,651,555     1,107,915   $ 3,037,298   $ 70,710   $ 2,966,588     902,605  

Convertible notes payable—related party

                                                             

2012

  10%   Due on demand   $3.30   $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     121,461   $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     113,030  

2013

  10%   1 year   $3.60                     187,706         187,706     52,141  

2014

  10%   2 years   $7.00     200,000         200,000     30,187                  

              $ 573,000   $   $ 573,000     151,648   $ 560,706   $   $ 560,706     165,171  

      Current       $ 373,000   $   $ 373,000     121,461   $ 560,706   $   $ 560,706     165,171  

      Non-current       $ 200,000   $   $ 200,000     30,187   $   $   $      

Notes payable

                                                             

2012

  11%   2 years   NA   $   $   $       $ 833,335   $ 18,265   $ 815,070      

2013

  2% ~ 10%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     1,030,000         1,030,000         1,150,000         1,150,000      

2014

  11%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     1,446,950         1,446,950                      

              $ 2,476,950   $   $ 2,476,950       $ 1,983,335   $ 18,265   $ 1,965,070      

      Current       $ 1,643,615   $   $ 1,643,615       $ 1,783,335   $ 18,265   $ 1,765,070      

      Non-current       $ 833,335   $   $ 833,335       $ 200,000   $   $ 200,000      

Notes payable—related party

                                                             

2012

  8% ~ 10%   Due on demand   NA   $ 656,730   $   $ 656,730       $ 880,062   $ 4,421   $ 875,641      

2013

  8%   Due on demand   NA     50,000         50,000         50,000         50,000      

2014

  11%   Due on demand ~ 2 years   NA     252,165         252,165                      

              $ 958,895   $   $ 958,895       $ 930,062   $ 4,421   $ 925,641      

      Current       $ 825,562   $   $ 825,562       $ 930,062   $ 4,421   $ 925,641      

      Non-current       $ 133,333   $   $ 133,333       $   $   $      

      Grand Total       $ 11,985,917   $ 868,558   $ 11,117,359     2,415,613   $ 11,467,269   $ 246,792   $ 11,220,477     2,505,809  

F-21


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)

        The average stated interest rate of notes payable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 10% in each period. The average effective interest rate of notes payable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 23% and 15%, respectively, after giving effect to discounts relating to beneficial conversion features and the fair value of warrants issued in connection with these notes. The notes payable and convertible notes payable do not have restrictive financial covenants or acceleration clauses associated with a material adverse change event. The holders of the convertible notes have the option to convert their notes into the Company's common stock at the stated conversion price during the term of their convertible notes. Conversion prices on these convertible notes payable range from $3.05 to $3.60 per share. Certain notes with a $7.00 stated conversion price in the second year of their two-year term are subject to automatic conversion into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the initial public offering price at the time of a qualified public offering. All due on demand notes are treated as current liabilities.

Contractual principal payments due on notes payable are as follows:

Year Ending
  at December 31, 2014  

2015

  $ 6,321,081  

2016

    5,664,836  

Total

  $ 11,985,917  

        The Company estimated the total fair value of any beneficial conversion feature and accompanying warrants in allocating the debt proceeds. The proceeds allocated to the beneficial conversion feature were determined by taking the estimated fair value of shares issuable under the convertible notes less the fair value of the number of shares that would be issued if the conversion rate equaled the fair value of the Company's common stock as of the date of issuance (see Note 2). The fair value of the warrants issued in conjunction with notes was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following inputs for the years ended:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  

Stock price

    $4.90     $3.60  

Exercise price

    $3.50     $3.30  

Term

    5 years     5 years  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.66%     0.65%  

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected volatility

    70.10%     118.06%  

        In situations where the debt included both a beneficial conversion feature and a warrant, the proceeds were allocated to the warrants and beneficial conversion feature based on the pro-rata fair value.

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

        Private Placement —On September 11, 2013, the Company issued an aggregate of 3,020,501 units at a price of $2.50 per unit (the "Private Placement"). Each unit consisted of one share of common

F-22


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

stock and one common stock warrant for the purchase of an additional share of common stock. The aggregate purchase price for the units was $7,551,253.

        The warrants issued in the Private Placement entitle the holders thereof to purchase, at any time on or prior to September 11, 2018, shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. The warrants contain non-standard anti-dilution protection and, consequently, are being accounted for as liabilities, were originally recorded at fair value, and are adjusted to fair market value each reporting period. Because the shares of common stock underlying the Private Placement warrants were not effectively registered for resale by September 11, 2014, the warrant holders have an option to exercise the warrants using a cashless exercise feature. The shares have not been registered for resale as of December 31, 2014 and the availability to warrant holders of the cashless exercise feature as of September 11, 2014 caused the then outstanding 2,225,036 Private Placement warrants with fair value of $6,115,000 to be reclassified from liability classified warrants to warrant derivative liabilities and to continue to be remeasured at fair value each reporting period. As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of these 2,225,036 Private Placement warrant derivative liabilities was $5,641,000 (Note 2). For further details regarding registration rights associated with the Private Placement warrants, see Registration Rights, below.

        Stock warrants —In addition to the warrants issued in connection with the Private Placement discussed above, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued warrants in connection with the issuance of a convertible note to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $3.30 per share. Also, in each of December 2014 and December 2013, warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock, totaling 1,000,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $1.00 per share that had previously been issued to a director expired. On May 1, 2014, in connection with the issuance of a convertible note, the Company issued a five year warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.

        Warrant exercises and issuance —On June 10, 2014, certain warrant holders exercised 1,095,465 warrants issued in the Private Placement for the exercise price of $3.50 per share, resulting in the Company receiving aggregate exercise proceeds of $3.8 million and issuing 1,095,465 shares of common stock. Prior to exercise, these Private Placement warrants were accounted for at fair value as liability classified warrants. As of June 10, 2014, immediately prior to exercise, the carrying value of these Private Placement warrants was reduced to their fair value immediately prior to exercise of $1.8 million, representing their intrinsic value, with this adjusted carrying value of $1.8 million being transferred to additional paid in capital. Also on June 10, 2014, based on an offer made to holders of Private Placement warrants in connection with such exercises, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,095,465 replacement warrants to holders exercising Private Placement warrants, which replacement warrants have terms that are generally the same as the exercised warrants, including an expiration date of September 11, 2018 and an exercise price of $3.50 per share. The replacement warrants are treated for accounting purposes as liability classified warrants, and their issuance gave rise to a $3.5 million warrant exercise inducement expense based on their fair value as of issuance as determined using a Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet (aka Ratchet) Option Pricing Model. If the shares of common stock underlying the replacement warrants are not effectively registered for resale by June 10, 2015, the warrant holders have an option to exercise the replacement warrants using a cashless exercise feature. For more details regarding registration rights associated with the replacement warrants, see Registration Rights, below.

F-23


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

        In addition to the above, during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 159,156 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $3.825 per share, including 7,735 warrants exercised on a cashless basis.

        A summary of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is presented below.

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2014
  Year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Warrants outstanding, beginning of period

    6,279,296     3,408,795  

Granted

    1,145,465     3,370,501  

Exercised

    (1,254,621 )    

Cancelled, forfeited and expired

    (1,068,690 )   (500,000 )

Warrants outstanding, end of period

    5,101,450     6,279,296  

        A summary of outstanding warrants by year issued and exercise price as of December 31, 2014 is presented below.

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Year issued and Exercise Price
  Number of
Warrants Issued
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Total   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balance 2012

                               

$1.00

    411,020     0.11   $ 1.00     411,020   $ 1.00  

$2.50

    1,000,000     0.66   $ 2.50     1,000,000   $ 2.50  

$3.05

    227,106     0.56   $ 3.05     227,106   $ 3.05  

75% of FMV

    42,823     0.14     75% of FMV     42,823     75% of FMV  

2012 total

    1,680,949                 1,680,949        

During 2013

                               

$3.30

    50,000     3.33   $ 3.30     50,000   $ 3.30  

$3.50

    2,225,036     3.70   $ 3.50     2,225,036   $ 3.50  

2013 total

    2,275,036                 2,275,036        

During 2014

                               

$3.50

    1,145,465     3.73   $ 3.50     1,145,465   $ 3.50  

Total

    5,101,450                 5,101,450        

        Stock options —The 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, which is shareholder-approved, permits grants of incentive stock options to employees, including executive officers, and other share-based awards such as stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock units, stock bonus and unrestricted stock awards to employees, directors, and consultants for up to 9,000,000 shares of common stock. On February 28, 2013, the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan was increased from 3,000,000 shares to 6,000,000 shares. On July 14, 2014, the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan was increased from 6,000,000 shares to 9,000,000 shares. Options granted under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan expire

F-24


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

10 years after grant. Options granted to directors vest in quarterly installments, and all other option grants vest over a minimum period of three years, all based on continuous service with the Company.

        Management has valued stock options at their date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton Option pricing model. The fair value of the underlying shares was determined by the market value of stock of similar companies and recent arm's length transactions involving the sale of the Company's common stock. The expected volatility was calculated using the historical volatility of a similar public entity in the industry through August 2013 and a group of similar public entities thereafter. The following table presents the assumptions used on recent dates on which options were granted by the Board of Directors.

 
  July 17, 2014   May 8, 2014   February 26, 2014   July 18, 2013   February 28, 2013  

Stock price

  $ 5.10   $ 4.90   $ 3.60   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

Exercise price

  $ 5.10   $ 4.90   $ 3.60   $ 3.60   $ 3.60  

Term

    10 years     10 years     10 years     10 years     10 years  

Risk-Free Interest Rate

    2.47 %   2.61 %   2.67 %   2.56 %   1.89 %

Dividend Yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    77.90 %   75.50 %   76.60 %   113.60 %   119.30 %

        In making the determination of fair value and finding similar companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage of such other entities. While the Company was initially able to identify only one similar public company using these criteria, based on the more advanced stage of development of the Company additional similar companies with enough historical data that met the industry criterion have now been identified. Accordingly, the Company has based its expected volatility on the historical stock prices of a group of companies since September 2013.

        The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury issues with an equivalent term approximating the expected life of the options depending on the date of the grant and expected life of the options. The expected life of options used was based on the contractual life of the option granted.

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors granted 840,000 options to its directors, employees and consultants. In addition, 340,000 options that were approved by the Company's Board of Directors in April 2012 were deemed issued during the year ended December 31, 2014. The aggregate fair value of these tranches of options, including options granted or deemed issued in 2014 was approximately $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2014, there were 5,669,000 options outstanding under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan and 11,795 options outstanding that were issued prior to the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.

F-25


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

        A summary of the Company's stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is presented below.

 
  Prior Plan   December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Options outstanding, beginning of period

    11,795   $ 3.05     4,504,000   $ 3.58     1,199,000   $ 3.60  

Granted or deemed issued

            1,180,000   $ 4.06     3,305,000   $ 3.57  

Exercised

                         

Cancelled, forfeited and expired

            (15,000 ) $ 3.60          

Options outstanding, end of period

    11,795   $ 3.05     5,669,000   $ 3.68     4,504,000   $ 3.58  

Options exercisable at end of year

    11,795   $ 3.05     2,855,251   $ 3.55     962,332   $ 2.14  

Options available for future grant

        N/A     3,331,000     N/A     1,496,000     N/A  

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted or deemed issued during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2.58 and $3.17, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value of common shares underlying stock options granted or deemed issued during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $4.06 and $3.60, respectively.

        During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $5.9 million and $5.1 million of share-based compensation cost arising from stock option grants. As of December 31, 2014, there was $6.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted average remaining period of 1.4 years.

        Registration Rights —Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements relating to the Private Placement and certain warrants, the Company agreed to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to have on file with the SEC, by September 11, 2014 and at the Company's sole expense, a registration statement to permit the public resale of 4,115,966 shares of the Company's common stock and 3,320,501 shares of common stock underlying warrants (collectively, the "Registrable Securities"). In the event such registration statement includes securities to be offered and sold by the Company in a fully underwritten primary public offering pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act, and the Company is advised in good faith by any managing underwriter of securities being offered pursuant to such registration statement that the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such offering is greater than the number of such securities which can be included in such offering without materially adversely affecting such offering, the Company will include in such registration the following securities in the following order of priority: (i) any securities the Company proposes to sell; and (ii) the Registrable Securities, with any reductions in the number of Registrable Securities actually included in

F-26


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

such registration to be allocated on a pro rata basis among the holders thereof. The registration rights described above apply until all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be sold without registration in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation as to volume and without the requirement of any notice filing.

        If the shares of common stock underlying warrants to purchase 2,225,036 shares are not registered for resale at the time of exercise or if the shares of common stock underlying warrants to purchase 1,095,465 shares are not registered for resale at the time of exercise on or after June 10, 2015, and in each such case the registration rights described above then apply with respect to the holder of such warrants, such holder may exercise such warrants on a cashless basis. In such a cashless exercise of all the shares covered by the warrant, the warrant holder would receive a number of shares equal to the quotient of (1) the difference between the fair market value of the common stock, as defined, and the $3.50 exercise price, as adjusted, multiplied by the number of shares exercisable under the warrant, divided by (2) the fair market value of the common stock, as defined. As of December 31, 2014, based on a fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock of $4.90 and 2,225,036 Private Placement warrants issued and outstanding and eligible for cashless exercise, the maximum number of shares the Company would be required to issue, if the warrant holders elected to exercise the cashless exercise feature with respect to all then eligible warrants, is 635,725 shares. If the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock were to increase by $1.00 from $4.90 to $5.90, the maximum number of shares the Company would be required to issue, if the warrant holders elected to exercise the cashless exercise feature with respect to all then eligible warrants, would increase to 905,099 shares as of December 31, 2014. The maximum number of shares issuable under cashless exercises if the warrant holders elected to exercise the cashless exercise feature with respect to all then eligible warrants would increase to 863,000 on June 10, 2015 based on a fair market value of a share of our common stock of $4.90 and 3,020,501 Private Placement warrants issued and outstanding and eligible for cashless exercise. If the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock were to increase by $1.00 from $4.90 to $5.90, the maximum number of shares the Company would be required to issue, if the warrant holders elected to exercise the cashless exercise feature with respect to all then eligible warrants would increase to 1,228,678 shares as of June 10, 2015.

        The Company has not yet filed a registration statement with respect to the resale of the Registrable Securities because doing so is not feasible prior to the completion by the Company of its initial public offering. As previously reported, the Company has filed a draft registration statement with the SEC with respect to its initial public offering. The Company believes that it has used commercially reasonable efforts to pursue an initial public offering and, accordingly, considers itself to be in compliance with its registration rights obligations notwithstanding that it has not filed a registration statement with respect to the resale of the Registrable Securities and the deadline for doing so has passed without extension.

F-27


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
   
  2014   2013  
Current   U.S.    $ 2,500   $ 2,550  
    International     1,165     725  
Deferred   U.S.          (185,713 )
    International          
        $ 3,665   $ (182,438 )

        A valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets has been recorded as it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized through future operations.

        Deferred tax assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
  2014   2013  

Net operating loss carryforward

  $ 14,354,064   $ 11,406,675  

General business tax credit

    5,720,604     4,737,477  

Stock options

    4,843,871     2,966,286  

Charitable contribution

    81,434     77,659  

Accrued expenses

    171,325     236,159  

Deferred compensation

        130,633  

Other

    126,983     120,236  

Total gross deferred tax assets

    25,298,281     19,675,125  

Less valuation allowance

    (25,184,004 )   (19,461,748 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 114,277   $ 213,377  

        Deferred tax liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
  2014   2013  

Unrealized gain on foreign exchange translation and others

  $ (98,825 ) $ (29,154 )

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

    (15,452 )   (184,223 )

Total deferred tax liability

  $ (114,277 ) $ (213,377 )

        During 2014 and 2013, the valuation allowance increased by $5,722,255 and $5,434,885, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") for federal reporting purposes of approximately $36,673,000 and $29,107,000 which are available to offset future federal taxable income, if any, through 2034. In addition, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $35,884,000 and $27,602,000 respectively, which expire in various years through 2034. The utilization of our net operating losses could be subject to an annual limitation as a result of certain past and future events, such as acquisition or other significant equity events, which may be deemed as a "change in ownership" under the

F-28


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations could result in the expiration of net operating losses and tax credits before utilization. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has general business tax credits of $5,721,000 and $4,737,000, respectively, for federal tax purposes. The tax credits are available to offset future tax liabilities, if any, through 2024.

        The income tax provision differs from that computed using the statutory federal tax rate of 34%, due to the following:

 
  2014   2013  

Tax benefit at statutory federal rate

  $ (7,022,409 ) $ (4,844,588 )

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    (601,078 )   (532,099 )

Increase in valuation allowance

    5,553,486     5,434,885  

Permanent items

    2,842,996     997,820  

General business tax credit

    (983,127 )   (1,218,292 )

Other

    213,797     (20,164 )

  $ 3,665   $ (182,438 )

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits, and the Company had no positions which, in the opinion of management, would be reversed if challenged by a taxing authority. In the event the Company is assessed interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2014, all federal tax returns since 2011 and state tax returns since 2010 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by taxing authorities.

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Distribution contract —Cardinal Health Specialty Pharmacy Services has been contracted to distribute NutreStore to other wholesale distributors and some independent pharmacies since April 2008. For these services, the Company pays a monthly commercialization management fee of $5,000.

        Operating leases —The Company leases its office space under operating leases with unrelated entities. The rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $277,866 and $137,147, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under the agreements are as follows:

Year
  Amount  

2015

  $ 410,474  

2016

    495,599  

2017

    468,977  

2018

    483,047  

2019

    82,510  

Total

  $ 1,940,607  

F-29


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        Licensing agreement —The Company licensed certain current and future technology from CellSeed (see Note 4 for further discussion). CellSeed may terminate these agreements with the Company if the Company is unable to make timely payments required under the agreements. At the time the Company entered into the agreements with CellSeed, it left for further negotiation provisions covering how the Company and CellSeed will share any financial results of commercializing any cell sheet engineering regenerative medicine products that it is seeking to develop in collaboration with CellSeed. If the Company is not able to successfully negotiate these terms, its current development and commercialization plans with respect to any of these products would be materially adversely affected.

NOTE 10—AMOUNTS RECLASSIFIED OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Unrealized
holding gain (loss)
on securities
available-for-sale
  Unrealized
foreign
translation
  Total  

Balance—December 31, 2012

  $ (4,386 ) $ (8,046 ) $ (12,432 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

    692,843     (18,660 )   674,183  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

    (399,068 )       (399,068 )

Net current period other comprehensive income

    293,775     (18,660 )   275,115  

Balance—December 31, 2013

    289,389     (26,706 )   262,683  

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

    (435,010 )   (21,688 )   (456,698 )

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

                   

Net current period other comprehensive income

    (435,010 )   (21,688 )   (456,698 )

Balance—December 31, 2014

  $ (145,621 ) $ (48,394 ) $ (194,015 )

Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.

                   

All amounts are net of tax.

                   

F-30


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 11—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following table sets forth information relating to the Company's loans from related persons outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

Class
  Lender   Annual
Interest
Rate
  Date of
loan
  Term of Loan   Principal
Amount
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2014
  Highest
Principal
outstanding
  Amount of
Principal
Repaid
  Amount of
Interest
Paid
  Conv.
Rate
  Shares
underlying
principal at
December 31,
2014
 

Current, Promissory note payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   1/17/2012   Due on demand   $ 200,000   $ 200,000   $   $ 16,000          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/14/2012   Due on demand     200,000     200,000         20,000          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/21/2012   Due on demand     100,000     100,000         10,000          

  Yutaka Niihara(2)(4)     10 %   12/5/2012   Due on demand     156,730     1,213,700     1,056,970     60,851          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   2/11/2013   Due on demand     50,000     50,000         4,000          

  Lan T. Tran(2)     11 %   2/10/2014   2 years(3)     106,976     106,976                  

  Cuc T. Tran(5)     11 %   3/5/2014   1 year     11,856     11,856                  

                  Sub total   $ 825,562   $ 1,882,532   $ 1,056,970   $ 110,851          

Current, Convertible notes payable to related parties:

   
 
   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

  Yasushi Nagasaki(2)     10 %   6/29/2012   Due on demand   $ 373,000   $ 388,800   $ 15,800   $ 67,680   $ 3.30     121,461  

                  Sub total   $ 373,000   $ 388,800   $ 15,800   $ 67,680         121,461  

Long-term, Promissory note payable to related parties:

   
 
   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

  Hideki & Eiko Uehara(5)     11 %   2/15/2014   2 years   $ 133,333   $ 133,333   $   $ 14,697          

                  Sub total   $ 133,333   $ 133,333   $   $ 14,697          

Long-term, Convertible notes payable to related parties:

   
 
   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

  Phillip M. Satow(4)     10 %   6/6/2014   2 years   $ 100,000   $ 100,000   $   $   $ 7.00     15,103  

  Richard S. Pechter(5)     10 %   6/11/2014   2 years     100,000     100,000           $ 7.00     15,084  

                  Sub total   $ 200,000   $ 200,000   $   $         30,187  

                  Total   $ 1,531,895   $ 2,604,665   $ 1,072,770   $ 193,228         151,648  

(1)
Dr. Niihara, who is the Company's CEO, is also the CEO of Hope International Hospice, Inc ("Hope Hospice").

(2)
Officer

(3)
Due on Demand

(4)
Director

(5)
Family of Officer/Director

F-31


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 11—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

        The following table sets forth information relating to the Company's loans from related persons outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Class
  Lender   Interest
rate
  Date of
loan
  Term of Loan   Principal
Amount
Outstanding
as of
December 31,
2013
  Highest
Principal
outstanding
  Amount of
Principal
Repaid
  Amount of
Interest
Paid
  Conv.
Rate
  Shares
Underlying
Principal
as of
December 31,
2013
 

Current, Promissory note payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   1/17/2012   Due on demand   $ 200,000   $ 200,000   $   $ 20,000          

  Lan T. Tran(2)     11 %   2/10/2012   2 years(3)     80,000     205,000     125,000              

  Hideki & Eiko Uehara(5)     11 %   2/15/2012   2 years(3)     133,333     133,333         14,433          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/14/2012   Due on demand     200,000     200,000         20,000          

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   6/21/2012   Due on demand     100,000     100,000         10,000          

  Cuc T. Tran(5)     11 %   6/27/2012   1 year     10,000     10,000                  

  Yutaka Niihara(2)(4)     10 %   12/5/2012   Due on demand     156,730     1,213,700     1,056,970              

  Hope Hospice(1)     8 %   2/11/2013   Due on demand     50,000     50,000         3,000          

                  Sub total   $ 930,063   $ 2,112,033   $ 1,181,970   $ 67,433          

                  Less discount   $ (4,422 )                              

                  Total   $ 925,641                                

Current, Convertible notes payable to related parties:

                                                     

  Yasushi Nagasaki(2)     10 %   6/29/2012   Due on demand   $ 373,000   $ 388,800   $ 15,800   $   $ 3.30     113,030  

  Hideki & Eiko Uehara(5)     10 %   9/7/2013   1 year     35,640     35,640             3.60     9,900  

  MLPF&S Cust. FBO Willis C. Lee(2)(4)     10 %   10/5/2013   1 year     152,066     152,066           $ 3.60     42,240  

                  Sub total   $ 560,706   $ 576,506   $ 15,800   $         165,170  

                  Total   $ 1,486,347   $ 2,688,539   $ 1,197,770   $ 67,433         165,170  

(1)
Dr. Niihara is also the CEO of Hope Hospice.

(2)
Officer

(3)
Due on Demand

(4)
Director

(5)
Family of Officer/Director

        Since July 2012 the Company has been engaged in litigation with AFH Advisory, which was the sole stockholder of AFH Acquisition IV immediately prior to its combination with Emmaus Medical pursuant to the Merger in May 2011. In September 2012 AFH Advisory and related parties filed a complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of Delaware. In October 2012 the Company filed counterclaims against the plaintiffs and third-party claims against Amir Heshmatpour. Mr. Heshmatpour is a former officer of AFH Acquisition IV, Inc. (prior to the Merger) and former director of the Company and is the Managing Partner of AFH Advisory. On June 27, 2013, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware issued an order implementing a partial summary judgment in favor of the Company in its litigation against AFH Advisory, Griffin Ventures, Ltd. ("Griffin"), The Amir & Kathy Heshmatpour Family Foundation (the "Foundation") and Amir Heshmatpour. The order, among other things, (i) stated that a letter of intent previously entered into between the Company and AFH Advisory (the "Letter of Intent") was properly terminated as of July 19, 2012 by the Company, and (ii) ordered the transfer agent for the Company to effect the cancellation of 2,504,249 shares of the Company's common stock held by AFH Advisory, Griffin and the Foundation. The cancellation of such shares was effected by the Company's transfer agent on June 28, 2013. While no appeal of this ruling has been pursued, if the court's ruling is appealed, it could result in the Company's incurring liabilities and expenses that may have a material adverse effect on its financial

F-32


Table of Contents


Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 11—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

condition and cash flows. The cancellation of such shares is subject to appeal until 30 days after the completion of trial court proceedings. While the partial summary judgment in favor of the Company in this litigation noted above led to the cancellation of 2,504,249 shares of the Company by the transfer agent on June 28, 2013, the Company will continue to present these shares in its financial statements as outstanding until the right of appeal has lapsed and all contingencies have been resolved. The Company's cause of action for fraud, which was not part of the summary judgment, has not yet been litigated or settled.

NOTE 12—GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

        For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned revenue from countries outside of the United States as outlined in the table below. The Company did not have any significant currency translation or foreign transaction adjustments during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Country
  Sales year ended
December 31, 2014
  % of Total Revenue
year ended
December 31, 2014
  Sales year ended
December 31, 2013
  % of Total Revenue
year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Japan

  $ 179,570     36 % $ 171,054     44 %

Taiwan

    193,552     39 %   63,254     16 %

South Korea

    45,312     9 %   12,000     3 %

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued the following:

Notes issued after December 31, 2014
  Principal
Amounts
  Annual
Interest Rate
  Term of Notes   Conversion
Price
 

Convertible note(1)

  $ 196,026     10 % On Demand up to 1 Year   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    656,052     10 % Approximately 7 months   $ 3.50  

Convertible note(1)

    100,800     10 % 1 Year   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    120,960     10 % 2 Years   $ 3.60  

Convertible note(1)

    504,614     10 % 2 Years   $ 3.50  

Convertible note(2)

    200,000     10 % 2 Years   $ 7.00  

Promissory note(3)

    464,800     11 % On Demand up to 2 years     N/A  

Promissory notes-related party

    230,000     10 % On Demand up to 2 years     N/A  

Promissory notes-related party(1)

    13,161     11 % 1 Year     N/A  

Total

  $ 2,486,413                  

(1)
Refinance of prior note.

(2)
Includes mandatory conversion at the time of an initial public offering at a conversion price equal to 80% of the initial public offering price.

(3)
Principal amount of note is JPY56, 000,000 which was converted into US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.0083 as of December 31, 2014.

F-33




Exhibit 4.35

 

THIS CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT MAY BE CONVERTED HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE AFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES , INC.

Convertible Promissory Note

(Interest)

(2 Years)

 

Principal Amount:  $ 100,800

Loan Date:  12/21/2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Emmaus Life Sciences , Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), located at 21250 Hawthorne Blvd., Suite 800, Torrance, CA 90503 agrees to pay to Alison Brown-Carvalho U.S. Dollars (“Principal Amount”), together with accrued interest thereon at the rate of ten percent ( 10 %) per annum, under the following terms and conditions of this Convertible Promissory Note (“Note”).

 

1. Terms of Repayment (Balloon Payment) : From the Loan Date and continuing thereafter until the two (2) year anniversary date of the Loan Date, the interest shall accrue at ten percent ( 10 %) simple interest of the Principal Amount.  Lender shall have the right to convert the loan amount plus the accrued interest into shares of common stock of Borrower at the conversion price of $ 3.60 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions) during the term of this Note. The entire unpaid principal and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable upon the 2 year anniversary of the Loan Date.

 

2. Prepayment : This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty upon ten days advance written notice by Borrower to Lender, provided that Lender shall be permitted to exercise its conversion rights pursuant to Section 4 hereof at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of such ten-day period. All prepayments shall first be applied to interest, and then to principal payments.

 

3. Place of Payment: All payments due under this Note shall be sent to the Lender’s address, as noted in Attachment 1 hereto, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may designate in writing in the future.

 

4. Conversion Option: At any time during the term of this Note, Lender shall by giving written Notice of Conversion to the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, have the right to convert some or all of the Principal Amount, including up to all the interest accrued and unpaid thereon, into shares of Common Stock of Borrower (the “Shares”) at the initial conversion price of $ 3.60 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions). Within two weeks following each conversion of this Note,  Borrower shall deliver to Lender one or more original stock certificates representing the shares of common stock issued upon such conversion.

 



 

5 . Default: In the event of default, the Borrower agrees to pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender, including all reasonable attorney fees as permitted by law for the collection of this Note upon default.

 

6 . Acceleration of Debt: If the Borrower (i) fails to make any payment due under the terms of this Note or seeks relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (ii) fails to deliver shares to the Lender by the deadline set forth in Section 4 hereof, (iii) suffers an involuntary petition in bankruptcy or receivership that is not vacated within thirty (30) days, (iv) consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official or such appointment is not discharged or stayed within 30 days, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (vi) admits in writing that it is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, the entire balance of this Note and any interest accrued thereon shall be immediately due and payable to the holder of this Note.

 

7 . Modification: No modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Note shall be allowed unless by written agreement signed by the parties. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.

 

8 . Transfer of the Note: This Note may be transferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, by the Lender. The Borrower hereby waives any notice of the transfer of this Note by the Lender or by any subsequent holder of this Note, agrees to remain bound by the terms of this Note subsequent to any transfer, and agrees that the terms of this Note may be fully enforced by any subsequent holder of this Note. If this Note is to be transferred, the Lender shall surrender this Note to the Borrower, whereupon the Borrower will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Lender a new Note registered as the Lender may request, representing the outstanding Principal Amount being transferred by the Lender and, if less then the entire outstanding Principal Amount is being transferred, a new Note to the Lender representing the outstanding Principal Amount not being transferred. This Note may not be transferred by the Borrower, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

9 . Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Note :  Upon receipt by the Borrower of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Lender to the Borrower in customary form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender a new Note representing the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

 

10 . Remedies:   The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the Lender’s right to pursue actual and consequential damages for any failure by the Borrower to comply with the terms of this Note.

 

11 .Severability of Provisions : If any portion of this Note is deemed unenforceable, all other provisions of this Note shall remain in full force and effect.

 



 

12 . Insufficient Authorized Shares :  The Borrower shall take all reasonable best action necessary to increase the Borrower’s authorized shares of common stock to an amount sufficient to allow Borrower to reserve the Required Reserve Amount for the Note.

 

13 . Choice of Law: All terms and conditions of this Note shall be interpreted under the laws of California, U.S.A., without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

Signed Under Penalty of Perjury, this 31st day of December, 2014

 

Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Yutaka Niihara, M.D., President and CEO

 

 



 

ATTACHMENT 1

 

Lender’s Name:

 

 

 

Lender’s Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: USD

 

 

 

Annual Interest at 10 %

 

Per Annum on Principal Amount: $

 

 

 

Maturity Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

(To be executed by the Lender in order to convert the Note)

 

TO:  Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to convert $                                                    of the principal amount of the Note issued to the Lender by Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. (the “Company”) into shares of Common Stock of the Company according to the conditions stated therein, as of the Conversion Date written below.

 

Conversion Date:

 

 

 

Applicable Conversion Price:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Amount to be converted:

$

 

 

Amount of Note unconverted:

$

 

 

Number of shares of Common Stock to be issued:

 

 

 

Please issue the shares of Common Stock in the following name and to the following address:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 




Exhibit 10.23(b)

 

Typed by: SG

PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN BOTH COPIES.

Proofed by: [ILLEGIBLE]

A FULLY EXECUTED COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU.

 

L E A S E  E X T E N S I O N

 

 

Date:

July 30, 2014

 

 

RE:

20725 S. Western Avenue, #136, Torrance, CA 90501

 

The undersigned hereby agree to extend that certain lease dated March 12, 2008 between EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC. and 20655 S. WESTERN AVENUE, LLC on a month to month basis commencing August 1, 2014 at a monthly rent of $5,902.00 payable in advance on the first day of each month.

 

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SAID LEASE WILL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AND ARE IN NO WAY AFFECTED BY THIS RENEWAL.

 

 

LESSEE:

EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Willis C. Lee

 

DATE:

7/31/2014

 

Willis C. Lee, COO/Emmaus Medical, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSOR:

20655 S. WESTERN AVENUE, LLC

 

 

 

 

BY: SURF MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Steven P. Fechner

 

DATE:

8/4/14

 

Steven P. Fechner, President

 

 

 

 

Please return to: Surf Management, Inc., P.O. Box 3217, Torrance, CA 90510 Phone 310.533.5900

 



 

Typed by: SG

PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN BOTH COPIES.

Proofed by: [ILLEGIBLE]

A FULLY EXECUTED COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU.

 

L E A S E  E X T E N S I O N

 

 

Date:

July 30, 2014

 

 

RE:

20725 S. Western Avenue, #134, Torrance, CA 90501

 

The undersigned hereby agree to extend that certain lease dated January 28, 2014 between EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC. and 20655 S. WESTERN AVENUE, LLC on a month-to-month  basis commencing August 1, 2014 at a monthly rent of $2,548.00 payable in advance on the first day of each month.

 

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SAID LEASE WILL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AND ARE IN NO WAY AFFECTED BY THIS RENEWAL.

 

 

LESSEE:

EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Willis C. Lee

 

DATE:

7/31/2014

 

Willis C. Lee, COO/Emmaus Medical, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSOR:

20655 S. WESTERN AVENUE, LLC

 

 

 

 

BY: SURF MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Steven P. Fechner

 

DATE:

8/4/14

 

Steven P. Fechner, President

 

 

 

 

Please return to: Surf Management, Inc., P.O. Box 3217, Torrance, CA 90510 Phone 310.533.5900

 




Exhibit 10.23(c)

 

Typed by: [ILLEGIBLE]

PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN BOTH COPIES.

Proofed by: [ILLEGIBLE]

A FULLY EXECUTED COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU.

 

L E A S E  E X T E N S I O N

 

 

Date:

July 30, 2014

 

 

RE:

3870 Del Amo Blvd., #506, Torrance, CA 90503

 

The undersigned hereby agree to extend that certain lease dated JULY 20, 2009 between 3830 DEL AMO BLVD, LLC and EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC. for ONE (1)year and SIX (6) months commencing AUGUST 20, 2014 and ending FEBRUARY 19, 2016 at a monthly rent of $1,750.00 payable in advance on the first day of each month.

 

There shall be a C.P.I. adjustment on August 20, 2015 per the attached Paragraph A.

 

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SAID LEASE WILL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AND ARE IN NO WAY AFFECTED BY THIS RENEWAL.

 

 

LESSEE:

EMMAUS MEDICAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Willis C. Lee

 

DATE:

8/12/2014

 

Willis C. Lee, COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSOR:

3830 DEL AMO BLVD, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Steven P. Fechner

 

DATE:

8/15/14

 

Steven P. Fechner, Manager of LLC

 

 

 

 

Please return to: Surf Management, Inc., P.O. Box 3217, Torrance, CA 90510 Phone 310/533-5900

 



 

Date:

July 30, 2014

 

 

Address:

3870 Del Amo Blvd., Suite 506, Torrance, CA 90503

 

A.   CPI Adjustment (s) (CPI) : On August 20, 2015

 

(each such day hereinafter referred to as an “Adjustment Date”), the Base Rent payable by Lessee shall be adjusted by the increase in the Consumer Price Index (C.P.I) through the applicable Adjustment Date.

 

The increase shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent scheduled for payment by Lessee immediately prior to the applicable Adjustment Date shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month that is three (3) months prior to the applicable Adjustment Date, and the denominator of which shall be the C.P.I. in effect three (3) months prior to the last Adjustment Date. If there has been no previous Adjustment Date during the lease (or current lease extension), the lease (or current lease extension) Commencement Date shall be used. The sum so calculated shall constitute the Base Rent until the next Adjustment Date, but in no event shall the Base Rent payable by Lessee be reduced. Lessor’s failure to request payment of an estimated or actual rent adjustment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to any adjustment provided for in this Lease.

 

The index used shall be the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor for Urban Consumers Los Angeles-Anaheim-Riverside, California (1982-1984 = 100), “All Items. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the Index most nearly the same as this C.P.I. shall be used to make such calculations. In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such alternative Index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to American Arbitration Association in Los Angeles in accordance with the then current rules of said Association, and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said arbitrator shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

 

 

Initials

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 




Exhibit 10.23(d)

 

PACIFIC CENTER
TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA

 

CONSENT TO SUBLETTING
(FLIPSWAP, INC. / EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.)

 

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLETTING (this “ Consent ”) is made as of October 9, 2014, by and among BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), FLIPSWAP, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Landlord (as successor-in-interest to TA/Western, LLC) and Tenant entered into that certain Standard Office Lease dated April 8, 2010, as subsequently amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated November 4, 2011, (collectively, as amended, the “ Master Lease ”), relating to certain premises more particularly described in the Master Lease (“ Premises ”).

 

B.                                     Tenant and Subtenant have entered into a Sublease dated as of October 20, 2014 (“ Sublease ”).  By the terms of the Sublease, Tenant will sublease to Subtenant and Subtenant will sublease from Tenant the Premises consisting of approximately 7,493 rentable square feet of space located on the eighth (8 th ) floor of that certain building located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503 (the “ Building ”), as more particularly described in the Sublease (“ Sublease Premises ”).

 

C.                                     Tenant has requested that Landlord consent to Tenant subletting the Sublease Premises to Subtenant pursuant to the Sublease.  Landlord has agreed to consent to the subletting on the following terms and conditions.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants hereinafter set forth, Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .   Unless otherwise defined in this Consent, all defined terms used in this Consent shall have the same meaning and definition given them in the Master Lease.

 

2.                                       Concurrent Direct Lease to Subtenant .  It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that concurrently herewith, Landlord and Subtenant are entering into a direct lease of the Sublease Premises (the “ Direct Lease ”).  The term of the Direct Lease will commence on January 1, 2016, immediately following the expiration of the existing term of the Master Lease and the term of the Sublease on December 31, 2015 (the “ Sublease Expiration Date ”).  Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to exercise any extension, expansion and termination options under the Master Lease, including, without limitation, as set forth in the following sections of Exhibit D (Addendum to Standard Office Lease) attached to the Master Lease, and which sections are hereby deleted in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect:   Section 9 (Option to Extend — One Option Period), Section 11 (Right of Offer), and Section 13 (Termination Option).  Additionally, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that,  promptly following the execution and delivery of this Consent and the Direct Lease, Landlord shall be permitted to cause construction of the Landlord Work, at Landlord’s and/or Subtenant’s cost and expense, to be performed within the Sublease Premises. Accordingly, Tenant hereby consents to completion of the Landlord Work within the Sublease Premises in accordance with the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C to the Direct Lease, a copy of which Subtenant has provided to Tenant.

 

3.                                       Master Lease .

 

3.1                                The Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform all of the covenants of Tenant contained in the Master Lease insofar as the same relate to the Sublease Premises, provided that Subtenant shall not be obligated to pay rent, operating expenses or other charges in excess of the amounts specified in the Sublease.  In case of any conflict between the provisions of the Master Lease and the provisions of the Sublease, as between Tenant and Landlord, the provisions of the Master Lease shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease.  Subtenant shall not violate any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease to the extent applicable to the use and occupancy of the Sublease Premises.  Any breach of the Master Lease by Tenant or any breach of the Sublease or Master Lease by Subtenant which results in a breach of the Master Lease, in either case, after receipt of any applicable notice and cure periods, shall entitle Landlord to all the rights and remedies provided in the Master Lease.

 

3.2                                Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that the term of the Sublease shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Master Lease for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, the termination of the Master Lease prior to the expiration of the term thereof pursuant to a written agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant, or in the event of a default by Tenant that results in termination of the Master Lease (the effective date of any such termination, the “ Master Lease Termination Date ”).  It is hereby acknowledged and agreed by Landlord and Subtenant, that if the

 

1



 

Master Lease is terminated for any reason, including as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, then concurrently with such termination, Landlord and Subtenant shall immediately enter into an amendment to the Direct Lease (“ Direct Lease Amendment — Sublease Premises ”), to include the Sublease Premises as part of the Premises covered by the Direct Lease effective as of the day immediately following the Master Lease Termination Date.  Accordingly, from and after the date of the Master Lease Termination Date and execution and delivery of the Direct Lease Amendment-Sublease Premises, the Sublease and this Consent shall be of no further force or effect and the Direct Lease, as amended, shall thereafter govern Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Sublease Premises. In such event of termination of the Master Lease, and continuing through the Sublease Expiration Date (December 31, 2015), Subtenant’s lease of the Sublease Premises shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Direct Lease, provided , however , Subtenant shall pay rent for the Sublease Premises at the rental rate under the Sublease from the Master Lease Termination Date through the original Sublease Expiration Date (December 31, 2015).

 

3.3                                Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that (a) attached to this Consent as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Master Lease, and there exist no amendments, modifications, or extensions of or to the Master Lease except as specified herein, and the Master Lease is now in full force and effect; and (b) to Tenant’s actual knowledge, there exist no defenses or offsets to enforcement of the Master Lease by Landlord or Tenant.  To Tenant’s actual knowledge, (i) Landlord is not in default in the performance of the Master Lease, (ii) Landlord has not committed any breach thereof, and (iii) no event has occurred which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default or breach by Landlord.  Tenant confirms that it has not assigned or transferred its interest under the Master Lease or subleased any portion of the Premises except pursuant to the Sublease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Sublease or in any other agreement, Subtenant acknowledges that it shall have no right and there shall not be vested in Subtenant any right to exercise rights of first refusal, options, or other similar preferential rights, if any, given to Tenant under the Master Lease.

 

3.4                                Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that (a) there are no additional payments of rent or consideration of any type payable by Subtenant to Tenant with regard to the Sublease Premises other than as disclosed in the Sublease, (b) a true, correct and complete copy of the Sublease is attached hereto as Exhibit B , (c) no amendment to the Sublease shall be effective or enforceable between Tenant and Subtenant unless and until Landlord shall have consented to such amendment in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and (d) Landlord is not obligated to make any repairs or perform work of any kind with respect to the Sublease Premises or Subtenant’s occupancy, unless otherwise stated in separate written agreements between Landlord and Subtenant, except the foregoing is not intended to, and does not, waive any obligation of Landlord to Tenant to maintain and repair portions of the Premises as may be required under provisions of the Master Lease.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant and Subtenant acknowledge that the Building has not undergone an inspection by a certified access specialist and no representations are made with respect to compliance of with accessibility standards.

 

4.                                       Consent of Landlord .

 

4.1                                Landlord hereby consents to the subletting of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant pursuant to the terms of the Sublease and subject to the terms of this Consent.  Landlord’s consent as set forth herein shall not release or discharge Tenant of any of its obligations under the Master Lease or release, discharge or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay rent and all other sums due under the Master Lease and to perform and comply with all other obligations of Tenant under the Master Lease, except, as to the foregoing, to the extent paid or performed by Subtenant.

 

4.2                                As between Landlord and Tenant the Sublease shall not alter, amend or otherwise modify any provisions of the Master Lease.  Landlord shall have no obligations to any party in connection with the Sublease Premises other than those obligations set forth in the Master Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord is not a party to the Sublease and is not bound by the provisions thereof, including, without limitation, any modifications or amendments thereof, and Landlord has not, and will not, review or approve any of the provisions of the Sublease.  Further, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord provides no assurance or representation regarding any form of Sublease (regardless of whether any such form or agreement may have been provided by Landlord), or any of the terms or provisions thereof.   This Consent shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to, or as permitting, any other or further subletting or assignment by Tenant or Subtenant.  Landlord shall not be bound or estopped in any way by the provisions of the Sublease.  Landlord shall not (i) be liable to Subtenant for any act, omission or breach of the Sublease by Tenant, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Subtenant might have against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any Base Rent or additional rent which Subtenant might have paid in advance to Tenant, or (iv) be bound to honor any rights of Subtenant in any security deposit made with Tenant, except to the extent Tenant has delivered such security deposit to Landlord (and accordingly, if Landlord does not receive the Security Deposit from Tenant, Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility to Subtenant for such Security Deposit and Subtenant shall receive no benefit or credit therefor).   If Landlord does receive the Security Deposit under the Sublease, the amount of such Security Deposit so received by Landlord shall be held by Landlord as an addition to the Security Deposit under the Master Lease.

 

2



 

5.                                       Assignment of Rent .

 

5.1                                Subject to the terms hereof and to those of Section 5.2 below, Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns and transfers to Landlord Tenant’s rights under the Sublease to all rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease to secure payment of Tenant’s rent due under the Master Lease. Pursuant to the terms of Section 12.6 (Transfer Premium from Assignment or Subletting) of the Master Lease, and in addition to all sums due under the Master Lease, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the amount Tenant receives from Subtenant which is excess of the Base Rent owed to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises.

 

5.2                                Landlord agrees that until a default shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease), Tenant shall have a license to receive, collect and enjoy the rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease except as otherwise provided under the Master Lease.  However, said license shall automatically terminate without notice to Tenant upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease) and Landlord may thereafter, following written notice to Tenant and Subtenant,  receive and collect, directly from Subtenant, all rentals and other sums due or to be due Tenant under the Sublease.  Subject to the terms of this Consent above with respect to the agreement of Landlord and Subtenant to enter into a Direct Lease Amendment- Sublease Premises, Landlord shall not, by reason of the assignment of all rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of said rentals or other sums from the Subtenant, (a) be bound by or become a party to the Sublease, (b) be deemed to have accepted the attornment of Subtenant, or (c) be deemed liable to Subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with Tenant’s obligations under the Sublease.  Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Subtenant, upon receipt by Subtenant of any written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease), to pay directly to Landlord the rents and all other amounts payable by Subtenant under the Sublease as they become due.  Tenant agrees that Subtenant shall have the right to rely solely upon such notice from Landlord notwithstanding any conflicting demand by Tenant or any other party.  Tenant hereby agrees that it shall not have a claim against Subtenant for relying on any written notice from Landlord and/or paying rent and other sums due under the Sublease directly to Landlord in accordance with this Section 5.2 .  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Subtenant of the Master Lease or Sublease other than the failure of Tenant or Subtenant, as the case may be, to pay the particular rental so accepted.  Tenant and Subtenant each agree and acknowledge that the foregoing provides actual and sufficient knowledge to Tenant and Subtenant, respectively, pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161.1(c), that acceptance of a partial rent payment by Landlord does not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights under said Section 1116.1(c).

 

6.                                       Indemnification .   Tenant and Subtenant each, collectively and individually, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, agents, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, and independent contractors (collectively “ Agents ”) of Landlord, against and from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”)  arising from or related to the following: (a) Subtenant’s use of the Sublease Premises or any activity done, permitted or suffered by Subtenant in, on or about the Sublease Premises, the Building, or the Property; (b) the Sublease and any act or omission by Subtenant or its Agents in connection with or related to the Sublease, the Sublease Premises, the Building, or the Property; (c) any Hazardous Material used, stored, released, disposed, generated, or transported by Subtenant or its Agents in, on, or about the Sublease Premises, including without limitation, any Claims arising from or related to any Hazardous Material investigations, monitoring, cleanup or other remedial action; and (d) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter referred to in items (a), (b), and/or (c).  In addition to the foregoing, the indemnification of Landlord by Tenant as set forth in Section 21 (Indemnity) of the Master Lease for any loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, shall extend to Subtenant (and therefore Subtenant shall indemnify Landlord as Tenant would indemnify Landlord subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 21 of the Master Lease).  If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such Claims, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant each agree to defend the same at their own expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  The obligations of Tenant under this Section 6 shall survive any termination of the Sublease or the Master Lease.

 

7.                                       Assignment and Sub-Subletting .   Subtenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber the Sublease or any interest therein, (2) assign or transfer the Sublease or any interest therein,  sub-sublet the Sublease Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees, agents and invitees or Subtenant excepted) to occupy or use the Sublease Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

8.1                                Tenant Defaults .  Landlord shall promptly notify Subtenant of any default by Tenant under the Master Lease of which Landlord has actual knowledge and which is not cured within

 

3



 

any applicable notice and cure period provided in the Master Lease; provided , however , that the failure of Landlord to provide such notice shall not give rise to liability on the part of Landlord or otherwise alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder.  The giving of any such notice to Subtenant shall not vest in Subtenant any rights or remedies except as otherwise expressly set forth herein.

 

8.2                                Modification .  Tenant and Subtenant agree not to amend, modify, supplement, or otherwise change in any respect the Sublease except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  This Consent shall not create in Subtenant, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, any rights except as set forth in this Consent.

 

8.3                                Entire Agreement; Successors .  This Consent, together with the provisions of the Master Lease relating to subletting or assigning, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the matters which are the subject of this Consent.  In the event of a permitted assignment under the Master Lease by Landlord or Tenant of its interest in the Master Lease, then the assignee of either Landlord or Tenant, as appropriate, shall automatically be deemed to be the assignee of Landlord or Tenant under this Consent, and such assignee shall automatically assume the obligations of Landlord or Tenant under this Consent.  No other assignments of this Consent shall be permitted, except with the written consent of all parties hereto.  Any attempted assignment in violation of this section shall be void.  The terms, covenants and conditions of this Consent shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, the executors and administrators and permitted assigns of all the parties hereto.  The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule or construction, to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party, shall be employed in the interpretation of this Consent.  If any provision of this Consent is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provisions of this Consent, and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.4                                Notices .  All notices, demands, statements, or communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by any other party to another shall be in writing, shall be sent by (i) United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (ii) a reputable national overnight courier service with receipt therefor or (iii) delivered personally.  Any Notice will be deemed given three (3) days after it is mailed or upon the date personal delivery is made.  If Tenant or Subtenant are notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor (if applicable), Tenant and Subtenant agree to provide such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Consent by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor (if applicable) shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.  All Notices shall be sent to the following addresses, or to such other place as each party may from time to time designate in a written notice to the other parties:

 

LANDLORD:

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC

 

 

c/o Bixby Land Company

 

 

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

 

 

Irvine, California 92612

 

 

Attention: Vice President, Operations

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC

 

 

c/o Bixby Land Company

 

 

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

 

 

Irvine, California 92612

 

 

Attention: Property Manager, Pacific Center

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

FLIPSWAP, INC.

 

 

Park West 1 & 2

 

 

1507 LBJ Freeway, Suite 500

 

 

Farmers Branch, Texas 75234

 

 

Attention: Jim Fredericks

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

 

 

21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800

 

 

Torrance, California 90503

 

 

Attention: Willis Lee

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

 

 

20725 South Western Avenue, Suite 136

 

 

Torrance, California 90501

 

 

Attention: Willis Lee

 

Without limiting the generality of the notice requirements set forth in the Master Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to give Landlord immediate notice when any one or more of the following conditions arise:  (1) the Sublease expires or is terminated; (2) the rent due pursuant to the Sublease is adjusted; (3) Subtenant renews or extends the term of the Sublease; or (4) Subtenant subleases additional space.  In addition,

 

4



 

notwithstanding anything in the Master Lease or this Consent to the contrary, Landlord’s failure to give a notice of any breach or default under the Master Lease or this Consent to Tenant or Subtenant shall not be construed to release Tenant or Subtenant from any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Master Lease or this Consent.  The foregoing shall not, however, serve to excuse Landlord from making any notice required of Landlord under the terms of the Master Lease.

 

8.5                                Attorneys’ Fees .  If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Consent or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Consent, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.  Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Consent shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Consent and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.

 

8.6                                Counterparts .  This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, provided each of the parties hereto executes at least one counterpart; each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

8.7                                Brokerage Commissions .  Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease or this Consent and Tenant and Subtenant agree to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from the same and from any cost or expense (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in resisting any claim for any such brokerage commission.

 

8.8                                Recapture .  (Intentionally Omitted)

 

8.9                                Choice of Law .  The terms and provisions of this Consent shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

8.10                         Limitation on Liability .  Tenant and Subtenant agree that the liability of Landlord hereunder and any recourse by Tenant or Subtenant against Landlord shall be subject to the limitations on liability set forth in the Master Lease.  In addition, neither Landlord, nor any of its constituent members, partners, subpartners, or agents, shall have any personal liability, and Tenant and Subtenant each hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant and/or Subtenant.

 

8.11                         Joint and Several .  Tenant and Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all bills rendered by Landlord for charges incurred by or imposed upon Subtenant which arise during the term of the Sublease for services rendered and materials supplied to the Sublease Premises pursuant to the Master Lease, Sublease and/or this Consent.

 

8.12                         No Merger .  The voluntary or other surrender of the Master Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation, termination or expiration thereof, shall not work as a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord in its sole discretion, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

8.13                         Conditions to Effectiveness .  Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant or Subtenant is not effective as a consent or otherwise and this Consent shall not be binding upon or effective against Landlord unless and until (i) this Consent is signed by and delivered to all parties hereto, (ii) an executed original or duplicate original of the Sublease, complying in form and substance with the terms of the Master Lease and this Consent, has been delivered to Landlord, (iii) Landlord has received and reviewed financial statements in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord reflecting Subtenant’s current financial condition and Landlord has approved the same, (iv) Subtenant has delivered evidence of insurance in compliance with Section 8 (Insurance) of the Master Lease, and (v) Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently herewith the fee specified in Section 12.8 (Landlord’s Expenses) of the Master Lease relating to the subletting of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant.

 

8.14                         Authority; Counterparts .  Two (2) authorized officers must sign on behalf of the Tenant and Subtenant and this Consent must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary of each entity, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide.  In such case, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution of Tenant or Subtenant, as the case may be, must be furnished to Landlord.  This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

8.15                         Waiver of Subrogation .  Landlord, by giving Landlord’s consent to the Sublease, and Subtenant hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss of, or damage to, either parties’ property to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage.  Each party shall obtain any

 

5



 

special endorsements, if required by its insurer whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.  This provision is intended to waive fully, and for the benefit of the parties hereto, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in favor of any insurance carrier.  The coverage obtained by Subtenant pursuant to the Insurance Section of the Master Lease shall include, without limitation, a waiver of subrogation endorsement attached to the certificate of insurance.  The provisions of this Section 8.15 shall not apply in those instances in which such waiver of subrogation would invalidate such insurance coverage or would cause either party’s insurance coverage to be voided or otherwise uncollectible.

 

8.16                         Letter of Credit .  In connection with the Master Lease and pursuant to the terms of Section 8 (Additional Consideration [Letter of Credit]) of Exhibit D (Addendum to Standard Office Lease), and Exhibit F (Additional Consideration [Letter of Credit]), attached to the Master Lease, Landlord is currently holding that certain Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit Number SVBSF008236 in the face amount of $80,000.00 for the benefit of Landlord (the “ Letter of Credit ”).  Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to take all necessary actions to keep the Letter of Credit in place and in full force and effect through the expiration of the L/C Term, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2 (Renewal of L/C) of Exhibit F attached to the Master Lease.  Landlord will continue to hold the Letter of Credit as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms of the Master Lease, as amended, and not as prepayment of rent, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Exhibit F attached to the Master Lease.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant have executed this Consent as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC ,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Bixby Land Company

 

 

 

a California corporation,

 

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

FLIPSWAP, INC. ,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. ,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

S-1



 

EXHIBIT A

 

MASTER LEASE

 

[see attached]

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SUBLEASE

 

[see attached]

 

1




Exhibit 10.23(e)

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (the “Sublease”) is entered into as of the 20th day of October, 2014, by and between the Sublandlord and Subtenant hereinafter named.  Upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS .   The following definitions and basic provisions shall be used in conjunction with and limited by the reference thereto in the provisions of this Sublease:

 

A.

“Sublandlord”:

FLIPSWAP, INC. ,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

B.

Address of Sublandlord:

 

 

 

 

 

909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 500

 

 

Irving, Texas 75038

 

 

Attention: Jim Fredericks

 

 

 

C.

“Subtenant”:

Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. ,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

D.

Address of Subtenant:

 

 

 

 

 

Before Commencement Date:

20725 S. Western Avenue, Suite 136

 

 

Torrance, CA 90501

 

 

Attention: Willis Lee

 

 

 

 

After Commencement Date:

21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800

 

 

Torrance, CA 90503

 

 

Attention:  Willis Lee

 

E.                                       “Master Landlord”:                                         BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company.

 

F.                                       “Sublease Premises”:  7,493 rentable square feet of space described as Suite 800 of the building commonly known as 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503 (the “Building”).

 

G.                                      “Sublease Term”:  A period commencing the first to occur of (i) the date Subtenant commences business within the Sublease Premises, or (ii) October 15, 2014 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending December 31, 2015 (the “Expiration Date”).

 

H.                                     “Base Rent”:  Sublandlord shall deliver the Premises to Subtenant on October 15, 2014 (subject to obtaining the prior approval of the Master Landlord).  The Base Rent shall be abated for the first thirty (30) days of the Sublease Term. Base Rent shall commence November 14, 2014 and, thereafter, be payable monthly, on the first day of each calendar

 

1



 

month continuing through and until December 31, 2015. Additional details to be addressed below in section 2.

 

Dates

 

Months

 

Square Footage

 

Rate

 

Monthly

 

Total

 

11/14/2014 – 12/31/2015

 

14

 

7,493

 

$

27.00

 

$

16,859.25

 

$

236,029.50

 

 

I.                                          “Additional Rent”:  Subtenant will not be responsible for any Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs (as those terms are defined in the Master Lease), except to the extent Subtenant utilizes services in excess of those customarily provided to all tenants, in which event, Subtenant will pay for any charges for such excess services.  By way of example, and not limitation, if there is a charge for after normal business hours usage of the air conditioning, heating and venting system, Tenant shall pay to Sublandlord the charge for such excess use.

 

J.                                         “First Month’s Rent AND Security Deposit”: On execution of this Sublease by Subtenant, and upon Master Landlord’s written consent to this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord the amount of $16,859.25 (the “First Month’s Rent), which amount shall be applied against the first month’s rent due hereunder on the Date hereof.  (If a partial calendar month remains after the initial 30 day abatement, then the First Month’s Rent deposit shall be applied against the Base Rent due for the partial calendar month following the abatement period and the remainder applied to Base Rent due for the next calendar month.  On December 1, 2014, after application of the remainder of the First Month’s Rent deposit, Subtenant shall pay any remaining Base Rent to Sublandlord for the month of December, 2014.)   In addition, Subtenant has deposited, on the date hereof, In addition, and upon execution of this Sublease by Subtenant, and upon Master Landlord’s written consent to this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit the amount of $67,437.00 (the “ Security Deposit ”) as security for Subtenant’s faithful performance of Subtenant’s obligations herein contained. Provided no event of default has occurred prior thereto, Sublandlord shall apply $16,859.25 of the Security Deposit each month during the last three (3) months in payment of Base Rent for such month.

 

2.                                       GRANTING CLAUSE .   Sublandlord, in consideration of the Base Rent to be paid and the covenants and agreements to be performed by Subtenant and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, does hereby lease, and Subtenant in consideration of the covenants and agreements to be performed by Sublandlord and upon the terms and conditions in this Sublease, does hereby take and lease from Sublandlord, the Sublease Premises.  In addition to the Sublease Premises, Subtenant shall be entitled, without charge use of the (30) unreserved parking spaces provided under the Master Lease.  All other terms and conditions related to parking shall be subject to the Master Lease.

 

3.                                       MASTER LEASE .   This Sublease is subject and subordinate to that certain Office Lease Agreement (the “Original Master Lease”), dated April 8, 2010 (by and between Master Landlord, as landlord, and Sublandlord, as tenant covering the Sublease Premises) and is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”.  The term “Master Lease” shall mean the Original Master Lease and any amendments prior to the date of this Sublease.  This Sublease is made subject to all applicable covenants, restrictions, agreements, terms and conditions of the Master Lease. Subtenant shall comply in all respects with the obligations of the tenant under the Master Lease.  In the event the specific terms of this Sublease are in conflict with the terms of the Master Lease, then the specific terms of this Sublease shall prevail.  Subtenant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Master Lease.

 

2



 

4.                                       MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT .   Pursuant to the Master Lease, this Sublease is subject to Master Landlord’s written consent and shall not be effective without such consent.  Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree, for the benefit of the Master Landlord, that this Sublease and Master Landlord’s consent hereto shall not (a) create privity of contract between Master Landlord and Subtenant; (b) be deemed to have amended the Master Lease in any regard; and (c) be construed as a waiver of Master Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Master Lease by Sublandlord or any further subletting of Sublease Premises, or as a waiver of the Sublandlord’s or the Master Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by Subtenant of this Sublease or any sub-letting of the Sublease Premises or any part thereof

 

5.                                       CONDITION OF THE SUBLEASE PREMISES .   Subtenant shall accept possession of the Sublease Premises on an “AS IS, WHERE IS” basis, in whatever physical condition the same may be, and Sublandlord makes no representations or warranties of any kind or nature, express, implied, or otherwise, or any covenants of any kind or nature, with regard to the condition of the Sublease Premises or with respect to the fitness thereof for Subtenant’s intended uses or the quality of or manner of any services provided or to be provided by Master Landlord, and any such representations, warranties or covenants are hereby expressly disclaimed by Sublandlord and waived by Subtenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall remove all employee personal effects from the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, and shall deliver the Premises in broom clean condition on the Commencement Date.

 

6.                                       CONSENT TO SUBTENANT IMPROVEMENTS .   Sublandlord has no obligation to construct any leasehold improvements in the Premises and Subtenant agrees to take possession of the Sublease Premises in “AS IS” condition.  Subtenant has requested Sublandlord and Master Landlord’s approval to repaint, recarpet and construct improvements required to connect the Sublease Premises with the adjacent suite 875, at Subtenant’s sole cost (or Master Landlord’s sole cost [as may be agreed between Subtenant and Master Landlord]).  Subject to approval from the Master Landlord, and provided Subtenant adheres to all provisions of the Master Lease and this Sublease regarding construction of alterations to the Sublease Premises, Sublandlord approves these alterations per the attached plan exhibit Space Plan.

 

7.                                       USE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS .   Subtenant shall use the Sublease Premises in accordance with the provisions governing Sublandlord’s use, as Tenant, under the Master Lease.

 

8.                                       RENT .

 

A.                                    Base Rent .  All Base Rent and other payments required to be made by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder shall be payable to Sublandlord at the address set forth in Section 1B above, or at such other address as Sublandlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Such Base Rent and other regularly scheduled payments shall be payable on or before the first (1st) day of each calendar month (without demand, set-off or deduction) commencing as of the Base Rent Commencement Date.  Base Rent for any fractional month at the beginning or end of the Sublease Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days remaining in the calendar month.  Additional rent that is not a regularly scheduled payment shall be payable within ten (10) days after written notice from Sublandlord.

 

3



 

B.                                      Late Charge .  In the event that any monthly installment of the Base Rent, and any other sums due under this Sublease (collectively, the “Rent”), or any other payment required to made by Subtenant under this Sublease is not paid by the fifth (5th) business day following the due date, a service charge of five percent (5%) of such amounts due shall become due and payable in addition to the amounts due.  Said service charge is for the purpose of reimbursing Sublandlord for the extra costs and expenses in connection with the handling and processing of late payments.  In addition to such service charge, if any Rent payment is not paid by the fifth (5th) business day following the day on which it becomes due, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, in addition to such Rent payment and the service charge and without the requirement of any further notice, interest on such Rent payment calculated at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal plus five percent (5%) from the date such Rent payment was due until paid by Subtenant.

 

C.                                      Non-Waiver of Rights .  If Sublandlord, at any time or times, shall accept Rent or any other sum due to it hereunder after the same shall become due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse delay upon subsequent occasions, or constitute, or be construed as, a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s rights hereunder.

 

D.                                     Independent Obligations .  Any term or provision of this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, the covenants and obligations of Subtenant to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall be independent from any obligations, warranties or representations, express or implied, if any, of Sublandlord herein contained.

 

9.                                       SECURITY DEPOSIT .   As security for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all of its obligations under this Sublease and for the payment of any damages to which Sublandlord may be entitled in the event of a default by Subtenant under this Sublease, Subtenant will deposit with Sublandlord the Security Deposit stated in Section 1J.  The Security Deposit shall not be deemed to be held in trust by Sublandlord and Sublandlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds of Sublandlord and shall hold the Security Deposit without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Subtenant of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under the Sublease, it being expressly understood that, except as provided above in Section 1, such deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Sublandlord’s damages in case of an event of default by Subtenant The Security Deposit shall be returned to Subtenant by Sublandlord without interest, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Sublease Term, or renewal thereof, if applicable, provided that Subtenant has fully and faithfully carried out all of the terms, covenants and conditions under this Sublease.  If Subtenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of the Rent, Sublandlord shall have the right, but shall not be required to, at any time during the Sublease Term to use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit: (i) for the payment of any of the Rent or any other sum in default; and/or (ii) for the payment of any other amount which Sublandlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Subtenant’s default, and/or (iii) to cure any default of Subtenant, and if Sublandlord does so, Subtenant shall, within thirty (30) days of written demand,  deposit with Sublandlord an additional sum to make the sum equal to the original Security Deposit amount, so that Sublandlord shall have the full Security Deposit available throughout the Sublease Term.

 

10.                                ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .   Subtenant shall not have the right to assign this Sublease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Sublease Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord and the Master Landlord.  All other Assignment and Subletting

 

4



 

provisions shall be per the Master Lease in governing any future assignment or subletting by Subtenant.

 

11.                                SUBTENANT’S INSURANCE; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .  Subtenant shall provide the insurance required of Sublandlord, as Tenant, under the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall name Sublandlord and Master Landlord as additional insureds and loss payees, as applicable.  Subtenant shall furnish evidence of insurance as required of Sublandlord, as Tenant, under the Master Lease.  Sublandlord and Subtenant waive all rights to recover against each other for any loss or damage to their respective tangible personal or real property (whether owned or leased) from any cause covered by insurance maintained by each of them, including their respective deductibles or self-insured retentions.  Sublandlord and Subtenant will cause their respective insurers to issue appropriate waivers of subrogation rights endorsements to all property insurance policies maintained by each party.  Each party shall give the other party written notice if a waiver of subrogation is unobtainable.  If a waiver is unobtainable, then neither party nor their insurers shall waive such subrogation rights.  The waiver by Subtenant shall extend to the Master Landlord for any loss or damage covered by insurance maintained by Subtenant

 

12.                                SUBLANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS .  Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any of Master Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, including, without limitation, (i) providing any of the services that Master Landlord has agreed to provide pursuant to the Master Lease (or required by law), or (ii) furnishing the electricity to the Sublease Premises that Master Landlord has agreed to furnish pursuant to the Master Lease (or required by law), or (iii) making any of the repairs or restorations that Master Landlord has agreed to make pursuant to the Master Lease (or required by law), (iv) complying with any laws or requirements of any governmental authorities, or (v) take any other action that Master Landlord has agreed to provide, furnish, make, comply with, or take, or cause to be provided, furnished, made, complied with or taken under the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall have no rights against Sublandlord arising out of the Master Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease.

 

13.                                INDEMNIFICATION .   Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord and Master Landlord harmless, and their respective owners, representatives, agents, contractors, employees and such others, to the same extent, and in the same manner, as required of Sublandlord, as Tenant, under the Master Lease

 

14.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT An event of default under this Sublease shall occur if Subtenant fails to pay or perform (after any applicable notice from Sublandlord and/or Master Landlord) within the time periods or manner as required of Sublandlord, as Tenant, under the Master Lease.  It is the intent of the parties to replicate and adopt herein the provisions of the Master Lease applicable to an event of default as between Subtenant (in place of Tenant) and Sublandlord (in place of Landlord).

 

15.                                REMEDIES .   Sublandlord shall have the remedies afforded Master Landlord under the Master Lease for an event of default by Subtenant under the Sublease.  It is the intent of the parties to replicate and adopt herein the provisions of the Master Lease applicable to remedies following an event of default as between Subtenant (in place of Tenant) and Sublandlord (in place of Landlord).

 

16.                                COMMISSIONS . Sublandlord and Subtenant each represent to the other that no brokers, other than Peloton Commercial Real Estate (“Sublandlord’s Broker”), LA Realty

 

5



 

Partners (“Sublandlord’s Broker”) and SAVILLS STUDLEY(“Subtenant’s Broker”) have been or will be involved in the negotiation of this Sublease.  Sublandlord will be responsible to pay the commission, if any, owed to Sublandlord’s Broker and Subtenant’s Broker pursuant to the terms of separate agreements. Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby indemnify each other from any claims, losses, damages (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from a breach of the above representation by the defaulting party.

 

17.                                COUNTERPARTS . This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original. It shall not be necessary that the signatures on behalf of all parties appear on each counterpart hereof. All counterparts hereof shall collectively constitute a single agreement.

 

18.                                ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS .  This Sublease and all the rights of parties hereunder are subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall perform all affirmative covenants of Sublandlord, as Tenant, under the Master Lease and shall refrain from performing any act which is prohibited by the negative covenants of Sublandlord, as Tenant under the Master Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Subleased Premises.  If practicable, Subtenant shall use its best efforts to perform affirmative covenants which are also covenants of Sublandlord under the Master Lease at least five (5) days prior to the date when Sublandlord’s performance is required under the Master Lease.

 

19.                                EXISTING FURNITURE Upon Commencement of the Sublease Term, Sublandlord hereby transfers all right, title and interest of Sublandlord to specific furniture, fixtures, and equipment listed on Exhibit “B”, attached hereto, and to existing and connected data cabling (collectively “FF&E”) currently in place within the Premises for the price of one dollar ($1.00).

 

20.                                ADDENDUM: EXHIBIT D PER MASTER LEASE Sublandlord hereby foregoes, and, therefore, Subtenant shall have no rights to, the addendum rights outlined in Exhibit D of the Master Lease or elsewhere in the Master Lease, which include passing on the non-transferable rights of: Option to Extend, Termination Option and Right of First Offer.

 

21.                                NOTICES AND CONSENTS .  All notices, demands, requests, consents or approvals which may or are required to given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received or refused if sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or if sent by overnight commercial courier service, or by hand delivery and addressed to the party at the address specified in the Basic Provisions and Definitions or at such other place as a party may from time to time designate by notice in writing to the other party.  Each party agrees promptly to deliver a copy of each notice, demand, request, consent or approval from such party to Master Landlord and promptly to deliver to the other party a copy of any notice, demand, request, consent or approval received from Master Landlord.

 

22.                                SUBLANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS .  Sublandlord reserves the right, on 48 hours prior notice, or earlier notice as may be reasonable under the circumstances if an emergency, to enter the Premises to confirm compliance with the Sublease or to remedy a default by Subtenant.  In addition, the Master Landlord shall have the right to access the Sublease Premises at any time and for any purpose permitted under the Master Lease.

 

6



 

23.                                LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF SUBLANDLORD .   In no event of a breach by Sublandlord or Master Landlord will the measure of damages include, nor will Sublandlord or Master Landlord be liable for, any amounts for loss of profits, income or savings or indirect, consequential, speculative or punitive damages of any party, including third parties and Subtenant waives all claims against Sublandlord and Master Landlord for such damages.

 

24.                                CONSENTS .   Wherever consent by Master Landlord is required under the Master Lease, Sublandlord’s consent shall also be required.  Except as specifically set forth herein, Sublandlord agrees that whenever its consent or approval is required hereunder, or where something must be done to Sublandlord’s satisfaction, Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or approval; provided, however, that whenever the consent or approval of Master Landlord, the landlord under a superior lease, or the mortgagee under a mortgage shall be withheld for any reason whatsoever, Sublandlord shall not be deemed to be acting unreasonably if it shall also withhold its consent or approval.

 

25.                                Holding Over .  Sublandlord shall charge Subtenant the amount that would be charged to Sublandlord under the Master Lease for holding over.  In addition, Sublandlord shall have the rights of the Master Landlord to seek eviction of Subtenant by reason of any holding over.  Furthermore, Subtenant shall be liable for any damages against Sublandlord by reason of Subtenant’s holding over.  If, however, Subtenant retains possession of the Sublease Premises following termination of the term of this Sublease by reason of (i) entering into an agreement or direct lease with Master Landlord and (ii) Master Landlord recognizing that the Master Lease with Sublandlord has terminated, then the provisions of this paragraph regarding holding over shall no longer be applicable.

 

[signatures on following page]

 

7



 

Executed by Sublandlord this          day of October, 2014.

 

 

FLIPSWAP, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Executed by Subtenant this 20th day of October, 2014.

 

 

Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

8


 

EXHIBIT SPACE PLAN

 

9



 

 

10


 

EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

11



 

EXHIBIT B

INVENTORY

 

12




Exhibit 10.23(f)

 

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

CALIFORNIA

 

PACIFIC CENTER

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the 20 th day of October, 2014, by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).  Pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord agrees to lease the Premises (hereinafter defined) to Tenant and Tenant agrees to lease the Premises from Landlord. The Lease includes the following exhibits and attachments: Exhibit A (Outline and Location of Premises), Exhibit B (Expenses and Taxes), Exhibit C (Work Letter), Exhibit D (Building Rules and Regulations), Exhibit G (Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement), Exhibit H (Form of SNDA), EXHIBIT I (Form of Consent to Subletting), Exhibit J (Monument Signage), Rider No. 1 (Extension Option Rider), Rider No. 2 (Fair Market Rental Rate), and Rider No. 3 (Options in General).

 

1.                                        Basic Lease Information .

 

1.1                                  Building ” shall mean the building located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503, which Building is included within the one (1) building, eight (8) story office project commonly known as Pacific Center (the “ Project ”). As used herein, “ Rentable Square Footage of the Building ” is deemed to be 302,628 square feet. “ Property ” shall mean the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located. “ Common Areas ” shall mean the portion of the Building and Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others.

 

1.2                                  Premises ” shall mean the area shown on Exhibit A to this Lease. The Premises are located on the eighth (8 th ) floor of the Building and known as Suite 875. The “ Rentable Square Footage of the Premises ” is deemed to be 5,836 square feet.

 

1.3                                  Base Rent ”:

 

Months of the Term

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

1 – 12

 

$

192,588.00

 

$

16,049.00

 

13 – 24

 

$

198,365.64

 

$

16,530.47

 

25 – 36

 

$

204,316.61

 

$

17,026.38

 

37 – 48

 

$

210,446.11

 

$

17,537.18

 

49 – 52

 

$

216,759.49

 

$

18,063.29

 

 

1.4                                  Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”: 1.93% . (5,836 square feet within the Premises / 302,628 square feet within the Building). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Expenses in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease.

 

1.5                                  Base Year ” for Taxes:  2015; “ Base Year ” for Expenses:  2015.

 

1.6                                  Term ”: A period of fifty-two (52) months. Subject to Section 2 , the Term shall commence on November 1, 2014 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall expire on February 28, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”), subject to earlier termination, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend the initial Term for an additional period of forty-eight (48) months, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Rider No. 1 , Rider No. 2 and Rider No. 3 attached hereto.

 

1.7                                  Security Deposit ”:  $175,000.00, pursuant to Section 5 below.

 

1.8                                  Broker(s) ”:  Madison Partners (Tony Ranger and William G. Bloodgood) representing Landlord, and Studley (Luke Troedson) representing Tenant.

 

1.9                                  Permitted Use ”:  General office purposes.

 

1



 

1.10                            Notice Addresses ”:

 

Landlord:

Tenant:

 

 

c/o Bixby Land Company

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

Irvine, California 92612

Attention: Vice President, Operations

Prior to Lease Commencement :

20725 S. Western Avenue, Suite 136

Torrance, CA 90501

Attention: Willis Lee

 

 

With a copy to:

After Lease Commencement :

 

21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 875

c/o Bixby Land Company

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

Irvine, California 92612

Attention: Property Manager, Pacific Center

Torrance, California 90503

Attention: Willis Lee

 

1.11                            Landlord Work ” means the work that Landlord is obligated to perform in the Premises pursuant to a separate work letter agreement (the “ Work Letter ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit C .

 

1.12                            Parking ”: Tenant shall purchase 3.5 parking passes for unreserved parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, for a total of twenty (20) parking passes for unreserved parking spaces (the “ Unreserved Parking Passes ”), all in locations designated by Landlord (or the parking operator) from time to time. The Unreserved Parking Passes shall be at the prevailing market rate, as determined by Landlord (or the parking operator) from time to time; provided , however , that the Unreserved Parking Passes shall be at no cost to Tenant during the initial Term and any subsequent renewal Term as provided herein, subject to the payment of Expenses attributable to the parking areas and to the provisions set forth in Section 28 . Tenant agrees to pay for such parking passes as Additional Rent (defined in Section 3 ) under the Lease. Except as set forth in this Section 1.12 and Section 28 herein, Tenant’s use of such parking passes shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to the Lease.

 

1.13                            Guarantor ”:  None.

 

2.                                        Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession .

 

2.1                                  Since Landlord is required to perform the Landlord Work prior to the Commencement Date: (a) the date set forth in Section 1.06 as the Commencement Date shall instead be defined as the “ Target Commencement Date ”; (b) the actual Commencement Date shall be the date which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in the initial Premises, and (ii) the date on which the Landlord Work in the initial Premises is Substantially Complete (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C ), as reasonably determined by Landlord, provided , however , so long as Tenant does not commence business operations in the Premises, the actual Commencement Date shall not occur prior to the Target Commencement Date (November 1, 2014); and (c) the Expiration Date will be the last day of the Term as determined based upon the actual Commencement Date. Landlord’s failure to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work by the Target Commencement Date shall not be a default by Landlord or otherwise render Landlord liable for damages. If Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Landlord Work as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties (defined in Section 13 below) or their respective contractors or vendors, including, without limitation, changes requested by Tenant to approved plans, Tenant’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Lease, or the specification of any materials or equipment with long lead times (each a “ Tenant Delay ”), the Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay. It is further understood and agreed that if for any reason the Commencement Date occurs pursuant to the terms of this Lease on a day other than the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be an initial stub period which shall be added to the initial Term and Tenant shall pay all Rent (defined in Section 3 below) and other charges with respect to such stub period (on a prorated basis as referenced in Section 3 below) at the same rate applicable to the first (1 st ) full calendar month of this Lease.  Following such stub period and commencing as of the first (1 st ) day of the first (1 st ) full calendar month following the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, Tenant shall commence the payment of Rent and other charges payable hereunder as if the initial Term had actually commenced on such date. The use of the stub period described above is intended to provide for ease of administration and calculation of all amounts owed hereunder, it being agreed that all rental adjustments will be determined as of the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month and the Term of the Lease will end as of the last day of a calendar month (unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof).

 

2.2                                  Subject to Landlord performing the Landlord Work (including Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 9 of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C ), the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “ AS-IS ” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver possession of the Premises or any other space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party. In such event, the Commencement Date for such space shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant free from occupancy by any party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall cause the Premises to be thoroughly cleaned immediately following Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work, and Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in broom clean condition.

 

2.3                                  Within 30 days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall return an executed Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G . The Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement shall be binding upon Tenant unless Tenant objects thereto in writing within such 30 day period.

 

2



 

2.4                                  Commencing upon the full execution and delivery of this Lease, and continuing until the Commencement Date (the “ Early Access Period ”),  and so long as (i) Landlord has received the first (1 st ) installment of Monthly Base Rent pursuant to Section 3 below, and the Security Deposit pursuant to Section 5 below (to be maintained pursuant to the terms of Section 5 below), and (ii) Landlord has received insurance certificates evidencing that Tenant is carrying the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 14 of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment therein; provided , however , that during such Early Access Period, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay to Landlord all sums and charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, provided , further , that so long as Tenant does not commence the operation of business in the Premises, Tenant shall not be required to pay Monthly Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes during the Early Access Period.  Further, any work to be performed by Tenant or its contractors within the Premises shall be performed in strict accordance with the terms of Section 9 of this Lease, including obtaining Landlord’s prior approval of plans for any cabling, wiring or other work which may affect systems or structure or be visible from outside the Premises and causing all contractors to comply with the Property’s construction rules and regulations. In connection with any such entry, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall fully cooperate, work in harmony and not, in any manner, interfere with Landlord or its agents or representatives in performing work at the Property, the Building and the Premises, or interfere with the general operation of the Building and/or the Property, and all work shall be performed in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the then current construction rules and regulations at the Building. If at any time any such person representing Tenant shall not be cooperative or shall otherwise cause or threaten to cause any such disharmony or interference, including, without limitation, labor disharmony, and Tenant fails to immediately institute and maintain corrective actions as directed by Landlord’s written notice, then Landlord may revoke Tenant’s entry rights upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such entry into and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by Tenant or any person or entity working for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, excluding only the covenant to pay rent (until the occurrence of the Commencement Date, or upon such earlier date as Tenant may commence business operations within the Premises). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s work made in or about the Premises in connection with such entry or to any property placed therein prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and liability. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to any portion of the Premises, caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees. In addition, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s entry or work during the Early Access Period.

 

2.5                                  It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that concurrently herewith Tenant plans to enter into a sublease (the “ Sublease ”) with respect to that certain space located on the eighth (8 th ) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 7,493 rentable square feet, and designated as Suite 800 (the “ Must-Take Premises ”).  The Must-Take Premises are currently leased by Flipswap, Inc. (“ Flipswap ”), and Flipswap will therefore be the sublessor under the terms of the Sublease, and the Must-Take Premises are subject to the existing lease by and between Landlord and Flipswap (the “ Flipswap Lease ”). Concurrently herewith, Landlord, Tenant and Flipswap shall enter into a consent to the Sublease (the “ Consent ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I , which Consent shall include Flipswap’s agreement to allow the Landlord Work to be constructed within the Must-Take Premises, pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C .  It is expressly agreed that the effectiveness of this Lease is subject to and conditioned upon (i) the full execution and delivery of the Sublease by Tenant and Flipswap (which shall a matter solely between Tenant and Flipswap), and (ii) the full execution and delivery of the Consent by Landlord, Tenant and Flipswap.

 

(a)                                   It is acknowledged that throughout the term of the Sublease, Tenant shall occupy the Must- Take Premises subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Sublease. The Flipswap Lease, the Sublease and the Consent will expire effective December 31, 2015, and will thereafter be terminated for all purposes, except for any liabilities or obligations which specifically survive the termination of the Flipswap Lease, the Sublease, and the Consent in accordance with their respective terms. Commencing January 1, 2016 (the “ Must-Take Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, the Must-Take Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease, and accordingly the Must-Take Premises shall become a part of the initial Premises leased by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.  The Term with respect to the Must-Take Premises shall end concurrently with the expiration of the Term of the initial Premises, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Lease.

 

(b)                                  Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the Must-Take Premises (the “ Must-Take Base Rent ”) under this Lease shall commence on the Must-Take Commencement Date. The Must-Take Base Rent shall be payable at the same monthly rental rate per rentable square foot in effect with respect to the initial Premises on the Must-Take Commencement Date, and shall thereafter be increased concurrently with the increases in the Base Rent for the initial Premises, so that the monthly rental rate per rentable square foot of the Must-Take Premises is always equivalent to the monthly rental rate per rentable square foot for the initial Premises. The Must-Take Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments in the same manner as the Base Rent for the initial Premises. Commencing on the Must-Take Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Must-Take Premises, in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit B attached hereto. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share with respect to the Must-Take Premises shall be 2.48% (7,493 square feet within the Must-Take Premises / 302,628 square feet within the Building). The Must-Take Base Rent shall be confirmed as part of the Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

 

3.                                        Rent .

 

3.1                                  Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $16,049.00 constituting Base Rent due and payable by Tenant for the first full calendar month of the Term for which Rent is payable hereunder.  Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction all Base Rent and Additional Rent for the

 

3



 

Term (collectively referred to as “ Rent ”) when due. “ Additional Rent ” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, payments for insurance, repairs and parking and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Expenses. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent. Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before 30 days after billing by Landlord. All Rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall be paid to Landlord in lawful money of the United States of America, by check or wire transfer made payable to the entity constituting Landlord hereunder and sent to the lock box designated in Section 1.10 of the Basic Lease Information, or to such other location or address as Landlord may designate from time to time. Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to 5% of all past due Rent; provided , however , no administration fee shall be payable by Tenant with respect to the first (1 st ) time in any twelve (12) month period during the Term hereof that Tenant is late in the payment of Rent hereunder, provided , that, such payment is made within ten (10) days of the date such payment is due. In addition, in the event Tenant is more than ten (10) business days late in paying Rent, past due Rent shall accrue interest at 12% per annum (or the maximum rate legally permissible, whichever is less). Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be prorated. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction.  Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease. Further, in the event any check submitted by Tenant is returned by reason of “non sufficient funds”, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an “NSF Fee” at Landlord’s standard rate then in effect.

 

3.2                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and no default by Tenant occurs hereunder, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the second (2 nd ) through fifth (5 th ) full months of the initial Term (collectively, the “Abatement Period” ).  During the Abatement Period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of Section 19 hereof, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Section 19 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the then unamortized remaining balance of the Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Section 3 (such amortization being calculated on a straight line basis over the entire Term and such balance being determined as of the date of Tenant’s default).

 

4.                                        Compliance with Laws; Use . The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall comply with all statutes, codes,  ordinances, orders,  rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity (collectively, “ Laws ”), regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. The Project has not undergone an inspection by a certified access specialist and no representations are made with respect to compliance with accessibility standards. Tenant shall comply with the Rules and Regulations of the Building attached as Exhibit D and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time.

 

5.                                        Security Deposit .

 

5.1                                  The Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Laws) as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of damages. Landlord may use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to satisfy past due Rent, to cure any Default (defined in Section 18 ) by Tenant, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default.  If Landlord uses any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall on demand restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a Default under this Lease. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 30 days after the later to occur of: (a) payment of the final Rent due from Tenant; or (b) the later to occur of the Expiration Date or the date Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in compliance with Section 24 . Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any successor Laws now or hereafter in effect.

 

5.2                                  Notwithstanding the terms of Section 5.01 above, so long as (i) no breach or default by Tenant has occurred under the Lease as of the Reduction Date (defined below), (ii) there has been no draw on the Security Deposit prior to the Reduction Date, and (iii) there has been no material adverse change in Tenant’s financial condition from the condition existing as of the date hereof (collectively, the “ Reduction Conditions ”), Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction of the Security Deposit in an amount equal to $87,500.00 (the “ Reduction Amount ”) effective as of the first (1 st ) day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month of the initial Term (the “ Reduction Date ”), subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.02 . In order to obtain the reduction of the Security Deposit as referenced herein, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord not more than ninety (90) days or less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Reduction Date written notice requesting the reduction of the Security Deposit as set forth herein, including written confirmation by Tenant that the Reduction Conditions are satisfied. Following receipt of Tenant’s written request for such reduction and Landlord’s confirmation that the Reduction Conditions are satisfied, the Reduction Amount shall, at Landlord’s option, be either refunded to Tenant or applied to Base Rent coming due under this Lease as of the Reduction Date. Following the reduction of the Security Deposit as set forth above, the Security Deposit shall total $87,500.00, and there shall be no further reduction in the amount of the Security Deposit for the remainder of the Term.

 

6.                                        Building Services . Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services: (a) water service for use in the base building lavatories; (b) customary heat and air conditioning in season from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday (excepting nationally recognized holidays, which currently include New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day) (collectively, the “ Building Service Hours ”), and Tenant shall have the right to receive HVAC service during hours other than the Building Service Hours by paying Landlord’s then standard charge for additional HVAC service with a two (2) hour minimum and providing such reasonable prior notice as is specified by Landlord; (c) standard janitorial service in a manner consistent with the operation of other comparable office buildings located within the vicinity of

 

4



 

the Building, which are substantially comparable to the Building in terms of appearance, age, size, quality, services, amenities, and access; (d) passenger elevator service;  and (e) Building standard electricity for general office purposes, not to exceed two (2) watts connected load per usable square foot of the Premises calculated on a monthly basis for Building Service Hours. Electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be paid for by Tenant either: (i) through inclusion in Expenses (except as provided for excess usage); (ii) by a separate charge payable by Tenant to Landlord; or (iii) by separate charge billed by the applicable utility company. Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption, diminishment or termination of, services due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruptions or the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure (defined in Section 27.02 ) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement.

 

If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of the Building standard level of services supplied by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, or if Tenant’s consumption of electricity shall exceed Building standard electrical consumption as referenced in subsection 6(e)  above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within five (5) days of billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption. In order to measure the amount of electricity provided to the Premises, Landlord may, at its sole discretion and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install devices to separately meter Tenant’s electrical consumption. Further, Tenant shall not install any supplemental or stand alone HVAC or cooling equipment or systems without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Landlord may condition such consent upon the installation of separate meters to measure any related consumption of chilled water or electricity and compliance with Landlord’s design criteria so as not to affect base Building systems or equipment. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Property or the risers or wiring installation, and Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises that will result in excess utilities consumption, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of this Section 6 , Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish. The current hourly cost, which is subject to increase in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, is Sixty-Five Dollars ($65.00) per hour per zone within the Premises.

 

7.                                        Landlord’s Reservation of Rights . Provided Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises and parking to be provided to Tenant under this Lease is not interfered with in an unreasonable manner, Landlord reserves for itself and for all other owner(s) and operator(s) of the Common Areas and the balance of the Property, the right from time to time to: (i) install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Building; (ii) make changes to the design and layout of the Property, including, without limitation, changes to buildings, driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways, and, subject to the parking provisions contained in Section 28 and Exhibit D , parking spaces and parking areas; and (iii) use or close temporarily the Common Areas and/or other portions of the Property while engaged in making improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building, the Property, or any portion thereof; provided , however , in the course of taking such action, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to interfere with or adversely affect Tenant’s business operations at the Premises (subject to events and circumstances outside of Landlord’s reasonable control).

 

8.                                        Leasehold Improvements . All improvements in and to the Premises, including any Alterations (defined below) (collectively, “ Leasehold Improvements ”) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant. Landlord, however, by written notice to Tenant prior to the Expiration Date, may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove any electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (collectively, “ Cable ”) installed by or for the benefit of Tenant and/or any Landlord Work or Alterations that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are not standard office improvements and are of a nature that would require material removal and repair costs (collectively referred to as “ Required Removables ”). Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require Tenant to provide a letter of credit, bond and/or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure any required removal of such Required Removables.

 

9.                                        Repairs and Alterations .

 

9.1                                  Tenant shall periodically inspect the Premises to identify any conditions that are dangerous or in need of maintenance or repair and shall promptly provide Landlord with notice of any such conditions. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than 20 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 5% of the cost of the repairs.  Landlord shall perform all maintenance and repairs upon the:  (a) structural elements of the Building; (b) mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general; (a) Common Areas; (d) roof of the Building; (e) exterior windows of the Building; and (f) elevators serving the Building. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.

 

9.2                                  Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any cable (collectively referred to as “ Alterations ”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, , which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided , however , if any such Alterations affect or impact in any way the systems or structure of the Building, affect the appearance of the Building or any areas outside the Premises, or require the issuance of a building permit, such consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and

 

5



 

absolute discretion. In order to obtain such approvals, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names of contractors acceptable to Landlord; required permits and approvals; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured; and any security for performance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance (including, California Energy Code, Title 24) and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of any Alterations equal to 5% of the cost of the Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans for Alterations, completion affidavits and full and final waivers of lien.

 

10.                                  Entry by Landlord . Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect or show the Premises, to clean and make repairs, alterations or additions and to perform or facilitate maintenance, repairs, alterations or additions to any portion of the Building. Except in emergencies or to provide Building services, Landlord shall provide Tenant with twenty-four (24) hours prior verbal notice of entry. Entry by Landlord shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

 

11.                                  Assignment and Subletting .

 

11.1                            Except as set forth in Section 11.03 below, Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “ Transfer ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (subject, however, to Landlord’s right to exercise its recapture rights as set forth below in this Section 11.01 in its sole and absolute discretion). It is further understood that any renewal, extension or modification of an existing sublease shall also require Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Section shall,  at Landlord’s option, be void. Within 10 business days after receipt of executed copies of the transfer documentation and such other information as Landlord may request, Landlord shall either: (a) consent to the Transfer by execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord; (b) refuse to consent to the Transfer; or (c) with respect to an assignment of the Lease or a sublease of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for substantially all of the remaining Term, to recapture the subject space. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws, now or hereinafter in effect, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed transferee. In no event shall any Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.  Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of $500.00 for Landlord’s review of any requested Transfer. Additionally, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord with respect to any Transfer, whether consented to or not; provided , however , Landlord agrees that so long as Landlord’s standard form of consent document is utilized and such consent document is reasonably negotiated with no more than two (2) drafts of the consent document circulated, the total fees charged to Tenant for a consent request will not exceed $2,500.00.  If Tenant is in Default (as defined below), Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of Tenant’s share of payments received by Landlord.

 

11.2                            If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in this Section 11.02 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (a) any reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer (but only to the extent approved by Landlord), and (b) any reasonable brokerage commissions and legal fees and costs in connection with the Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

 

11.3                            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 , an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant or any corporation or other business entity that succeeds to the business of Tenant as a result of a merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of the assets, or other business reorganization (“ Affiliate ”) of Tenant shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Section 11 , provided that (a) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease prior to the effective date thereof and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such Affiliate (including, in the event of an assignment, evidence of the assignee’s assumption of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or, in the event of a sublease, evidence of the sublessee’s assumption, in full, of the obligations of Tenant with respect to the portion of the Premises so subleased, other than the payment of rent), (b) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (c) such assignment or sublease does not cause Landlord to be in default under any lease at the Property, (d) the net worth of such Affiliate shall be reasonably sufficient to meet the obligations undertaken by such Affiliate with respect to this Lease, taking into account all relevant factors, and (e) with respect to a subletting only, Tenant and such Affiliate execute Landlord’s standard consent to sublease form. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence may be referred to herein as an “ Affiliated Assignee ”.  “ Control ” as used in this Section 11 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of greater than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of greater than fifty- one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, an entity.  The provisions of this Section 11.03 shall not be available to

 

6



 

any assignee or sublessee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such Transferee obtained its interest in this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.03 .

 

12.                                  Liens . Tenant shall not permit mechanic’s or other liens to be placed upon the Property or Premises in connection with any work purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant or its transferees. Tenant shall, within 10 days of notice from Landlord, fully discharge any lien by settlement, by bonding or by insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by Laws. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may bond, insure over or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

13.                                  Indemnity and Waiver of Claims . Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees (as defined herein) and agents (the “ Landlord Related Parties ”) from all claims for any injury to or death of persons, damage to property or business loss in any manner related to (a) acts of God, (b) acts of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe; (d) the inadequacy or failure of any security services, personnel or equipment, or (e) any matter outside of the reasonable control of Landlord. Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Laws), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in, on or about the Premises or any acts or omissions (including violations of Laws) of Tenant and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees and agents (the “ Tenant Related Parties ”) or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees.

 

14.                                  Insurance .

 

14.1                            Tenant shall obtain and maintain throughout the Term the following insurance (“ Tenant’s Insurance ”):

 

(a)                                   Commercial General Liability Insurance written on an ISO CG 00 01 12 07 form or equivalent covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal and advertising injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, with no exclusion or limitation to the policy definition of “Insured Contract”, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 13 of this Lease, and liquor liability coverage (in the event alcoholic beverages are served on the Premises) for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

$2,000,000 each occurrence

$2,000,000 general aggregate

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

 

 

Personal and Advertising Injury Liability

$2,000,000 each occurrence (included in general aggregate) 0% Insured’s participation

 

(b)                                  Property Insurance, written on “Special Form Cause of Loss Perils form, with coverage for broad form water damage including earthquake sprinkler leakage and pollution coverage for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire, at full replacement cost value (without deduction for depreciation) and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, equipment,  movable partitions, furniture, merchandise and other personal property, including property of others for which the tenant may be legally liable, within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”) and any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant;

 

(c)                                   Loss-of-income, business interruption and extra-expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of loss of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.

 

(d)                                  Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by laws and in amounts as may be required by applicable statute and Employers Liability Coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each accident, $1,000,000 policy limit, $1,000,000 each employee, and containing a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord;

 

(e)                                   If and to the extent Tenant or its employees drive automobiles or other motor vehicles in the course of conducting Tenant’s business, Commercial Automobile Liability insuring bodily injury and property damage arising from all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, if any, with minimum limits of liability of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit, each accident; and

 

(f)                                     With respect to improvements or Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises, Builder’s Risk insurance or an Installation Floater covering the full amount of the work to be performed, subject to Special Form Cause of Loss perils. Such insurance will name the Landlord, Tenant, Contractor and Subcontractors as Insureds.

 

7



 

14.2                            Any company writing Tenant’s Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A: VIII and shall be licensed to issue insurance coverage in the state in which the premises are located. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall (i) name Landlord (or its successors and assignees), the managing agent for the Building (or any successor), and their respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord and its successors as the interest of such designees shall appear, as additional insureds (utilizing endorsement ISO Form CG 2011 11/85 or equivalent, for tenant improvements or betterments requiring structural alterations the contractors performing the work will provide additional insured endorsements utilizing a combination of the forms CG 20 10 07/04 and CG 20 37 07/04 in favor of the stated additional insureds), (ii) must contain an endorsement stating “such insurance as is afforded by this policy for the benefit of Landlord and any other additional insured(s) designated by Landlord, shall be primary as respects any liability or claims arising out of the occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s operations, and any insurance carried by Landlord or any other additional insured(s) shall be non-contributory” (iii) contain an endorsement that the insurer waives its right to subrogation as described in Section 15 below; (iv) contain a cross- liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause. Tenant shall endeavor to obtain the agreement of the insurer writing Tenant’s Insurance to notify Landlord (and any other additional insureds) in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation, termination, material change or lapse of Tenant’s Insurance (it being agreed that efforts by Tenant to obtain such an agreement by the insurer shall include obtaining any commercially available endorsement to assure such notification). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall notify Landlord (and any other additional insureds) in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation, termination, material change or lapse of Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing all insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder (including evidence of all required endorsements and additional insured coverage as noted above) at least fifteen (15) days prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises, and thereafter as necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s Insurance. If any such initial or replacement policies or certificates are not furnished within the time(s) specified herein, Tenant shall be deemed to be in material Default under this Lease without the benefit of any additional notice or cure period provided in Section 19 below, and Landlord, following three (3) days prior written notice to Tenant, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such policies and certificates at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof within ten (10) days following Landlord’s submission of an invoice therefor. In no event shall the limits of any insurance policy obtained by a Tenant be considered to limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

 

15.                                  Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other for any loss or damage to person with respect to Tenant’s Property, Leasehold Improvements, the Building, the Premises, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss, damage or injury is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance. As noted above, Tenant also waives subrogation with respect to losses or claims covered by worker’s compensation insurance.

 

16.                                  Casualty Damage . Landlord, by notice to Tenant within 60 days of the date of the fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), shall have the right to terminate this Lease if all or any part of the Premises is damaged to the extent that it cannot reasonably be repaired within 120 days after the date of the Casualty. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, restore the Premises. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Laws. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s Insurance with respect to any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; provided if the estimated cost to repair such Leasehold Improvements exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repairs. Within 15 days of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof.  Provided that Tenant is not in Default, during any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  and without limiting Tenant’s obligations, to pay to Landlord any cost of restoration in excess of the proceeds of Tenant’s Insurance, in the event that Landlord does not receive sufficient insurance proceeds to complete all required restoration work, whether due to an uninsured Casualty, requirements of a Mortgagee, or otherwise, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant. The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 16 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, and any Laws, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Property.

 

17.                                  Condemnation . Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Laws, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within forty-five (45) days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar or successor Laws.

 

18.                                  Events of Default . Each of the following occurrences shall be considered to be a “ Default ”: (a) Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Rent when due, if the failure continues for 3 days after written notice to Tenant, which notice shall be in satisfaction of,  and not in addition to,  notice required by Laws (“ Monetary Default ”);  or

 

8



 

(b) Tenant’s failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within 10 days after written notice to Tenant, which notice shall be in satisfaction of, and not in addition to, notice required by Laws (including, without limitation, Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure), provided , however , if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within 10 days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 60 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Tenant commences to cure within 10 days and Tenant diligently pursues the cure to completion.

 

19.                                  Remedies .

 

19.1                            Upon the occurrence of any Default under this Lease, whether enumerated in Section 18 or not, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice (except as expressly prescribed herein) or demand whatsoever (and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby specifically waives notice and demand for payment of Rent or other obligations, except for those notices specifically required pursuant to the terms of Section 18 or this Section 19 , and waives any and all other notices or demand requirements imposed by applicable law):

 

(a)                                   Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover from Tenant an award of damages equal to the sum of the following:

 

(i)                                      The Worth at the Time of Award (as defined below) of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

 

(ii)                                   The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could have been reasonably avoided;

 

(iii)                                The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could be reasonably avoided;

 

(iv)                               Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment either proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

 

(v)                                  All such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable law.

 

The “ Worth at the Time of Award ” of the amounts referred to in parts (i) and (ii) above, shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of a per annum rate equal to:  (A) the greatest per annum rate of interest permitted from time to time under applicable law, or (B) the Prime Rate (defined below) plus 5%. For purposes hereof, the “ Prime Rate ” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the State of California.  The “Worth at the Time of Award” of the amount referred to in part (iii), above, shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%;

 

(b)                                  Employ the remedy described in California Civil Code §1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations); or

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Landlord’s exercise of the remedy described in California Civil Code §1951.4 in respect of an event or events of Default, at such time thereafter as Landlord may elect in writing, to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover an award of damages as provided above in Section 19.01(a) .

 

19.2                            The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No waiver by Landlord of any breach hereof shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.

 

19.3                            TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CIVIL CODE OF CALIFORNIA AND BY SECTIONS 1174 (c) AND 1179 OF THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OF CALIFORNIA AND ANY AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM PROVIDING THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THIS LEASE FOLLOWING ITS TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANT’S BREACH. TENANT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE.

 

19.4                            No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement, applicable law or in equity.  In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants,  agreements,  conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity.  Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default.

 

9



 

19.5                            If Tenant is in Default of any of its non-monetary obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to 10% of the cost of the work performed by Landlord.

 

19.6                            This Section 19 shall be enforceable to the maximum extent such enforcement is not prohibited by applicable law, and the unenforceability of any portion thereof shall not thereby render unenforceable any other portion.

 

20.                                  Limitation of Liability .

 

THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF (A) THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY, OR (B) THE EQUITY INTEREST LANDLORD WOULD HAVE IN THE PROPERTY IF THE PROPERTY WERE ENCUMBERED BY THIRD PARTY DEBT IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO 70% OF THE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) (DEFINED IN SECTION 23 BELOW) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES (DEFINED IN SECTION 23 BELOW), NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT.

 

21.                                  Relocation .  (Intentionally Omitted)

 

22.                                  Holding Over .  If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or termination of the Term, or after the date in any notice given by Landlord to Tenant terminating this Lease, such possession by Tenant shall be deemed to be a month-to-month tenancy terminable on written thirty (30) day notice at any time, by either party. Tenant’s occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the fair market gross rental for the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord (which in no event shall be less than 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover). No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. Further, there shall be no reconciliation or refund of amounts paid by Tenant during any period of holdover. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

23.                                  Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate .  Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “ Mortgage ”). This clause shall be self-operative. However, upon request from Landlord or Landlord’s lender, Tenant shall execute and deliver, within ten (10) days after receipt of such request, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) in the current lender’s standard form, the current form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H . If Tenant wishes to request or negotiate any revisions to the lender’s form of SNDA, Tenant shall pay any actual costs charged by lender in connection with the issuance of such SNDA for Tenant. In addition, from time to time upon request from any future holder of a Mortgage encumbering the Property (a “ Mortgagee ”), Tenant shall execute an SNDA in such Mortgagee’s standard form, which shall be commercially reasonable. As an alternative, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request, Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease. Tenant shall, within 10 days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

24.                                  Financial Statements . Prior to the execution of this Lease by Landlord and at any time during the Term of this Lease, but in no event more than once per year, except in the event of a breach or Default by Tenant hereunder, or if requested by a lender in connection with the proposed sale or refinancing of the Property, upon ten (10) business days prior written notice from Landlord, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with a current financial statement for Tenant and any guarantors of Tenant and financial statements for the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year for Tenant and any guarantors of Tenant. Such statements are to be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, audited by an independent certified public accountant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to deliver financial statements to Landlord as set forth herein, shall not be applicable, so long as the Tenant hereunder is the original named Tenant hereunder executing this Lease and such financial statements are publicly available.

 

25.                                  Notice . All demands, approvals, consents or notices shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Section 1 . Each notice shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or any other Notice Address without providing a new Notice Address, 3 days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to a post office box address) by giving the other party written notice of the new address.

 

10


 

26.                                Surrender of Premises . At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property and any designated Required Removables from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage which Landlord is obligated to repair hereunder excepted. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property within 2 days after termination, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled to remove and store Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage within 30 days after notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned and title to Tenant’s Property shall vest in Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove any of the designated Required Removables by the Expiration Date or perform related repairs in a timely manner, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall be deemed to be in holdover of the Premises pursuant to Section 22 above during the reasonable period of time required for the removal of Tenant’s Property.

 

27.                                Miscellaneous .

 

27.1                         Costs and Expenses; No Waiver .  If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant, term or condition of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any proceeding based upon a breach of this Lease. Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.

 

27.2                         Force Majeure . Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of the Security Deposit or Rent), the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (“ Force Majeure ”). Force Majeure shall not include financial difficulties of the party required to perform.

 

27.3                         Transfer By Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its ownership interest, rights and obligations in the Building, Project, Property or Lease, including the Security Deposit, and upon transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations and the return of any Security Deposit.

 

27.4                         Submission of Lease; Claims By Brokers . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord’s lender holding a lien with respect to the Building has approved this Lease and the terms and conditions hereof. Tenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease.

 

27.5                         Survival of Obligations . The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time, termination or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

27.6                         Quiet Enjoyment; Binding Covenants . Tenant shall, and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This covenant and all other covenants of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building.

 

27.7                         Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises.  This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Building is located.

 

27.8                         Authority; PATRIOT Act . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant and that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, among the individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists.

 

27.9                         Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

 

28.                                Parking .

 

28.1                         Tenant’s Parking Passes . During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall purchase from Landlord, the number of Unreserved Parking Passes specified in the Basic Lease Information hereof for use by Tenant’s employees in the common parking areas for the Building within the Property, as designated by Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall at all times have the right to establish and modify the nature and extent of the parking areas for the Building and Property (including whether such areas shall be surface, underground and/or other structures) as long as Tenant is provided the number of Unreserved Parking Passes designated in the Basic Lease Information.  In addition, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, assign any unreserved and unassigned parking

 

11



 

spaces, and/or make all or a portion of such spaces reserved. In addition to the foregoing, subject to availability as determined by Landlord (or the parking operator) from time to time, by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written request to Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to purchase additional parking passes for reserved parking spaces (the “ Reserved Parking Passes ”) on a month-to-month basis at the prevailing rate charged from time to time by Landlord (or the parking operator) for parking passes for reserved parking spaces in the parking areas where such Reserved Parking Passes are located, which rate is currently $75.00 per Reserved Parking Pass per month.

 

28.2                         Visitor Parking Charges . In addition to the Unreserved Parking Passes and any Reserved Parking Passes for use by Tenant’s employees, Landlord shall permit access to the parking areas for Tenant’s visitors, subject to availability of spaces and payment (by validation charges or otherwise) of daily visitor parking charges therefor as may be established and adjusted by Landlord from time to time. Although there are currently no daily visitor parking charges, Landlord reserves the right to impose such charges in the future.

 

28.3                         Parking Rules . The use of the parking areas shall be subject to any reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and/or Landlord’s parking operators from time to time, including any system for controlled ingress and egress and charging visitors and invitees, with appropriate provision for validation of such charges. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than its allotment and shall not use any parking spaces specifically assigned by Landlord to other tenants of the Building or Property or for such other uses as visitor parking. Tenant’s parking passes shall be used only for parking by vehicles no larger than normally sized passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described herein, including, without limitation,  parking in spaces designated as reserved spaces, illegal parking, and any non-compliance with posted signage, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord.

 

29.                                Joint and Several Obligations . If more than 1 person executes this Lease as Tenant, their execution of this Lease will constitute their covenant and agreement that (i) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and (ii) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease means and includes each of them jointly and severally.  The act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of any 1 or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, will be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

 

30.                                Counterparts; Electronic Delivery . This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement. The parties may exchange counterpart signatures by facsimile or electronic transmission and the same shall constitute delivery of this Lease with respect to the delivering party. If a variation or discrepancy among counterparts occurs, the copy of this Lease in Landlord’s possession shall control.

 

31.                                Hazardous Substance Disclosure .  California law requires landlords to disclose to tenants the existence of certain Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined). As used herein, “ Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, substance, material, controlled substance, object, condition, waste, living organism or combination thereof, whether solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous, which is or may be hazardous to human health or safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, explosivity, toxicity, carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, phytotoxicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, including, without limitation, tobacco smoke, petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos, radon, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), refrigerants (including those substances defined in the Environmental Protection Agency’s “Refrigerant Recycling Rule”, as amended from time to time) and all of those chemicals, substances, materials, controlled substances, objects, conditions, wastes, living organisms or combinations thereof which are now or become in the future listed, defined or regulated in any manner by any Laws, rules or regulations governing Hazardous Materials based upon, directly or indirectly, such properties or effects. Accordingly, the existence of gasoline and other automotive fluids, asbestos containing materials, maintenance fluids, copying fluids and other office supplies and equipment, certain construction and finish materials, tobacco smoke, cosmetics and other personal items must be disclosed. Gasoline and other automotive fluids are found in the parking areas of the Property. Cleaning, lubricating and hydraulic fluids used in the operation and maintenance of the Building are found in the utility areas of the Building not generally accessible to Building occupants or the public. Many Building occupants use copy machines and printers with associated fluids and toners, and pens, markers, inks, and office equipment that may contain Hazardous Materials. Certain adhesives, paints and other construction materials and finishes used in portions of the Building may contain Hazardous Materials. The Building may from time to time be exposed to tobacco smoke. Building occupants and other persons entering the Building from time to time may use or carry prescription and non- prescription drugs, perfumes, cosmetics and other toiletries, and foods and beverages, some of which may contain Hazardous Materials. By its execution of this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that the notice set forth hereinabove shall constitute the notice required under California Health and Safety Code Section 25915.5.

 

32.                                Signage .  Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install one (1) identification sign at the entry doors of the Premises, and one (1) panel on the existing monument signage (the “ Monument Signage ”) for the Building at the location shown on Exhibit J attached hereto, subject to city and governmental approvals. Such sign panel shall be installed by a signage contractor designated by Landlord. The quality, design, style, lighting and size of such sign and any proposed replacement sign shall be consistent with Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $750.00 per month for the Monument Signage from the date of installation through the date upon which: (a) Tenant’s stock becomes publicly traded on a national stock exchange,

 

12



 

and (b) the market value of the company comprising Tenant following the closing of such public offering shall exceed $120,000,000.00, as reasonably verified by Landlord based upon commonly accepted company valuation principles and consistent with GAAP accounting standards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall have the right, at its election at any time during the Term to terminate Tenant’s right to maintain Monument Signage at the Building upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, provided, however, as a condition to Landlord exercising its right to terminate Tenant’s Monument Signage rights, Landlord shall be granting such signage rights to another tenant leasing no less than 14,000 rentable square feet of space at the Building. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of Tenant’s Monument Signage and the repair of any damage caused by such removal. If Tenant shall fail to remove such signage and repair all damage when required, Landlord shall have the right to perform such removal and repair, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof. The signage rights granted to Tenant under this Section 32 are personal to the Original Tenant, and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity, and may not be exercised if Tenant and its Affiliates are not leasing the entire Premises. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or the Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion. Additionally, Landlord shall include Tenant’s name and location in the Building on the electronic directory for the Building.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

13



 

Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC ,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Bixby Land Company

 

 

a California corporation,

 

 

its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

S-1



 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

 

 

TENANT’S INITIALS HERE:    

 

 

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the space Plan as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to scale; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

EXHIBIT A

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503.

 

1.                                       Payments .

 

1.1                                Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (defined below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the “ Expense Excess ”) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (defined below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the “ Tax Excess ”). If Expenses or Taxes in any calendar year decrease below the amount of Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year shall be $0. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar year during the Term.  On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of both the Expense Excess and Tax Excess. After its receipt of the revised estimate, Tenant’s monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the Expense Excess or the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous year’s estimate(s) until Landlord provides Tenant with the new estimate.  Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with the new estimates on or before the first (1 st ) day of May following the end of each calendar year.

 

1.2                                As soon as is practical following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax Excess for the prior calendar year. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is more than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for the prior calendar year, Landlord shall either provide Tenant with a refund or apply any overpayment by Tenant against Additional Rent due or next becoming due, provided if the Term expires before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after first deducting the amount of Rent due. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for such prior year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within 30 days after its receipt of the statement of Expenses or Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year.

 

2.                                       Expenses .

 

2.1                                Expenses ” means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the Project and the Property.  Expenses include, without limitation: (a) all labor and labor related costs, including wages, salaries, bonuses, taxes, insurance, uniforms, training, retirement plans, pension plans and other employee benefits; (b) management fees; (c) the cost of equipping, staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Project, provided if the management office services 1 or more other buildings or properties, the shared costs and expenses of equipping, staffing and operating such management office(s) shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and/or the other buildings or properties within or outside the Project, as applicable; (d) accounting costs; (e) the cost of services; (f) rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment; (g) insurance premiums and deductibles; (h) electricity, gas and other utility costs; (i) an administration and overhead fee (j) a property management fee and (k) the amortized cost of capital improvements (as distinguished from replacement parts or components installed in the ordinary course of business) made subsequent to the Base Year. The cost of capital improvements shall be amortized by Landlord over the lesser of the Payback Period (defined below) or the useful life of the capital improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord. The amortized cost of capital improvements may, at Landlord’s option, include actual or imputed interest at the rate that Landlord would reasonably be required to pay to finance the cost of the capital improvement. “ Payback Period ” means the reasonably estimated period of time that it takes for the cost savings resulting from a capital improvement to equal the total cost of the capital improvement. Landlord, by itself or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform, provide and be compensated for any services under this Lease. If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Building, the Project or the Property together with 1 or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building, the Project and the Property, and the other buildings or properties.

 

2.2                                Expenses shall not include:

 

(a)                                  depreciation;

 

(b)                                  principal payments of mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord;

 

(c)                                   the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds;

 

(d)                                  costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions;

 

(e)                                   lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants;

 

(f)                                    costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building;

 

EXHIBIT B

 

1



 

(g)                                   fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses;

 

(h)                                  organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord;

 

(i)                                      any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Building under their respective leases;

 

(j)                                     any ground lease rental;

 

(k)                                  expenditures which are considered capital expenditures in accordance with generally accepted commercial office building accounting practices and not included within Expenses permitted under Section 2.01 above;

 

(l)                                      expenses for services not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly, whether or not such services or other benefits are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building;

 

(m)                              that portion of any billing by Landlord, its subsidiaries or affiliates for goods and/or services in the Project, to the extent that such billing exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services if rendered by an unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(n)                                  Landlord’s general corporate overhead;

 

(o)                                  advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of signs in or on the Building identifying the owner of the Building, or other tenants’ signs;

 

(p)                                  costs of any compensation and employee benefits paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in a commercial concession operated by Landlord, except the parking areas;

 

(q)                                  costs incurred by Landlord to comply with notices of violation of the Americans With Disabilities Act, as amended, when such notices are for conditions existing prior to the Commencement Date;

 

(r)                                     costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any law, code, regulation, ordinance or the like;

 

(s)                                    tax penalties and interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligent or willful failure to make payments and/or to file any income tax or informational return(s) when due, unless such non-payment is due to Tenant’s nonpayment of rent;

 

(t)                                     costs incurred to comply with applicable laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 31 of the Lease) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such Hazardous Materials or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Materials, which Hazardous Materials are brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or anyone other than Tenant and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal, remediation or other action with respect thereto; and costs incurred with respect to the presence of asbestos in the Building (so long as such asbestos is not brought to the Building by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors);

 

(u)                                  any charitable or political contributions;

 

(v)                                  costs of correcting latent defects in the original construction of the Building;

 

(w)                                the purchase or rental price of any sculpture, paintings or other object of fine art, whether or not installed in, on or upon the Building;

 

(x)                                  costs of leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Property;

 

(y)                                  costs associated with operating the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitration pertaining to Landlord’s ownership of the Building; or

 

(z)                                   the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided , that in no event shall Expenses for purposes of the Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Portfolio Manager.

 

2



 

2.3                                If at any time during a calendar year the Building is not fully occupied or Landlord is not supplying services to the total Rentable Square Footage of the Building, Expenses shall, at Landlord’s option, be determined as if the Building had been fully occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to the entirety of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building. If Expenses for a calendar year are determined as provided in the prior sentence, Expenses for the Base Year shall also be determined in such manner.

 

3.                                       Taxes ” shall mean: (a) all real property taxes and other assessments on the Building, the Project and/or Property, including, but not limited to, gross receipts taxes, assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, governmental charges, fees and assessments for police, fire, traffic mitigation or other governmental service of purported benefit to the Property, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (b) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; and (c) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (a) and (b), including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities. Without limitation, Taxes shall not include any income, capital levy, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment. Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed. Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement from Landlord.

 

4.                                       Audit Rights . Tenant, within 90 days after receiving Landlord’s statement of the actual Expenses, may give Landlord written notice (“ Review Notice ”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Expenses for the calendar year to which the actual statement applies. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the state or commonwealth where the Building is located and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit unless the audit determines that Landlord has overstated Expenses by greater than 10%, in which case Landlord shall be responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit up to an amount not to exceed $2,500.00. Within 30 days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s statement of actual Expenses for that year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the 30 day period or fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the 30 day period described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s statement of actual Expenses and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that year. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of actual Expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due. If Tenant does not provide the Review Notice within the time period set forth above in this Section 4 , such statement will be deemed final and binding on Tenant.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT C

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503.

 

1.                                       Landlord, at its sole cost and expense (subject to the terms and provisions of Section 2 below) shall cause improvements to the initial Premises and the Must-Take Premises to be performed in accordance with the space plan approved by Landlord and Tenant attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “ Space Plan ”), using Building standard methods, materials and finishes. The improvements to be performed in accordance with the Space Plan are hereinafter referred to as the “ Landlord Work ”. Landlord shall enter into a direct contract for the Landlord Work with a general contractor selected by Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Landlord Work. The Landlord Work shall include any and all architectural fees, engineering fees, and city permits.

 

2.                                       All other work and upgrades, subject to Landlord’s approval, shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, payable upon demand as Additional Rent and a construction management fee payable to Landlord equivalent to five percent (5%) of the cost of such work and upgrades. Tenant shall be responsible for any Tenant Delay in completion of the Landlord Work resulting from any such other work and upgrades requested or performed by Tenant.

 

3.                                       Landlord’s supervision or performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that such work complies with applicable insurance requirements,  building codes, ordinances, Laws or regulations or that the improvements constructed will be adequate for Tenant’s use.

 

4.                                       Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate with each other in order to enable the Landlord Work to be performed in a timely manner and with as little inconvenience to the operation of Tenant’s business as is reasonably possible. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any delay in the completion of the Landlord Work or inconvenience suffered by Tenant during the performance of the Landlord Work shall not delay the Commencement Date nor shall it subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sums payable under the Lease.

 

5.                                       The Landlord Work shall not include any of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone and data equipment, or other personal property. Tenant shall assume full responsibility to ensure that all items associated with the Landlord Work are adequate to fully meet the requirements of Tenant’s intended use of the Premises.

 

6.                                       For purposes of this Work Letter and the Lease, the Landlord Work shall be “ Substantially Complete ” upon the completion of the Landlord Work in the Premises pursuant to the Space Plan, with the exception of any punch list items that do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by or on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter.

 

7.                                       This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

 

8.                                       Tenant understands that the Landlord Work may be performed during Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Must-Take Premises, and may result in inconvenience to Tenant (including noise, vibration and displacement from portions of the Must-Take Premises from time to time). Tenant will fully cooperate with Landlord’s efforts to efficiently complete the Landlord Work by, among other things, vacating portions of the Must-Take Premises from time to time to permit work to proceed, and by moving any furniture or personal property within the Must-Take Premises that is necessary for the completion of the Landlord Work. Tenant shall be responsible to pay for all costs associated with moving Flipswap’s furniture, fixtures and equipment located within the Must-Take Premises, and shall reimburse Landlord for such costs within five (5) days of receipt of an invoice therefor. Landlord will make reasonable efforts to minimize the inconvenience and disturbance caused by the Landlord Work, but is not responsible for business interruption or damage to property which results from the Landlord Work. Tenant shall also be responsible to pay for additional costs incurred by Landlord if Tenant requests or requires that any of the Landlord Work be done during other than normal business hours or if Tenant request or requires that Landlord delay any portion(s) of the Landlord Work.

 

9.                                       Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Premises were not in good condition and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations as of the Commencement Date, and such non- compliance is not due to Tenant’s particular use of, or activities or work in, the Premises, Landlord shall (as Tenant’s sole remedy therefor) correct such non-compliance at Landlord’s cost within a commercially reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of written notice thereof ( provided that such notice must be received within one hundred twenty (120) days following the Commencement Date).

 

EXHIBIT C

 

1



 

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT C

 

SPACE PLAN

 

 

TENANT’S INITIALS HERE:    

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT C

 

1


 

EXHIBIT D

 

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the Building, the parking areas/garage, the Property and the appurtenances. In the event of a conflict between the following rules and regulations and the remainder of the terms of the Lease, the remainder of the terms of the Lease shall control. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as defined in the Lease.

 

1.                                       Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. No rubbish, litter, trash, or material shall be placed, emptied, or thrown in those areas. At no time shall Tenant permit Tenant’s employees to loiter in Common Areas or elsewhere about the Building or Property.

 

2.                                       Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed in the fixtures or appliances. Damage resulting to fixtures or appliances by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid for by Tenant, and Landlord shall not be responsible for the damage.

 

3.                                       No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or other parts of the Building, except those of such color, size, style and in such places as are first approved in writing by Landlord. All tenant identification and suite numbers at the entrance to the Premises shall be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and expense, using the standard graphics for the Building. Except in connection with the hanging of lightweight pictures and wall decorations, no nails, hooks or screws shall be inserted into any part of the Premises or Building except by the Building maintenance personnel without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.                                       Landlord may provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an alphabetical directory board or other directory device listing tenants, and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

 

5.                                       Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door, or install any security system (including, without limitation, card key systems, alarms or security cameras), in the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Landlord shall have the right to retain at all times and to use keys or other access codes or devices to all locks and/or security system within and into the Premises. A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the entry doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at Tenant’s cost, and Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys. All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or early termination of this Lease. Further, if and to the extent Tenant re-keys, re-programs or otherwise changes any locks at  the Project,  Tenant shall be obligated to restore all such locks and key systems to be consistent with the master lock and key system at the Building, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

6.                                       All contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians performing work in the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall be required to comply with Landlord’s standard rules, regulations, policies and procedures, which may be revised from time to time.

 

7.                                       Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of merchandise or materials requiring the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval by providing a detailed listing of the activity. If approved by Landlord,  the activity shall be under  the supervision of Landlord and performed in the manner required by Landlord. Tenant shall assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from the activity.  If equipment, property, or personnel of Landlord or of any other party is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with the activity, Tenant shall be solely liable for any resulting damage or loss.

 

8.                                       Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy equipment or articles in and about the Premises, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Damage to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of Tenant’s Property shall be repaired  at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

9.                                       Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

 

10.                                Tenant shall not: (i) make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building, or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them; (ii) solicit business or distribute, or cause to be distributed, in any portion of the Building,  handbills, promotional materials or other advertising; or (iii) conduct or permit other activities in the Building that might, in Landlord’s sole opinion, constitute a nuisance.

 

11.                                No animals, except service animals permitted under, and in accordance with, applicable Laws, shall be brought into the Building or kept in or about the Premises.

 

12.                                No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises, Building or about the Property, except for those substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant  in a safe manner and in accordance with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations.   Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior

 

EXHIBIT D

 

1



 

written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq . or any other applicable environmental Laws which may now or later be in effect.  Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant, and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal.

 

13.                                Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which might injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall not use, or permit any part of the Premises to be used, for lodging, sleeping or for any illegal purpose.

 

14.                                Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts or which would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, or interfere with Landlord’s or any other tenant’s or occupant’s business or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building (“ Labor Disruption ”). Tenant shall take the actions necessary to resolve the Labor Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor Disruption, until Landlord gives its written consent for the work to resume. Tenant shall have no claim for damages against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties, nor shall the Commencement Date of the Term be extended as a result of the above actions.

 

15.                                Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord. Tenant shall not furnish cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of electronic or gas heating devices, portable coolers (such as “move ‘n cools”) or space heaters, without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other telecommunication facilities available to service the Building.

 

16.                                Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated a coin or token operated vending machine or similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement devices and machines for sale of beverages, foods, candy, cigarettes and other goods), except for machines for the exclusive use of Tenant’s employees and invitees.

 

17.                                Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside the Building or on the walkways outside the Building, except in areas designated by Landlord.

 

18.                                Landlord may from time to time adopt systems and procedures for the security and safety of the Building, its occupants, entry, use and contents. Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlord’s systems and procedures.

 

19.                                Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building or any other publicity by Tenant that in Landlord’s sole opinion may impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability. Upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such publicity immediately.

 

20.                                Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees shall smoke or permit smoking in the Common Areas, unless the Common Areas have been declared a designated smoking area by Landlord, nor shall the above parties allow smoke from the Premises to emanate into the Common Areas or any other part of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to designate the Building (including the Premises) as a non-smoking building.

 

21.                                Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for the Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable, that window coverings are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

 

22.                                Deliveries to and from the Premises shall be made only at the times, in the areas and through the entrances and exits reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not make deliveries to or from the Premises in a manner that might interfere with the use by any other tenant of its premises or of the Common Areas, any pedestrian use, or any use which is inconsistent with good business practice.

 

23.                                The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 P.M., and cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to prevent unreasonable hardship to the cleaning service.

 

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(i)                                      Landlord reserves the right to establish and reasonably change the hours for the parking areas, on a non- discriminatory basis, from time to time. Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store any automobiles in the parking areas without the prior written consent of the operator. Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the parking areas, or on the Property. If it is necessary for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the Parking Facility overnight, Tenant shall provide the operator with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and model of such automobile.

 

(ii)                                   Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars.

 

2



 

(iii)                                All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

(iv)                               The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

 

(v)                                  Parking spaces reserved for handicapped persons must be used only by vehicles properly designated.

 

(vi)                               Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without limitation:

 

(a)                                  areas not striped for parking

(b)                                  aisles

(c)                                   where “no parking” signs are posted

(d)                                  ramps

(e)                                   loading zones

 

(vii)                            Parking stickers, key cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry supplied by the operator shall remain the property of the operator. Such device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Parking passes and devices are not transferable and any pass or device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

 

(viii)                         Parking areas managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules.

 

(ix)                               Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own car.

 

(x)                                  Loss or theft of parking pass, identification, key cards or other such devices must be reported to Landlord and to the parking areas manager immediately. Any parking devices reported lost or stolen found on any authorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen passes and devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to the office of the parking areas immediately.

 

(xi)                               Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle by the customer and/or his agents is prohibited. Parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles.

 

(xii)                            Tenant agrees to acquaint all persons to whom Tenant assigns a parking space with these Rules.

 

A.                                     TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT OR TENANT’S PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATIONS, ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT’S AUTOMOBILE OR THE CONTENTS THEREOF DUE TO THEFT, VANDALISM OR ACCIDENT) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO TENANT’S USE OF THE PARKING AREAS OR EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS PARKING AGREEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTS FROM LANDLORD’S ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENT OMISSION. THE LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY UNDER THE PRECEDING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY HOWEVER TO LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING DIRECTLY FROM LANDLORD’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

 

B.                                     Without limiting the provisions of Paragraph A above, Tenant hereby voluntarily releases, discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant arising as a result of parking in the parking areas or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action. It is the intention of Tenant by this instrument, to exempt and relieve Landlord from liability for personal injury or property damage caused by negligence. If Tenant fails to comply with the parking rules and regulations set forth herein, Landlord shall have the right to take such action as may be necessary to enforcement thereof, which may include the towing of vehicles, attachment of wheel immobilizer units (boots) and the like.

 

C.                                     The provisions of Section 28 of the Lease are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully recited.

 

By executing the Lease to which this Exhibit D is attached, Tenant acknowledges that it has read and agreed to be bound by the forgoing Building Rules and Regulations. Tenant further confirms that it has been fully and completely advised of the potential dangers incidental to parking in the parking areas and the terms and conditions set forth above.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT E

 

(Intentionally Omitted)

 

EXHIBIT E

 

1



 

EXHIBIT F

 

(Intentionally Omitted)

 

EXHIBIT F

 

1



 

EXHIBIT G

 

STATEMENT OF TENANT REGARDING LEASE COMMENCEMENT

 

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease Agreement made and entered into by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and the undersigned, as Tenant (the “ Lease ”), hereby certifies that:

 

1)                                      The  undersigned  has  entered  into  occupancy  of  the  Premises  described  in  said  Lease  on                         , 20    .

 

2)                                      All conditions under said Lease to be performed by Landlord have been satisfied, and on this date there are not existing defenses or offsets which the undersigned has against the enforcement of said Lease by Landlord;

 

3)                                      The Term of the Lease commenced, or will commence, as of                  , 20  , which date shall be the “ Commencement Date ” under the terms of the Lease;

 

4)                                      The “ Expiration Date ” of the Lease is                , 20  , subject to extension or earlier termination in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

5)                                      Tenant accepts the Premises in its “ AS-IS ” condition as of the date of Tenant’s possession thereof.

 

6)                                      Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent will commence on                  , 20  . The Abatement Period (as defined in Section 3.02 of the Lease) will commence on                        , and end on                   , 20     .

 

7)                                      Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes will commence on,              20     .

 

8)                                      The Must-Take Base Rent shall be as set forth in the rental chart below:

 

Dates During the Term

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

01/01/16 –

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

EXHIBIT G

 

1



 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF SNDA

 

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

)

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

)

Bank of America, N.A.

)

Commercial Real Estate Banking

)

5 Park Plaza, Suite 500

)

Irvine, CA 92614

)

Attn.: Jennifer Fondry

)

 

)

 

)

 

 

Space above for Recorder’s Use

 

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

NOTICE : THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT  AGREEMENT  RESULTS  IN YOUR LEASEHOLD ESTATE BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF SOME OTHER OR LATER SECURITY AGREEMENT.

 

NOTICE : THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A PROVISION WHICH ALLOWS THE PERSON OBLIGATED ON YOUR LEASE AS LANDLORD TO OBTAIN A LOAN, SOME OR ALL OF WHICH MAY BE EXPENDED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN ACQUISITION OR IMPROVEMENT OF THE PROPERTY.

 

This Subordination,  Nondisturbance and  Attornment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                           , 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), between Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, whose address is 5 Park Plaza, Suite 500, Irvine, California 92614 (“ Lender ”), and                                           ,a                                             ,   whose   address   is                                    (“ Tenant ”),   with reference to the following facts:

 

A.            Bixby Torrance, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is 2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500, Irvine, California 92612 (“ Landlord ”), owns the real property located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90503 (such real property, including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures located thereon, “ Landlord’s Premises ”), as more particularly described in Schedule “A .”

 

B.            Lender has made a loan to Landlord in the original principal amount of $34,370,000 (the “ Loan ”), all as provided in and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined).

 

C.            To secure the Loan, Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s Premises by entering into that certain Deed of Trust, Assignment, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, of substantially even date herewith, in favor of PRLAP, Inc., a North Carolina corporation, as Trustee for the benefit of Lender as Beneficiary (as amended, increased, renewed, extended, spread, consolidated, severed, restated, or otherwise changed from time to time, the “ Deed of Trust ”) to be recorded in the Official Records of the County of Los Angeles, State of California (the “ Official Records ”).

 

D.                                     Pursuant to a [Title of Lease] dated as of                             , [as amended on                            and                    ]  (the “ Lease ”),                                         ,  as predecessor-in-interest  to Landlord,  demised to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s Premises (“Tenant’s Premises ”), as more particularly described in the Lease. Tenant’s Premises are commonly described as                                              .

 

[E. A memorandum of the Lease [is to be recorded in the Official Records prior to the recording of this Agreement.] [was recorded in the Official Records on                                     , at Book                 , Page        .]

 

[F.        Pursuant  to  a  [Title  of  Lease  Guaranty]  dated  as  of                                   ,                       guaranteed the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.]

 

G.            Tenant and Lender desire to agree upon the relative priorities of their interests in Landlord’s Premises and their rights and obligations if certain events occur.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and sufficient consideration, Tenant and Lender agree:

 

1.                                       Definitions.

 

The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement.

 

1.1          Construction-Related Obligation . A “ Construction-Related Obligation ” means any obligation of Landlord under the Lease to make, pay for, or reimburse Tenant for any alterations, demolition, or other improvements or work at Landlord’s Premises, including Tenant’s Premises. “ Construction-Related Obligations ” shall not include: (a) reconstruction or repair following fire, casualty or condemnation, whether or not required by the Lease to be undertaken by Landlord; or (b) ordinary maintenance and repairs.

 

1.2          Foreclosure Event . A “ Foreclosure Event ” means: (a) foreclosure under the Deed of Trust, whether by judicial action or pursuant to nonjudicial proceedings; (b) any other exercise by Lender of rights and remedies (whether under the Deed of Trust or under applicable law, including bankruptcy law) as holder of the Loan and/or as beneficiary under the Deed of Trust, as a result of which any Successor Landlord becomes owner of Landlord’s Premises; or (c) delivery by Landlord to Lender (or its designee or nominee) of a deed or other conveyance of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Premises in lieu of any of the foregoing.

 

EXHIBIT H

 

1



 

1.3          Former Landlord . A “ Former Landlord ” means the original Landlord named in the Lease and any other party that has become the landlord under the Lease at any time before the occurrence of any attornment under this Agreement.

 

1.4          Loan Documents . The “ Loan Documents ” mean the Deed of Trust and any other document now or hereafter evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Loan, including any promissory note and/or loan agreement, pertaining to the repayment or use of the Loan proceeds or to any of the real or personal property, or interests therein, securing the Loan, as such documents or any of them may have been or may be from time to time hereafter renewed, extended, supplemented, increased or modified. This Agreement is a Loan Document.

 

1.5          Offset Right . An “ Offset Right ” means any right or alleged right of Tenant to any offset, defense (other than one arising from actual payment and performance, which payment and performance would bind a Successor Landlord pursuant to this Agreement), claim, counterclaim, reduction, deduction, or abatement against Tenant’s payment of Rent or performance of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease, arising (whether under the Lease or other applicable law) from Landlord’s breach or default under the Lease.

 

1.6          Rent . The “ Rent ” means any fixed rent, base rent, additional rent or percentage rent at any time becoming due or owing by Tenant under the Lease.

 

1.7          Successor Landlord . A “ Successor Landlord ” means any party that becomes owner of Landlord’s Premises as the result of a Foreclosure Event.

 

1.8          Tenant Concession . A “ Tenant Concession ” means any agreement or undertaking by any Former Landlord which is provided to Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant in connection with the execution by Tenant of the Lease or the occupancy by Tenant of Tenant’s Premises and which is not expressly set forth in the Lease, including free or reduced rent, early termination rights or options, assumption of any other lease obligations of Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant relating to property other than Landlord’s Premises, payment of moving or relocation costs, construction or installation of improvements to or alterations of Tenant’s Premises or Landlord’s Premises or the premises of any affiliate of Tenant, or any other economic, financial or contractual benefit to Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant of any type or nature that is provided by Landlord as an inducement to Tenant to enter into the Lease or to commence Tenant’s occupancy of Tenant’s Premises.

 

1.9          Termination Right . A “ Termination Right ” means any right of Tenant to cancel or terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction arising (whether under the Lease or under applicable law) from Landlord’s breach or default under the Lease.

 

2.                                       Subordination.

 

The Lease shall be, and shall at all times remain, subject and subordinate to the Deed of Trust, the lien imposed by the Deed of Trust, and all advances made under the Loan Documents. Tenant hereby intentionally and unconditionally subordinates the Lease and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest  thereunder and in and to Landlord’s Premises (including Tenant’s right, title and interest in connection with any insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards or compensation relating to Landlord’s Premises and Tenant’s right to receive and retain any rentals or payments made under any sublease or concession agreement of or relating to any portion of Tenant’s Premises), to the lien of the Deed of Trust and all of Lender’s rights and remedies thereunder, and agrees that the Deed of Trust shall unconditionally be and shall at all times remain a lien on Landlord’s Premises prior and superior to the Lease.

 

3.                                       Nondisturbance, Recognition and Attornment.

 

3.1          No Exercise of Deed of Trust Remedies Against Tenant . So long as the Lease has not been terminated on account of Tenant’s default that has continued beyond applicable cure periods (an “ Event of Default ”), Lender shall not  name or join Tenant as a defendant  in any judicial action or proceeding that  is commenced pursuant to the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies arising upon a default by Landlord under the Deed of Trust unless (a) applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against Landlord or in order to prosecute or otherwise fully enforce such rights and remedies; or (b) such joinder of Tenant is required for the recovery by Lender of any Rent at any time owing by Tenant under the Lease, whether pursuant to the assignment of rents set forth in the Deed of Trust or otherwise; or (c) such joinder is required in order to enforce any right of Lender to enter Landlord’s Premises for the purpose of making any inspection or assessment, or in order to protect the value of Lender’s security provided by the Deed of Trust. In any instance in which Lender is permitted to join Tenant as a defendant as provided above, Lender agrees not to terminate the Lease or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s rights under the Lease or this Agreement in or pursuant to such action or proceeding, unless an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1 shall not be construed in any manner that would prevent Lender from (i) carrying out  any nonjudicial foreclosure proceeding under the Deed of Trust, (ii) exercising Lender’s rights under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 2938 with respect to the enforcement against Tenant of any assignment of rents made by Landlord to Lender in connection with the Loan, or (iii) obtaining the appointment of a receiver for the Landlord’s Premises as and when permitted under applicable law.

 

3.2          Nondisturbance and Attornment . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 above, if the Lease has not been terminated on account of an Event of Default by Tenant, then, when Successor Landlord acquires title to Landlord’s Premises: (a) Successor Landlord shall not terminate or disturb Tenant’s possession of Tenant’s Premises under the Lease, except in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this Agreement; (b) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms and conditions of the Lease (except as provided in this Agreement); (c) Tenant shall recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as Tenant’s direct landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement; and (d) the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms (except as provided in this Agreement), between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

 

2



 

3.3          Acknowledgment . Tenant acknowledges that Lender would not make the Loan without this Agreement and the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust as set forth herein, and that in reliance upon, and in consideration of, this subordination, specific monetary and other obligations are being and will be entered into by Lender which would not be made or entered into but for reliance upon this Agreement and such subordination of the Lease. This Agreement is and shall be the sole and only agreement with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Deed of Trust and the Lease, any prior agreement as to such subordination, including those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a present or future deed or deeds of trust or to a present or future mortgage or mortgages.

 

3.4          Use of Proceeds . Lender, in making any advances of the Loan pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, shall be under no obligation or duty to, nor has Lender represented to Tenant that it will, see to the application of  such proceeds by the person or persons to whom Lender disburses such advances, and any application or use of such proceeds for purposes other than those provided for in any Loan Document shall not defeat Tenant’s agreement to subordinate the Lease in whole or in part as set forth in this Agreement.

 

3.5          Turnover of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Lender all Rent otherwise payable to Landlord under the Lease upon written demand from Lender, and Tenant shall not have the right to contest or question the validity of any such written demand from Lender or the extent to which Lender may properly exercise its rights to collect rents from Landlord’s Premises pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents. The consent and approval of Landlord to this Agreement shall constitute an express authorization for Tenant to make such payments to Lender and a release and discharge of all liability of Tenant to Landlord for any such payments made to Lender in compliance with Lender’s written demand.

 

3.6          Additional Subordination; Bankruptcy Rights . Tenant shall not subordinate its rights under the Lease to any other mortgage, deed of trust, or other security instrument without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent may be given or withheld in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. In the event the Lease is rejected or deemed rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to Landlord, Tenant shall not exercise its option to treat the Lease as terminated under 11 U.S.C. § 365(h), as amended, or any successor or similar statute.

 

3.7          Further Documentation . The provisions of this Article 3 shall be effective and self-operative without any need for Successor Landlord or Tenant to execute any further documents. Tenant and Successor Landlord shall, however, confirm the provisions of this Article 3 in writing upon request by either of them.

 

4.                                       Protection of Successor Landlord.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Deed of Trust, Successor Landlord shall not be liable for or bound by any of the following matters:

 

4.1          Claims Against Former Landlord . Any Offset Right that Tenant may have against any Former Landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as the result of any breach by Former Landlord that occurred before the date of attornment. The foregoing shall not limit either (a) Tenant’s right to exercise against Successor Landlord any Offset Right otherwise available to Tenant because of events occurring after the date of attornment, or (b) Successor Landlord’s obligation to correct any conditions that existed as of the date of attornment and that violate Successor Landlord’s obligations as landlord under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (b) , Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any Offset Right against Successor Landlord with respect to any Known Preexisting Conditions (as hereinafter defined) or to enforce Successor Landlord’s obligations to correct such conditions, unless Tenant shall have given Lender written notice of such conditions and an opportunity to inspect all of Tenant’s Premises prior to the applicable Foreclosure Event. As used herein, “ Known Preexisting Conditions ” means any conditions that existed on or affected Tenant’s Premises and were actually known to Tenant prior to the date of attornment, which conditions were required to be corrected by Former Landlord prior to the date of attornment pursuant to the Lease.

 

4.2          Prepayments . Any payment of Rent that Tenant may have made to Former Landlord more than thirty (30) days before the date such Rent was first due and payable under the Lease with respect to any period after the date of attornment, other than, and only to the extent of, prepayments expressly required under the Lease.

 

4.3          Payments; Security Deposit . Any obligation (a) to pay Tenant any sum(s)  that  any  Former Landlord owed to Tenant, or (b) with respect to any security deposited with Former Landlord, except to the extent that such security was actually delivered to Lender by Former Landlord and Lender has the legal right to use or apply such security for the purposes provided in the Lease.

 

4.4          Modification, Amendment, or Waiver .  Any modification or amendment of the Lease, or any waiver of any terms of the Lease, made without Lender’s written consent.

 

4.5          Surrender, Etc .  Any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of the Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

 

4.6                                Construction-Related Obligations .  Any Construction-Related Obligation of Former Landlord.

 

5.                                       Exculpation of Successor Landlord.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement, (a) the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Successor Landlord’s obligations and liability under the Lease shall never extend beyond Successor Landlord’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) interest, if any, in Tenant’s Premises from time to time, including insurance and condemnation proceeds, Successor Landlord’s interest in the Lease, and the proceeds from any sale or other

 

3



 

disposition of Tenant’s Premises by Successor Landlord (provided that Tenant shall have no interest in or right to participate in (i) any payments made under any promissory note received by Successor Landlord in connection with any such sale or other disposition, or (ii) any collateral held by Successor Landlord to secure such payments) (collectively, “ Successor Landlord’s Interest ”), and Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) for payment or discharge of any obligations of Successor Landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement, and (b) the obligations under the Lease of Lender or any affiliate of Lender which becomes a Successor Landlord shall terminate upon the transfer by such Successor Landlord of its interest in Landlord’s Premises, and thereupon Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of all obligations of the landlord under the Lease which accrue or otherwise become performable following the date of such transfer. If Tenant obtains any money judgment against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease or the relationship between Successor Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall look solely to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) to collect such judgment. Tenant shall not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of Successor Landlord. Nothing herein shall be construed to grant Tenant any right to seek any recovery from any Former Landlord or Successor Landlord to the extent that such recovery is not permitted under or is restricted by the provisions of the Lease.

 

6.                                       Lender’s Right to Cure.

 

6.1          Notice to Lender . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Agreement, before exercising any Termination Right or Offset Right, Tenant shall provide Lender with notice of the breach or default by Landlord giving rise to same (the “ Default Notice ”) and, thereafter, the opportunity to cure such breach or default as provided for below.

 

6.2          Lender’s Cure Period .  After Lender receives a Default Notice, Lender shall have a period of thirty(30) days beyond the time available to Landlord under the Lease in which to cure the breach or default by Landlord. Lender shall have no obligation to cure (and shall have no liability or obligation for not curing) any breach or default by Landlord, except to the extent that Lender agrees or undertakes otherwise in writing.

 

6.3          Extended Cure Period . In addition, as to any breach or default by Landlord the cure of which requires possession and control of Landlord’s Premises, provided only that Lender undertakes to Tenant by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Default Notice to exercise reasonable efforts to cure or cause to be cured by a receiver such breach or default within the period permitted by this Section 6.3 , Lender’s cure period shall continue for such additional time (the “ Extended Cure Period ”) as Lender may reasonably require to either (a) obtain possession and control of Landlord’s Premises and thereafter cure the breach or default with reasonable diligence and continuity or (b) obtain the appointment of a receiver and give such receiver a reasonable period of time in which to cure the default.

 

7.                                       Confirmation of Facts.

 

Tenant represents to Lender and to any Successor Landlord, in each case as of the Effective Date:

 

7.1          Effectiveness of Lease . The Lease is in full force and effect, has not been modified, and constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relating to Tenant’s Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, there are no oral or written agreements between Landlord and Tenant that would create any additional obligations of Landlord with respect to the Lease or Tenant’s Premises, or that would reduce or limit any obligations of Tenant under the Lease. Tenant has no interest in Landlord’s Premises, including any right or option to purchase any portion of Landlord’s Premises or any portion of Landlord’s interest therein, except as is expressly set forth in the Lease.  No unfulfilled conditions exist to Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

 

7.2          Rent . Tenant has not paid any Rent that is first due and payable under the Lease after the Effective Date.

 

7.3          No Landlord Default . To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no breach or default by Landlord exists and no event has occurred that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default.

 

7.4          No Tenant Default . Tenant is not in default under the Lease and has not received any uncured notice of any default by Tenant under the Lease.

 

7.5          No Termination . Tenant has neither commenced any action nor sent or received any notice to terminate the Lease.  Tenant has no presently exercisable Termination Right(s) or Offset Right(s).

 

7.6                                Commencement Date . The “ Commencement Date ” of the Lease was                                .

 

7.7          Acceptance . Except as set forth below in this Section 7.7 : (a) Tenant has accepted possession of Tenant’s Premises; and (b) Landlord has performed all Construction-Related Obligations related to Tenant’s initial occupancy of Tenant’s Premises, and Tenant has accepted such performance by Landlord.

 

Exception(s) to the foregoing are noted below (if none, so specify) :

 

 

7.8          No  Transfer .        Tenant  has  not  transferred,  encumbered,  mortgaged,  assigned,  conveyed  or otherwise disposed of the Lease or any interest therein, other than sublease(s) made in compliance with the Lease.

 

7.9          Due Authorization .   Tenant has full authority to enter into this Agreement, which has been duly authorized by all necessary actions.

 

4


 

7.10        Tenant Concessions . Except as expressly set forth in the Lease, Tenant has made no agreements with Landlord, and Landlord has made no commitments to Tenant, for the provision of any Tenant Concessions to or for the benefit of Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant.

 

7.11        Advice of Counsel . Tenant has been afforded a full and complete opportunity to seek and obtain the advice and assistance of legal counsel in connection with Tenant’s entry into this Agreement, and Tenant has exercised such opportunity to the extent determined by Tenant to be necessary or appropriate for the protection of Tenant’s rights and interests.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous.

 

8.1          Notices .  All notices or other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and given by certified mail (return receipt requested) or by nationally recognized overnight courier service that regularly maintains records of items delivered. Each party’s address is as set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement, subject to change by notice under this Section 8.1 . Notices shall be effective the next business day after being sent by overnight courier service, and five business days after being sent by certified mail (return receipt requested).

 

8.2          Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and benefit the parties, their successors and assigns, any Successor Landlord, and its successors and assigns. If Lender assigns the Deed of Trust, then upon delivery to Tenant of written notice thereof accompanied by the assignee’s written assumption of all obligations under this Agreement, all liability of the assignor shall terminate.

 

8.3          Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Lender and Tenant regarding the subordination of the Lease to the Deed of Trust and the rights and obligations of Tenant and Lender as to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

8.4          Interaction with Lease and with Deed of Trust; Severability . If this Agreement conflicts with the Lease, then this Agreement shall govern as between the parties and any Successor Landlord, including upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes, and constitutes full compliance with, any provisions in the Lease that provide for subordination of the Lease to, or for delivery of nondisturbance agreements by the beneficiary of, the Deed of Trust. Lender confirms that Lender has consented to Landlord’s entering into the Lease.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be considered severed from the rest of this Agreement and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect as if such provision had not been included.

 

8.5          Lender’s Rights and Obligations . Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, Lender shall have no obligations to Tenant with respect to the Lease.  If an attornment occurs pursuant to this Agreement, then all rights and obligations of Lender under this Agreement shall terminate, without thereby affecting in any way the rights and obligations of Successor Landlord provided for in this Agreement.

 

8.6          Interpretation; Governing Law . The interpretation, validity and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California, excluding its principles of conflict of laws.  The words “include” and “including” shall be interpreted as if followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

8.7          Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, discharged or terminated, or any of its provisions waived, only by written instrument executed by the party to be charged.

 

8.8          Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.9          Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, the party that substantially prevails shall be awarded, in addition to all other relief, all attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such claim or dispute; including those fees, costs, and expenses incurred before or after suit, and in any arbitration, and any appeal, any proceedings under any present or future bankruptcy act or state receivership, and any post-judgment proceedings.

 

8.10        Lender’s Representation . Lender represents that Lender has full authority to enter into this Agreement, and Lender’s entry into this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary actions.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by Lender and Tenant as of the Effective Date.

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

a national banking association

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

6



 

LANDLORD’S CONSENT

 

Landlord is not a party to the foregoing Agreement, but Landlord consents and agrees to all of the provisions of the Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 3.5 thereof, and Landlord shall not take or assert  as against Lender or Tenant any position that would be inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreement or that would cause the Tenant to be in breach of the Agreement. The Agreement was entered into at Landlord’s request. The Agreement shall not alter, waive or diminish any of Landlord’s obligations under the Deed of Trust or the   Lease.  The Agreement discharges any obligations of Lender under the Deed of Trust and related Loan Documents to enter into a nondisturbance agreement with Tenant.

 

Dated:                           , 2012

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Bixby Land Company, a California corporation, its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

7



 

Schedule “A”

 

Description of Landlord’s Premises

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY lying, being and situated in the City of Torrance, County of Los Angeles, and State of California, more particularly described as follows:

 

8



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

State of California

County of

 

On                       before me,                                                                                 , Notary Public,

(here insert name of the officer)

 

personally appeared                                                                       who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature

 

 

(Seal)

 

9



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

State of California

County of

 

On                       before me,                                                                                 , Notary Public,

(here insert name of the officer)

 

personally appeared                                                                       who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature

 

 

(Seal)

 

10



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

State of California

County of

 

On                       before me,                                                                                 , Notary Public,

(here insert name of the officer)

 

personally appeared                                                                       who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature

 

 

(Seal)

 

11


 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF CONSENT TO SUBLETTING

 

PACIFIC CENTER

TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA

 

CONSENT TO SUBLETTING

(FLIPSWAP, INC. / EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.)

 

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLETTING (this “ Consent ”) is made as of October , 2014, by and among BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), FLIPSWAP, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Landlord (as successor-in-interest to TA/Western, LLC) and Tenant entered into that certain Standard Office Lease dated April 8, 2010, as subsequently amended by that  certain First Amendment to Lease dated November 4, 2011, (collectively, as amended, the “ Master Lease ”), relating to certain premises more particularly described in the Master Lease (“ Premises ”).

 

B.            Tenant and Subtenant have entered into a Sublease dated as of October , 2014 (“ Sublease ”). By the terms of the Sublease, Tenant will sublease to Subtenant and Subtenant will sublease from Tenant the Premises consisting of approximately 7,493 rentable square feet of space located on the eighth (8 th ) floor of that certain building located at 21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California    90503  (the  “ Building ”),  as  more  particularly  described  in  the  Sublease  (“ Sublease Premises ”).

 

C.            Tenant has requested that Landlord consent to Tenant subletting the Sublease Premises to Subtenant pursuant to the Sublease. Landlord has agreed to consent to the subletting on the following terms and conditions.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants hereinafter set forth, Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant agree as follows:

 

Article I.               Definitions . Unless otherwise defined in this Consent, all defined terms used in this Consent shall have the same meaning and definition given them in the Master Lease.

 

Article II.              Concurrent Direct Lease to Subtenant . It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that concurrently herewith, Landlord and Subtenant are entering into a direct lease of the Sublease Premises (the “ Direct Lease ”). The term of the Direct  Lease will commence on January 1,  2016, immediately following the expiration of the existing term of the Master Lease and the term of the Sublease on December 31, 2015 (the “ Sublease Expiration Date ”).  Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to exercise any extension, expansion and termination options under the Master Lease, including, without limitation, as set forth in the following sections of Exhibit D (Addendum to Standard Office Lease) attached to the Master Lease, and which sections are hereby deleted in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect: Section 9 (Option to Extend — One Option Period), Section 11 (Right of Offer), and Section 13 (Termination Option). Additionally, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that, promptly following the execution and delivery of this Consent and the Direct Lease, Landlord shall be permitted to cause construction of the Landlord Work, at Landlord’s and/or Subtenant’s cost and expense, to be performed within the Sublease Premises. Accordingly, Tenant hereby consents to completion of the Landlord Work within the Sublease Premises in accordance with the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C to the Direct Lease, a copy of which Subtenant has provided to Tenant.

 

Article III.            Master Lease .

 

Section 3.01  The Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform all of the covenants of Tenant contained in the Master Lease insofar as the same relate to the Sublease Premises, provided that Subtenant shall not be obligated to pay rent, operating expenses or other charges in excess of the amounts specified in the Sublease. In case of any conflict between the provisions of the Master Lease and the provisions of the Sublease, as between Tenant and Landlord, the provisions of the Master Lease shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease. Subtenant shall not violate any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease to the extent applicable to the use and occupancy of the Sublease Premises. Any breach of the Master Lease by Tenant or any breach of the Sublease or Master Lease by Subtenant which results in a breach of the Master Lease, in either case, after receipt of any applicable notice and cure periods, shall entitle Landlord to all the rights and remedies provided in the Master Lease.

 

EXHIBIT I

 

1



 

Section 3.02 Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that the term of the Sublease shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Master Lease for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, the termination of the Master Lease prior to the expiration of the term thereof pursuant to a written agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant, or in the event of a default by Tenant that results in termination of the Master Lease (the effective date of any such termination, the “ Master Lease Termination Date ”). It is hereby acknowledged and agreed by Landlord and Subtenant, that if the Master Lease is terminated for any reason, including as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, then concurrently with such termination, Landlord and Subtenant shall immediately enter into an amendment to the Direct Lease (“ Direct Lease Amendment — Sublease Premises ”), to include the Sublease Premises as part of the Premises covered by the Direct Lease effective as of the day immediately following the Master Lease Termination Date. Accordingly, from and after the date of the Master Lease Termination Date and execution and delivery of the Direct Lease Amendment-Sublease Premises, the Sublease and this Consent shall be of no further force or effect and the Direct Lease, as amended, shall thereafter govern Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Sublease Premises. In such event of termination of the Master Lease, and continuing through the Sublease Expiration Date (December 31, 2015), Subtenant’s lease of the Sublease Premises shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Direct Lease, provided , however , Subtenant shall pay rent for the Sublease Premises at the rental rate under the Sublease from the Master Lease Termination Date through the original Sublease Expiration Date (December 31, 2015).

 

Section 3.03 Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that  (a) attached to this Consent as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Master Lease, and there exist no amendments, modifications, or extensions of or to the Master Lease except as specified herein, and the Master Lease is now in full force and effect; and (b) to Tenant’s actual knowledge, there exist no defenses or offsets to enforcement of the Master Lease by Landlord or Tenant. To Tenant’s actual knowledge, (i) Landlord is not in default in the performance of the Master Lease, (ii) Landlord has not committed any breach thereof, and (iii) no event has occurred which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default or breach by Landlord. Tenant confirms that it has not assigned or transferred its interest under the Master Lease or subleased any portion of  the Premises except  pursuant  to the Sublease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Sublease or in any other agreement, Subtenant acknowledges that it shall have no right and there shall not be vested in Subtenant any right to exercise rights of first refusal, options, or other similar preferential rights, if any, given to Tenant under the Master Lease.

 

Section 3.04    Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that (a) there are no additional payments of rent or consideration of any type payable by Subtenant to Tenant with regard to the Sublease Premises other than as disclosed in the Sublease, (b) a true, correct and complete copy of the Sublease is attached hereto as Exhibit B , (c) no amendment to the Sublease shall be effective or enforceable between Tenant and Subtenant unless and until Landlord shall have consented to such amendment in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and (d) Landlord is not obligated to make any repairs or perform work of any kind with respect to the Sublease Premises or Subtenant’s occupancy, unless otherwise stated in separate written agreements between Landlord and Subtenant, except the foregoing is not intended to, and does not, waive any obligation of Landlord to Tenant to maintain and repair portions of the Premises as may be required under provisions of the Master Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant and Subtenant acknowledge that the Building has not undergone an inspection by a certified access specialist and no representations are made with respect to compliance of with accessibility standards.

 

Article IV.            Consent of Landlord .

 

Section 4.01 Landlord hereby consents to the subletting of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant pursuant to the terms of the Sublease and subject to the terms of this Consent. Landlord’s consent as set forth herein shall not release or discharge Tenant of any of its obligations under the Master Lease or release, discharge or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay rent and all other sums due under the Master Lease and to perform and comply with all other obligations of Tenant under the Master Lease, except, as to the foregoing, to the extent paid or performed by Subtenant.

 

Section 4.02 As between Landlord and Tenant the Sublease shall not alter, amend or otherwise modify any provisions of the Master Lease. Landlord shall have no obligations to any party in connection with the Sublease Premises other than those obligations set forth in the Master Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord is not a party to the Sublease and is not bound by the provisions thereof, including, without limitation, any modifications or amendments thereof, and Landlord has not, and will not, review or approve any of the provisions of the Sublease.  Further, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord provides no assurance or representation regarding any form of Sublease (regardless of whether any such form or agreement may have been provided by Landlord), or any of the terms or provisions thereof. This Consent shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to, or as permitting, any other or further subletting or assignment by Tenant or Subtenant. Landlord shall not be bound or estopped in any way by the provisions of the Sublease. Landlord shall not (i) be liable to Subtenant for any act, omission or breach of the Sublease by Tenant, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Subtenant might have against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any Base Rent or additional rent which Subtenant might have paid in advance to Tenant, or (iv) be bound to honor any rights of Subtenant in any security deposit made with Tenant, except to the extent Tenant has delivered such security deposit to Landlord (and accordingly, if Landlord does not receive the Security Deposit from Tenant, Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility to Subtenant for such Security Deposit

 

2



 

and Subtenant shall receive no benefit or credit therefor). If Landlord does receive the Security Deposit under the Sublease, the amount of such Security Deposit so received by Landlord shall be held by Landlord as an addition to the Security Deposit under the Master Lease.

 

Article V.              Assignment of Rent .

 

Section 5.01 Subject to the terms hereof and to those of Section 5.2 below, Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns and transfers to Landlord Tenant’s rights under the Sublease to all rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease to secure payment of Tenant’s rent due under the Master Lease. Pursuant to the terms of Section 12.6 (Transfer Premium from Assignment or Subletting) of the Master Lease, and in addition to all sums due under the Master Lease, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the amount Tenant receives from Subtenant which is excess of the Base Rent owed to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises.

 

Section 5.02 Landlord agrees that until a default shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease), Tenant shall have a license to receive, collect and enjoy the rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease except as otherwise provided under the Master Lease. However, said license shall automatically terminate without notice to Tenant upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease) and Landlord may thereafter, following written notice to Tenant and Subtenant, receive and collect, directly from Subtenant, all rentals and other sums due or to be due Tenant under the Sublease. Subject to the terms of this Consent above with respect to the agreement of Landlord and Subtenant to enter into a Direct Lease Amendment- Sublease Premises, Landlord shall not, by reason of the assignment of all rentals and other sums due Tenant under the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of said rentals or other sums from the Subtenant, (a) be bound by or become a party to the Sublease, (b) be deemed to have accepted the attornment of Subtenant, or (c) be deemed liable to Subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with Tenant’s obligations under the Sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Subtenant, upon receipt by Subtenant of any written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease (after applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Master Lease), to pay directly to Landlord the rents and all other amounts payable by Subtenant under the Sublease as they become due. Tenant agrees that Subtenant shall have the right to rely solely upon such notice from Landlord notwithstanding any conflicting demand by Tenant or any other party. Tenant hereby agrees that it shall not have a claim against Subtenant for relying on any written notice from Landlord and/or paying rent and other sums due under the Sublease directly to Landlord in accordance with this Section 5.2 . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Subtenant of the Master Lease or Sublease other than the failure of Tenant or Subtenant, as the case may be, to pay the particular rental so accepted. Tenant and Subtenant each agree and acknowledge that the foregoing provides actual and sufficient knowledge to Tenant and Subtenant, respectively,  pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161.1(c), that acceptance of a partial rent payment by Landlord does not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights under said Section 1116.1(c).

 

Article VI.   Indemnification .    Tenant  and  Subtenant  each,  collectively  and  individually, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, agents, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, and independent contractors (collectively “ Agents ”) of Landlord, against and from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising from or related to the following: (a) Subtenant’s use of the Sublease Premises or any activity done, permitted or suffered by Subtenant in, on or about the Sublease Premises, the Building, or the Property; (b) the Sublease and any act or omission by Subtenant or its Agents in connection with or related to the Sublease, the Sublease Premises, the Building, or the Property; (c) any Hazardous Material used, stored, released, disposed, generated, or transported by Subtenant or its Agents in, on, or about the Sublease Premises, including without limitation, any Claims arising from or related to any Hazardous Material investigations, monitoring, cleanup or other remedial action; and (d) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter referred to in items (a), (b), and/or (c). In addition to the foregoing, the indemnification of Landlord by Tenant as set forth in Section 21 (Indemnity) of the Master Lease for any loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, shall extend to Subtenant (and therefore Subtenant shall indemnify Landlord as Tenant  would indemnify Landlord subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 21 of the Master Lease). If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any such Claims,  upon notice from Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant each agree to defend the same at their own expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The obligations of Tenant under this Section 6 shall survive any termination of the Sublease or the Master Lease.

 

Article VII. Assignment and Sub-Subletting .  Subtenant  shall  not  voluntarily  or  by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber the Sublease or any interest therein, (2) assign or transfer the Sublease or any interest therein, sub-sublet the Sublease Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees, agents and invitees or Subtenant excepted) to occupy or use the Sublease Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord.

 

3



 

Article VIII.         Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Section 8.01 Tenant Defaults . Landlord shall  promptly  notify  Subtenant  of  any default by Tenant under the Master Lease of which Landlord has actual knowledge and which is not cured within any applicable notice and cure period provided in the Master Lease; provided , however , that the failure of Landlord to provide such notice shall not give rise to liability on the part of Landlord or otherwise alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder. The giving of any such notice to Subtenant shall not vest in Subtenant any rights or remedies except as otherwise expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 8.02 Modification . Tenant and Subtenant agree not to amend, modify, supplement, or otherwise change in any respect the Sublease except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. This Consent shall not create in Subtenant, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, any rights except as set forth in this Consent.

 

Section 8.03 Entire Agreement; Successors . This Consent, together with the provisions of the Master Lease relating to subletting or assigning, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the matters which are the subject of this Consent. In the event of a permitted assignment under the Master Lease by Landlord or Tenant of its interest in the Master Lease, then the assignee of either Landlord or Tenant, as appropriate, shall automatically be deemed to be the assignee of Landlord or Tenant under this Consent, and such assignee shall automatically assume the obligations of Landlord or Tenant under this Consent. No other assignments of this Consent shall be permitted, except with the written consent of all parties hereto. Any attempted assignment in violation of this section shall be void. The terms, covenants and conditions of this Consent shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, the executors and administrators and permitted assigns of all the parties hereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that no rule or construction, to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party, shall be employed in the interpretation of  this Consent. If  any provision of this Consent is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provisions of this Consent, and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 8.04 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, or  communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by any other party to another shall be in writing, shall be sent by (i) United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (ii) a reputable national overnight courier service with receipt therefor or (iii) delivered personally. Any Notice will be deemed given three (3) days after it is mailed or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant or Subtenant are notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor (if applicable), Tenant and Subtenant agree to provide such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Consent by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor (if applicable) shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. All Notices shall be sent to the following addresses, or to such other place as each party may from time to time designate in a written notice to the other parties:

 

LANDLORD:

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC

 

c/o Bixby Land Company

 

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

 

Irvine, California 92612

 

Attention: Vice President, Operations

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC

 

c/o Bixby Land Company

 

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

 

Irvine, California 92612

 

Attention: Property Manager, Pacific Center

 

 

TENANT:

FLIPSWAP, INC.

 

Park West 1 & 2

 

1507 LBJ Freeway, Suite 500

 

Farmers Branch, Texas 75234

 

Attention: Jim Fredericks

 

 

SUBTENANT:

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

 

21250 Hawthorne Boulevard, Suite 800

 

Torrance, California 90503

 

Attention: Willis Lee

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC.

 

20725 South Western Avenue, Suite 136

 

Torrance, California 90501

 

4



 

 

Attention: Willis Lee

 

Without limiting the generality of the notice requirements set forth in the Master Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to give Landlord immediate notice when any one or more of the following conditions arise: (1) the Sublease expires or is terminated; (2) the rent due pursuant to the Sublease is adjusted; (3) Subtenant renews or extends the term of the Sublease; or (4) Subtenant subleases additional space. In addition, notwithstanding anything in the Master Lease or this Consent to the contrary, Landlord’s failure to give a notice of any breach or default under the Master Lease or this Consent to Tenant or Subtenant shall not be construed to release Tenant or Subtenant from any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Master Lease or this Consent. The foregoing shall not, however, serve to excuse Landlord from making any notice required of Landlord under the terms of the Master Lease.

 

Section 8.05 Attorneys’ Fees . If either party hereto fails to perform any  of  its obligations under this Consent or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Consent, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Consent shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Consent and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.

 

Section 8.06 Counterparts . This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, provided each of the parties hereto executes at least one counterpart; each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

Section 8.07  Brokerage Commissions .  Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease or this Consent and Tenant and Subtenant agree to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from the same and from any cost or expense (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in resisting any claim for any such brokerage commission.

 

Section 8.08         Recapture . (Intentionally Omitted)

 

Section 8.09 Choice of Law . The terms and provisions of  this Consent shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

Section 8.10 Limitation on Liability . Tenant and Subtenant agree that the liability of Landlord hereunder and any recourse by Tenant or Subtenant against Landlord shall be subject to the limitations on liability set forth in the Master Lease. In addition, neither Landlord, nor any of its constituent members, partners, subpartners, or agents, shall have any personal liability, and Tenant and Subtenant each hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant and/or Subtenant.

 

Section 8.11 Joint and Several . Tenant and Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all bills rendered by Landlord for charges incurred by or imposed upon Subtenant which arise during the term of the Sublease for services rendered and materials supplied to the Sublease Premises pursuant to the Master Lease, Sublease and/or this Consent.

 

Section 8.12 No Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of the Master Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation, termination or expiration thereof, shall not work as a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord in its sole discretion, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

Section 8.13 Conditions to Effectiveness . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant or Subtenant is not effective as a consent or otherwise and this Consent shall not be binding upon or effective against Landlord unless and until (i) this Consent is signed by and delivered to all parties hereto, (ii) an executed original or duplicate original of the Sublease, complying in form and substance with the terms of the Master Lease and this Consent, has been delivered to Landlord, (iii) Landlord has received and reviewed financial statements in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord reflecting Subtenant’s current financial condition and Landlord has approved the same, (iv) Subtenant has delivered evidence of insurance in compliance with Section 8 (Insurance) of the Master Lease, and (v) Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently herewith the fee specified in Section 12.8  (Landlord’s Expenses) of the Master Lease relating to the subletting of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant.

 

Section 8.14 Authority; Counterparts .  Two  (2) authorized  officers must  sign  on behalf of the Tenant and Subtenant and this Consent must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary of each entity, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide.  In such case, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution of Tenant

 

5



 

or Subtenant, as the case may be, must be furnished to Landlord. This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8.15 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord, by giving Landlord’s consent to the Sublease, and Subtenant hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss of, or damage to, either parties’ property to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party. This provision is intended to waive fully, and for the benefit of the parties hereto, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in favor of any insurance carrier. The coverage obtained by Subtenant pursuant to the Insurance Section of the Master Lease shall include, without limitation, a waiver of subrogation endorsement attached to the certificate of insurance. The provisions of this Section 8.15 shall not apply in those instances in which such waiver of subrogation would invalidate such insurance coverage or would cause either party’s insurance coverage to be voided or otherwise uncollectible.

 

Section 8.16 Letter of Credit . In connection with the Master Lease and pursuant to the terms of Section 8 (Additional Consideration [Letter of Credit]) of Exhibit D (Addendum to Standard Office Lease), and Exhibit F (Additional Consideration [Letter of Credit]), attached to the Master Lease, Landlord is currently holding that certain Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit Number SVBSF008236 in the face amount of $80,000.00 for the benefit of Landlord (the “ Letter of Credit ”). Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to take all necessary actions to keep the Letter of Credit in place and in full force and effect through the expiration of the L/C Term, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2 (Renewal of L/C) of Exhibit F attached to the Master Lease. Landlord will continue to hold the Letter of Credit as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms of the Master Lease, as amended, and not as prepayment of rent, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Exhibit F attached to the Master Lease.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant have executed this Consent as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Bixby Land Company

 

 

a California corporation, its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

FLIPSWAP, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

7



 

EXHIBIT A

 

MASTER LEASE

 

[see attached]

 

8



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SUBLEASE

 

[see attached]

 

9



 

EXHIBIT J

 

MONUMENT SIGNAGE

 

 

 

TENANT’S INITIALS HERE:

 

 

EXHIBIT J

 

1



 

RIDER NO. 1 TO OFFICE LEASE

 

EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

 

This Rider No. 1 is made and entered into by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

1.             Landlord hereby grants to Tenant (1) option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period of four (4) years (the “ Option Term ”), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for in the Lease during the initial Term, except for the Monthly Base Rent, which shall equal the greater of (a) the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last month of the then current Term immediately preceding the Option Term, or (b) the “fair market rental rate” for the Premises for the Option Term as defined and determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 below.

 

2.             The Extension Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“ Extension Notice ”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no sooner than that date which is eleven (11) months and no later than that date which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current term of the Lease. The Extension Option shall, at Landlord’s sole option, not be deemed to be properly exercised if, at the time the Extension Option is exercised or on the scheduled commencement date for the Option Term, Tenant has (a) committed an uncured event of default whose cure period has expired pursuant to Section 18 of the Lease, (b) assigned all or any portion of the Lease or its interest therein, or (c) sublet all or any portion of the Premises. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Extension Option, the then current Term of the Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect, except that the Monthly Base Rent shall be as set forth above.

 

3.             If Landlord determines that the Monthly Base Rent for the Option Term shall be the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last month of the then current Term pursuant to Section 1(a)  above, such determination shall be conclusive, Tenant  shall have no right to object thereto, and the following provisions regarding the determination of the fair market rental rate shall not apply. If, however, Landlord determines that the Monthly Base Rent for the Option Term shall be the fair market rental rate pursuant to Section 1(b)  above, then such fair market rate shall be determined in accordance with the Fair Market Rental Rate Rider attached to the Lease as Rider No. 2 .

 

4.             Notwithstanding the fair market rental rate determined pursuant to Section 3 above, in no event shall the Monthly Base Rent payable during the Option Term be less than the Monthly Base Rent payable during the last month of the immediately preceding Term.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

RIDER NO. 1

 

1



 

RIDER NO. 2 TO OFFICE LEASE

 

FAIR MARKET RENTAL RATE

 

This Rider No. 2 is made and entered into by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

1.             The term “ fair market rental rate ” as used in the Lease and any Rider attached thereto shall mean the annual amount per square foot, projected during the Option Term that a willing, non-equity renewal tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions) would pay, and a willing, institutional landlord of a comparable Class “A” office building located in the Torrance, California market area (the “ Comparison Area ”) would accept, in an arm’s length transaction (what Landlord is accepting in then current transactions for the buildings located in the Project may be used for purposes of projecting rent for the Option Term), for space of comparable size, quality and floor height as the Premises, taking into account the age, quality and layout of the existing improvements in the Premises, and taking into account items that professional real estate brokers or professional real estate appraisers customarily consider, including, but not limited to, rental rates, space availability, tenant size, tenant improvement allowances, parking charges and any other lease considerations, if any, then being charged or granted by Landlord or the lessors of such similar office buildings. All economic terms other than Monthly Base Rent, such as tenant improvement allowance amounts, if any, operating expense allowances, parking charges, etc., will be established by Landlord and will be factored into the determination of the fair market  rental rate for the Option Term. Accordingly, the fair market rental rate will be an effective rate, not specifically including, but accounting for, the appropriate economic considerations described above. The fair market rental rate shall include the periodic rental increases that would be included for space leased for the period of the Option Term.

 

2.             In the event the determination of fair market rental rate is required under the Lease (as set forth in Rider No. 1 above), Landlord shall provide written notice of Landlord’s determination of the fair market rental rate not later than ninety (90) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Extension Notice. Tenant shall have ten (10) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rental rate within which to accept such fair market rental rate or to reasonably object thereto in writing. Failure of Tenant to so object to the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed Tenant’s approval and acceptance thereof. If within Tenant’s Review Period Tenant objects to or is deemed to have disapproved the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant will meet together with their respective legal counsel to present and discuss their individual determinations of the fair market rental rate for the Premises under the parameters set forth in Section 1 above and shall diligently and in good faith attempt to negotiate a rental rate on the basis of such individual determinations.  Such meeting shall occur no later than ten (10) days after the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period. The parties shall each provide the other with such supporting information and documentation as they deem appropriate. At such meeting if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market rental rate, they shall each submit to the other their respective best and final offer as to the fair market rental rate. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on such fair market rental rate within five (5) business days following such a meeting (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), Tenant’s Extension Option will be deemed null and void unless Tenant demands appraisal, in which event each party’s determination shall be submitted to appraisal in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 below.

 

3.             (a) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1) competent, independent and impartial commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years full time commercial real estate brokerage experience in the Comparison Area (each a “ broker ”). The determination of the brokers shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last proposed (as of the Outside Agreement Date) best and final fair market rental rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual fair market rental rate for the Premises as determined by the brokers, taking into account the requirements specified in Section 1 above. Each such broker shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date.

 

(b)           The two (2) brokers so appointed shall within fifteen (15) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed broker agree upon and appoint a third broker who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) brokers.

 

(c)           The three (3) brokers shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third broker reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. During such thirty (30) day period, Landlord and Tenant may submit to the brokers such information and documentation to support their respective positions as they shall deem reasonably relevant and Landlord and Tenant may each appear before the brokers jointly to question and respond to questions from the brokers.

 

(d)           The decision of the majority of the three (3) brokers shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to nullify the exercise of the Extension Option. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an broker within the time period specified in Section 3(a)  hereinabove, the broker appointed by one of them shall within thirty (30) days following the date on which the party failing to appoint an broker could have last appointed such broker reach a decision based upon the same procedures as set forth above ( i.e. , by selecting either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such broker’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to nullify the exercise of the Extension Option.

 

RIDER NO. 2

 

1



 

(e)           If the two (2) brokers fail to agree upon and timely appoint a third broker, either party, upon ten (10) days written notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of Orange County to appoint a third broker meeting the qualifications set forth herein. The third broker, however, selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

 

(f)            The cost of each party’s broker shall be the responsibility of the party selecting such broker, and the cost of the third broker (or arbitration, if necessary) shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

 

(g)           If the process described hereinabove has not resulted in a selection of either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate by the commencement of the applicable lease term, then the fair market rental rate estimated by Landlord will be used until the broker(s) reach a decision,  with an appropriate rental credit and other adjustments for any overpayments of Monthly Base Rent or other amounts if the brokers select Tenant’s submitted best and final estimate of the fair market rental rate. The parties shall enter into an amendment to the Lease confirming the terms of the decision.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2



 

RIDER NO. 3 TO OFFICE LEASE

 

OPTIONS IN GENERAL

 

This Rider No. 3 is made and entered into by and between BIXBY TORRANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and EMMAUS LIFE SCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

(a)           Definition . As used in the Lease and any Rider or Exhibit attached hereto, the word “ Option ” shall mean all options granted to Tenant under the Lease, including the Extension Option pursuant to Rider No. 1 attached hereto.

 

(b)           Option Personal . The Option granted to Tenant is personal to the original Tenant executing the Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”), and its Affiliates permitted under Section 11 of the Lease, and may be exercised only by the Original Tenant, or its Affiliates, while occupying the entire Premises and without the intent of thereafter assigning the Lease or subletting the Premises and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by any person or entity other than the Original Tenant, or its Affiliates. The Option granted to Tenant under the Lease is not assignable separate and apart from the Lease, other than to an Affiliate pursuant to and in accordance with Section 11 of the Lease, nor may the Option be separated from the Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

 

(c)           Effect of Default on Options . Tenant will have no right to exercise any Option, notwithstanding any provision of the grant of option to the contrary, and Tenant’s exercise of any Option may be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no further force or effect, if (i) Tenant is in default of any monetary obligation or material non-monetary obligation under the terms of the Lease (or if Tenant would be in such default under the Lease but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) as of Tenant’s exercise of the Option in question or at any time after the exercise of any such Option and prior to the commencement of the Option event, or (ii) Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default, whether or not such defaults are subsequently cured, during any twelve (12) consecutive month period of the Lease.

 

(d)           Option as Economic Term . The Option is hereby deemed an economic term which Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may or may not offer in conjunction with any future extensions of the Term.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

RIDER NO. 3

 

1




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K,
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Yutaka Niihara, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

/s/ YUTAKA NIIHARA

Yutaka Niihara
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 31, 2015
   



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K,
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Peter B. Ludlum, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

/s/ PETER B. LUDLUM

Peter B. Ludlum
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: March 31, 2015
   



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the annual report of Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), each of the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

/s/ YUTAKA NIIHARA

Yutaka Niihara
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 31, 2015
   

/s/ PETER B. LUDLUM

Peter B. Ludlum
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 31, 2015

 

 



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002